IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P II
SC 14D1, 1996-07-02
PUBLIC WAREHOUSING & STORAGE
Previous: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P II, SC 13E3, 1996-07-02
Next: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L P II, SC 14D9, 1996-07-02



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                 SCHEDULE 14D-1
              TENDER OFFER STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(D)(1)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                            ------------------------
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
                           (Name of Subject Company)
                            ------------------------
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                                    (Bidder)
 
                           LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS
                         (Title of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   448933-101
                     (CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
                             KRISTIN H. STRED, ESQ.
              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                               1201 THIRD AVENUE
                                   SUITE 2200
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
                                 (206) 624-8100
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized
           to Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of Bidder)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
                             JEFFERY T. PERO, ESQ.
                            WILLIAM J. CERNIUS, ESQ.
                                LATHAM & WATKINS
                             650 TOWN CENTER DRIVE
                                TWENTIETH FLOOR
                          COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626
                                 (714) 540-1235
 
                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TRANSACTION VALUATION*                                                   AMOUNT OF FILING FEE
<S>                                                                  <C>
$10,878,000........................................................             $3,752
</TABLE>
 
 *  For  purposes of calculating amount of  filing fee only. This amount assumes
    the purchase of 49,000 Units (the "Units"),  at a price per Unit of $222  in
    cash.  Pursuant to, and as provided by,  Rule 0-11(d), the amount being paid
    with the filing of this Schedule 14D-1 is $3,752.
 
/ / Check box if any part  of the fee is offset  as provided by Rule  0-11(a)(2)
    and  identify the filing with which  the offsetting fee was previously paid.
    Identify the previous filing by  registration statement number, or the  Form
    or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Amount Previously Paid: None    Filing Party: N/A
Form or Registration No.: N/A   Date Filed: N/A
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     14D-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    CUSIP NO.
<S>                <C>                                                                                 <C>
            1      NAME OF REPORTING PERSON AND S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON
                   SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (91-1603837)
            2      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP                                    (a) / /
                                                                                                       (b) / /
            3      SEC USE ONLY
            4      SOURCES OF FUNDS
                   BK
            5      CHECK IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(e) OR      / /
                   2(f)
            6      CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
                   DELAWARE
            7      AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
                   APPROXIMATELY 2,038 UNITS
            8      CHECK IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (7) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES                    / /
            9      PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (7) APPROXIMATELY 1.8%
           10      TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON -- CO
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
    This Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 14D-1 (the "Statement") relates to a
tender  offer by  Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Purchaser"), to purchase  up to  49,000 units of  limited partnership  interest
(the  "Units") of  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners,  L.P. II,  a Washington
limited partnership (the "Partnership"), at $222 per Unit, net to the seller  in
cash  and without interest, upon the terms  of and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer to  Purchase, dated July 2,  1996 (the "Offer to  Purchase"),
and  in the related Letter of Transmittal,  copies of which are attached hereto,
respectively, as  Exhibits 99.1  and  99.2 (and  which together  constitute  the
"Offer"). This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser.
 
ITEM 1.  SECURITY AND SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)The  name of the  subject Company is  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
       L.P. II. The  address of its  principal executive offices  is 1201  Third
Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101.
 
    (b)The  exact title of  the class of  equity securities being  sought in the
       Offer is  Limited Partnership  Units. The  information set  forth in  the
SUMMARY of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (c)The  information set  forth in  "MARKET PRICE OF  UNITS" of  the Offer to
       Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2.  IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND.
 
    (a)-(d), (g) This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser. The information
set forth in  the SUMMARY, "BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF  THE TRANSACTION --  The
Purchaser"  and Schedule I  of the Offer  to Purchase is  incorporated herein by
reference.
 
    (e)-(f) Neither  the Purchaser  nor, to  the of  its knowledge,  any of  the
persons  listed in Schedule I of the Offer  to Purchase has during the last five
years (i) been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic  violations
or  similar  misdemeanors) or  (ii)  been a  party to  a  civil proceeding  of a
judicial or administrative  body of competent  jurisdiction and as  a result  of
such proceeding was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final order enjoining
future  violations of,  or prohibiting activities  subject to,  federal or state
securities laws or finding any violation of such laws.
 
ITEM 3.  PAST CONTACTS, TRANSACTIONS OR NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b) The  information  set  forth  in "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF  THE
TRANSACTION  -- The Purchaser,"  "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION --
Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS  OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of the  Offer
to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4.  SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information  set forth  in the  SUMMARY, "SOURCE  AND AMOUNT OF
FUNDS" and "THE  OFFER" --  Section 10  ("Fees and  Expenses") of  the Offer  to
Purchase  and  in  Exhibits  10.1  and 10.2  hereto  is  incorporated  herein by
reference.
 
    (c) Not applicable.
 
ITEM 5.  PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE BIDDER.
 
    (a)-(g) The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Background of the Transactions"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Purposes and  Structure of  the
Offer," "FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER -- Factors
Considered  by the General Partner," "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" and "EFFECTS
OF THE TRANSACTION  ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS"  of the Offer  to Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- Background of the  Transactions"
and  "INTERESTS OF  CERTAIN PERSONS"  of the  Offer to  Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
ITEM 7.  CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT
         TO THE SUBJECT COMPANY'S SECURITIES.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS --  Voting
Power,"  "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF THE  TRANSACTION  --  Background  of the
Transactions," "THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT" and "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.  PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF  FINANCIAL
ADVISORS"  and "THE OFFER" --  Section 10 ("Fees and  Expenses") of the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CERTAIN BIDDERS.
 
    The information set forth in "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  --
The  Purchaser" and  Schedule VII  of the  Offer to  Purchase and  the financial
information of  the  Purchaser  incorporated  by reference  into  the  Offer  to
Purchase are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
 
    (a)The  information  set  forth in  the  SUMMARY,  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- The Purchaser," "BACKGROUND  AND
PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION -- Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS OF
CERTAIN PERSONS" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (b)-(d) The information  set forth  in "THE  OFFER" --  Section 8  ("Certain
Legal   Matters  and  Regulatory  Approvals")  of   the  Offer  to  Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (e)None.
 
    (f)The information  set  forth in  the  Offer  to Purchase,  the  Letter  of
       Transmittal  and  the press  release by  the Purchaser  of July  2, 1996,
copies  of  which  are  attached  hereto  as  Exhibits  99.1,  99.2  and   99.3,
respectively, is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.  MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
2.1        Acquisition Agreement dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage Centers,
            Inc., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
            Partners L.P. II and IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III.
10.1       Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., Seattle-First National
            Bank, Key Bank of Washington and West One Bank dated August 19, 1994
            (incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration
            Statement on Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange
            Commission on March 31, 1995).
10.2       Revolving Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., SSC Acquisitions,
            Inc. and Nomora Asset Capital Corp. dated as of December 23, 1994 (incorporated
            by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
            March 31, 1995).
 
99.1       Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996.
99.2       Letter of Transmittal.
99.3       Text of Press Release dated July 2, 1996.
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
99.4       Letter to Unitholders.
99.5       Guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of Taxpayer
            Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.
99.6       Letter to Financial Advisors.
99.7       Management Services Agreement between IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
            II and Shurgard Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the
            Partnership's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 33-25729)).
99.8       General Partner Undertaking dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage
            Centers, Inc., Shurgard Associates L.P., Shurgard Associates L.P. II and
            Shurgard Associates L.P. III (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.1).
</TABLE>
 
    After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that
the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
 
Dated: July 1, 1996
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ HARRELL L. BECK
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Harrell L. Beck
                                              Title: Senior Vice President,
                                             Chief
                                                  Financial Officer and
                                             Treasurer
 
                                       5

<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                   IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.,
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
                                      AND
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
 
                         (TOGETHER, THE "PARTNERSHIPS")
 
                                      AND
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                (THE "COMPANY")
 
                                  JULY 1, 1996
<PAGE>
                                    CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS..................................................................          1
      1.1  The Offers...................................................................          1
      1.2  Conditions to Commencement of the Offers.....................................          1
      1.3  Actions and Agreements of the Partnerships and the Company...................          2
      1.4  Offer Documents..............................................................          2
      1.5  General Partner Recommendation...............................................          3
 
                                                                                                  3
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER.................................................................
      2.1  The Merger...................................................................          3
      2.2  Effective Time of the Merger.................................................          3
      2.3  Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation....................          3
      2.4  Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation..........................................          4
      2.5  Board of Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.................          4
 
                                                                                                  4
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER.......................
      3.1  Merger Consideration.........................................................          4
      3.2  Certain Definitions..........................................................          4
      3.3  Distribution of Merger Consideration.........................................          5
      3.4  No Fractional Shares.........................................................          5
      3.5  Dissenting Units.............................................................          5
      3.6  Issuance of Certificates for REIT Shares.....................................          6
      3.7  Transfer of Units............................................................          6
 
                                                                                                  6
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................
      4.1  Representations and Warranties of the Partnerships...........................          6
      4.2  Representations and Warranties of the Company................................          9
 
                                                                                                 11
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS....................................................
      5.1  Ordinary Course; No Acquisitions or Dispositions.............................         11
      5.2  Distributions................................................................         11
      5.3  Amendment of Governing Documents.............................................         12
      5.4  Exclusivity..................................................................         12
      5.5  Other Actions................................................................         12
      5.6  Advise of Changes............................................................         13
      5.7  Meetings of Limited Partner..................................................         13
      5.8  Registration and Listing of REIT Shares......................................         13
      5.9  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement/Prospectus....................         13
      5.10 Consents and Approvals.......................................................         13
      5.11 Limitation on Number of REIT Shares Issued...................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING....................................................................
      6.1  Closing Date.................................................................         14
      6.2  Additional Closings..........................................................         14
      6.3  Further Acts.................................................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS................................................................
      7.1  Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.......................................         14
      7.2  Conditions to the Obligations of the Company.................................         15
      7.3  Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships............................         15
 
                                                                                                 16
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER...................................................
      8.1  Termination..................................................................         16
      8.2  Effect of Termination........................................................         17
      8.3  Fees and Expenses............................................................         17
      8.4  Extension; Waiver............................................................         19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
      8.5  No Survival of Representations and Warranties................................         19
 
                                                                                                 19
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................
      9.1  Assignment of Contract.......................................................         19
      9.2  Risk of Loss.................................................................         19
      9.3  Entire Agreement; Modifications..............................................         19
      9.4  Notices......................................................................         19
      9.5  Interpretation...............................................................         20
      9.6  Captions.....................................................................         20
      9.7  Multiple Counterparts........................................................         20
      9.8  Binding Effect...............................................................         20
      9.9  Attorneys' Fees..............................................................         20
      9.10 No Waiver; Severability......................................................         21
      9.11 No Joint and Several Liability...............................................         21
      9.12 Applicable Law...............................................................         21
</TABLE>
 
Exhibit A  General Partner Undertaking
Exhibit B  Opinion of Counsel to the Partnerships
Exhibit C  Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                    GLOSSARY
 
    The  following is a list of the defined terms used in this Agreement and the
Sections in which such terms are defined:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
<S>                                             <C>
Additional Consideration                        Section 3.2(c)
Agreement                                       Preamble
Alternative Transaction                         Section 8.3(c)
Appraised Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
Appraiser                                       Section 3.2(a)
Assets                                          Recital A
Balance Sheet                                   Section 4.1(i)
Closing                                         Section 6.1
Closing Balance Sheet                           Not defined therein
Closing Date                                    Section 6.1
Closing Net Asset Value                         Section 5.2
Commission                                      Section 1.4
Company                                         Preamble
Company SEC Documents                           Section 4.2(f)
Constituent Entities                            Section 2.1
DGCL                                            Section 2.1
Dissenting Units                                Section 3.5
Dissolution                                     Section 3.1(a)
Effective Time                                  Section 2.2
Exchange Act                                    Section 1.1
Exchange Agent                                  Section 3.3
Exchange Fund                                   Section 3.3
General Partner                                 Recital B
General Partner Recommendation                  Section 1.5
General Partner Undertaking                     Recital C
Governmental Regulations                        Section 4.1(l)
GP Interest                                     Section 3.1(b)
Hazardous Materials                             Section 4.1(l)
IDS1                                            Preamble
IDS2                                            Preamble
IDS3                                            Preamble
Individual Transaction Expenses                 Section 8.3(a)
LP Units                                        Section 1.1
Merger                                          Section 2.1
Merger Consideration                            Section 3.1
Net Asset Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
NYSE                                            Section 3.2(b)
Offer                                           Section 1.1
Offer Documents                                 Section 1.4
Offer Price                                     Section 1.1
Participating Partnership                       Section 2.1
Partnership                                     Preamble
Partnership Agreement                           Section 4.1(a)
Partnership Financial Statements                Section 4.1(e)
Partnership SEC Documents                       Section 4.1(d)
Property                                        Recital A
Proxy Statement/Prospectus                      Section 5.9
REIT Share Price                                Section 3.2(b)
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
REIT Share Price Range                          Section 3.2(b)
<S>                                             <C>
REIT Shares                                     Section 3.1(a)
S-4 Registration Statement                      Section 4.1(f)
Schedules                                       Section 1.4
Schedules 13E-3                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-1                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-9                                 Section 1.4
Securities Act                                  Section 4.1(d)
Share Consideration                             Not defined therein
Shared Transaction Expenses                     Section 8.3(a)
Special Committee                               Section 1.2
Standstill                                      Section 1.3(d)
Surviving Corporation                           Section 2.1
Terminating Breach                              Section 8.1(f)
Third Party                                     Section 8.3(c)
WULPA                                           Section 2.1
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    This ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July  1,
1996  by IDS/ Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), IDS/Shurgard Income
Growth Partners L.P. II  ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners  L.P.
III   ("IDS3"),  each   a  Washington   limited  partnership   (individually,  a
"Partnership" and together, the  "Partnerships"), and Shurgard Storage  Centers,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.    The Partnerships  are the  owners  of certain  self storage  and other
properties (which  properties,  including  any buildings,  structures  or  other
improvements  situated thereon  are herein  referred to  as the  "Property") and
related personal  property and  other assets  (together with  the Property,  the
"Assets").
 
    B.    Shurgard Associates  L.P., Shurgard  Associates  L.P. II  and Shurgard
Associates L.P.  III  (each, a  "General  Partner" and  together,  the  "General
Partners")  and the Board of Directors of the  Company believe that it is in the
best interests  of the  Partnerships and  the Company,  respectively, and  their
respective  limited partners and stockholders to  enter into and consummate this
Agreement.
 
    C.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the General  Partners
and  the Company are  entering into a  General Partner Undertaking,  dated as of
July 1, 1996 (the "General Partner Undertaking"), in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations,  warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  THE OFFERS
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  date hereof, the  Company shall commence
(within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the "Exchange Act")), a tender offer for up to 65,000 units of limited
partner interests (the "LP Units") of IDS1,  49,000 LP Units of IDS2 and  52,000
LP  Units of IDS3  (each, an "Offer" and  together the "Offers"),  at a net cash
price per LP Unit  equal to the  Net Asset Value (as  defined in Section  3.2(a)
hereof)  of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to one LP Unit if
the Partnership's Net  Asset Value  were distributed  in a  dissolution of  such
Partnership  in accordance with its Partnership Agreement (as defined in Section
4.1(a) hereof). The parties hereto acknowledge  that the Net Asset Value per  LP
Unit  is equal  to $257,  $222 and  $308 for  IDS1, IDS2  and IDS3, respectively
(each, the "Offer Price" and together  the "Offer Prices"). The Company may  not
change  the form of consideration, reduce the  Offer Price or amend any material
term of an Offer in a manner adverse to the interests of the limited partners of
the applicable  Partnership without  the prior  written consent  of the  General
Partner  of  such Partnership.  The Company  agrees to  use its  reasonable best
efforts to consummate the Offers as soon as legally permissible and, subject  to
the terms and conditions of the Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all LP
Units  tendered pursuant to the Offers  promptly following the expiration of the
Offers.
 
    1.2  CONDITIONS TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERS
 
    The commencement of the Offers is conditioned upon:
 
    (a) the receipt by the  Special Committee of the  Board of Directors of  the
Company appointed to review the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
"Special  Committee") of an opinion  from Alex. Brown &  Sons Incorporated as to
the fairness  to the  Company, from  a financial  point of  view, of  the  Offer
Prices;
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    (b)  the receipt by  each of the  Partnerships of an  opinion from Robert A.
Stanger &  Co.,  Inc., as  to  the fairness  to  the limited  partners  of  such
Partnership, from a financial point of view, of the applicable Offer Price; and
 
    (c)  the General Partners  shall have executed and  delivered to the Company
the General  Partner  Undertaking and  shall  have performed  their  obligations
thereunder  that are  capable of  being performed  prior to  commencement of the
Offers.
 
    1.3  ACTIONS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS AND THE COMPANY
 
    (a) The Partnerships hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    (b) The Partnerships shall promptly cause  to be furnished to the Company  a
list  containing the  names and addresses  of all record  holders and beneficial
owners known to them of LP Units as of a recent date, and shall promptly furnish
the Company with such  additional information and such  other assistance as  the
Company or its agents may reasonably request in connection with the Offers.
 
    (c)  The Partnerships and the Company will take such actions as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by it pursuant to the applicable Offer in accordance with the terms  of
the Partnership Agreement.
 
    (d)  The  Company agrees  that if  it  is admitted  as a  substitute limited
partner in a Partnership and except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement,
it will not,  directly or  indirectly, without the  prior written  consent of  a
majority  of the general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (i)
acquire any additional LP Units of that Partnership, (ii) propose any merger  or
other  business  combination involving  that Partnership,  or (iii)  propose any
other transaction  pursuant to  which it  would control  or acquire  any of  the
assets   of  that  Partnership   (this  agreement  being   referred  to  as  the
"Standstill").
 
    1.4  OFFER DOCUMENTS
 
    On the date of commencement of the  Offers, (a) the Company shall file  with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  with respect to the
Offers, (i) a Tender Offer Statement on  Schedule 14D-1 with respect to each  of
the  Partnerships  (together with  any  supplements or  amendments  thereto, the
"Schedules 14D-1") and (ii) jointly with  each of the Partnerships (if  required
by  the Exchange Act), a Transaction  Statement on Schedule 13E-3 (together with
any supplements  or amendments  thereto,  the "Schedules  13E-3") and  (b)  each
Partnership  shall  file  with  the  Commission  with  respect  to  the  Offer a
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement  on  Schedule  14D-9  (together  with  any
supplements  or amendments thereto, the  "Schedules 14D-9"; the Schedules 14D-1,
the Schedules 13E-3 and the Schedules 14D-9 are referred to collectively as  the
"Schedules")  and, jointly with  the Company (if required  by the Exchange Act),
shall file  with the  Commission the  applicable Schedule  13E-3. The  Schedules
14D-1  and the Schedules  13E-3 will contain  (including as an  exhibit) or will
incorporate by reference an offer to  purchase (or portions thereof) and a  form
of  the  related  letter  of transmittal  (which  documents,  together  with any
supplements or  amendments  thereto  and  any other  documents  filed  with  the
Commission  or disseminated to  holders of LP  Units by the  Company pursuant to
which  the  Offers  are  made,  are  referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Offer
Documents").
 
    The  Partnerships and the Company shall  cooperate with each other and shall
supply each other with any assistance that the other shall reasonably request in
preparing and  filing  the  Schedules  and  distributing  the  Offer  Documents,
including, without limitation, supplying each other with any and all information
that  is required to be  furnished in the Schedules.  The Company may include in
the Offer Documents any  information with respect to  the Partnerships that  the
Company  shall reasonably determine  is required under the  Exchange Act and the
rules promulgated thereunder to  be included in the  Offer Documents, with  such
qualifications   and   disclaimers   as  are   reasonably   acceptable   to  the
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
applicable Partnership. The Company represents and warrants to the Partnerships,
and  each  Partnership  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Company,  that   the
information  provided by it, and to be provided  by it for use in the Schedules,
shall not, on the date the Schedules  are filed with the Commission, and on  the
date  the Offer Documents  are first published,  sent or given  to holders of LP
Units, as the case may  be, contain any untrue statement  of a material fact  or
omit  to state any material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they   were  made,  not  misleading.  The  Company  shall  promptly  notify  the
Partnerships of, and shall promptly correct, and the Partnerships shall promptly
notify the Company of, and shall  promptly correct, any information provided  by
it  for use in the Schedules that shall  have become untrue or misleading in any
material respect and shall take all steps necessary to cause the Schedules as so
corrected to be  filed with  the Commission and  disseminated to  holders of  LP
Units,  in each  case to  the extent  required by  applicable federal securities
laws.
 
    1.5  GENERAL PARTNER RECOMMENDATION
 
    The Offer  Documents, the  Schedules  14D-9 and  the Schedules  13E-3  shall
contain,  to the extent  applicable, at all  times from the  commencement of the
Offers through the consummation of the Offers the recommendation of the  General
Partner  set  forth  in Section  1.2  of  the General  Partner  Undertaking (the
"General Partner Recommendation"), unless the  General Partner has withdrawn  or
changed  such recommendation  in accordance with  the exercise  of its fiduciary
duties or as otherwise required by law.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER
 
    2.1  THE MERGER
 
    Upon the terms and subject to  the conditions hereof, at the Effective  Time
(as  defined in Section 2.2 hereof), each Partnership as to which the conditions
to closing set forth in Article VII hereof have been met (each such Partnership,
a "Participating Partnership") shall be merged (the "Merger") with and into  the
Company  in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") and the Washington Uniform Limited Partnership  Act
(the  "WULPA"). When the Merger has been effected the Participating Partnerships
and the  Company  (together,  the  "Constituent  Entities")  will  be  a  single
corporation;  the separate existence  of each of  the Participating Partnerships
will cease; the Company, as the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Surviving
Corporation"), will continue its corporate existence under the DGCL; all  Assets
and  every other interest of or belonging to or due to each of the Participating
Partnerships will be  deemed to be  transferred to and  vested in the  Surviving
Corporation  without further  act or  deed; the  title to  the Property,  or any
interest therein, vested in any of  the Constituent Entities will not revert  or
be  in any way impaired  by reason of the  Merger; and the Surviving Corporation
will  thenceforth  be  responsible  and  liable  for  all  the  liabilities  and
obligations of each of the Constituent Entities.
 
    2.2  EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER
 
    The  Merger will  become effective when  a properly  executed Certificate of
Merger is duly filed with the Secretary  of State of Delaware and the  Secretary
of  State of Washington, which filing will  be made as soon as practicable after
the closing of  the transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement in  accordance
with  Section 6.1 hereof. When used in this Agreement, the term "Effective Time"
means the date and time on which such Certificate is so filed.
 
    2.3  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of  the
Constituent  Entities,  the Certificate  of  Incorporation of  the  Company will
continue in effect and will be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving
Corporation and thereafter may  be amended in accordance  with its terms and  as
provided by law.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    2.4  BYLAWS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At  the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of the
Constituent Entities, the Bylaws of the Company will continue in effect  without
amendment and will be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and thereafter may
be  amended or repealed  in accordance with  their terms and  the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and as provided by law.
 
    2.5  BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time, the persons serving as directors of the Company  will
be  the directors of the  Surviving Corporation, each of  such directors to hold
office, subject to the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws of  the Surviving Corporation,  until the expiration  of the  current
term  for which they  are serving as  a director and  until their successors are
duly elected or appointed and qualified. The officers of the Company immediately
prior to the Effective  Time will be the  officers of the Surviving  Corporation
until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.
 
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER
 
    3.1  MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    At the Effective Time, and subject to Sections 3.4 and 3.5 hereof, by virtue
of  the Merger and without any further action by the limited partners or General
Partners of the Participating Partnerships,
 
    (a) each LP Unit (other than LP Units  owned by the Company) of each of  the
Participating  Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i) that
number of shares of  Class A Common  Stock of the Company,  par value $.001  per
share  (the "REIT Shares"), derived by dividing  the Net Asset Value (as defined
in Section 3.2(a) hereof) of the applicable Participating Partnership that would
be allocated  to  one  LP  Unit  if such  Partnership's  Net  Asset  Value  were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  such  Partnership  in  accordance  with its
Partnership Agreement, taking into account  all outstanding LP Units,  including
those  owned  by the  Company (a  "Dissolution"),  by the  REIT Share  Price (as
defined in Section 3.2(b) hereof) and (ii) if any is payable, the amount of  the
Additional  Consideration (as  defined in Section  3.2(c) hereof)  that would be
allocated to one LP Unit if  the Additional Consideration were distributed in  a
Dissolution;
 
    (b)  the  General  Partner  interest  (the "GP  Interest")  of  each  of the
Participating Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i)  that
number  of REIT Shares derived by dividing the Net Asset Value of the applicable
Participating Partnership that  would be allocated  to the GP  Interest if  such
Partnership's Net Asset Value was distributed in a Dissolution by the REIT Share
Price  and (ii) if  any is payable,  the amount of  the Additional Consideration
that would be allocated to the GP Interest if the Additional Consideration  were
distributed in a Dissolution; and
 
    (c) the LP Units owned by the Company shall be canceled.
 
(The  REIT Shares issuable  pursuant to the  Merger, together with  cash paid in
lieu of  fractional  REIT Shares  as  provided in  Section  3.4 hereof  and  any
Additional Consideration, if any, that is payable, are referred to herein as the
"Merger  Consideration.") If,  prior to the  Effective Time,  the Company should
split or combine the REIT  Shares, or pay a stock  dividend, the number of  REIT
Shares  issuable in  the Merger will  be appropriately adjusted  to reflect such
action.
 
    3.2  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    (a) As used herein,  "Net Asset Value"  means, with respect  to each of  the
Partnerships,  (i) the sum of  (A) the appraised fair  market values of the real
estate assets  of the  Partnership as  of December  31, 1995  set forth  in  the
Portfolio Appraisal Reports dated June 26, 1996 (the "Appraised Value") prepared
by  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co., Inc.  (the  "Appraiser"), which  Appraised Value
reflected the value of in-progress unit  conversions and buildouts, and (B)  the
book values of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of the
Partnership  as of March 31,  1996, less (ii) the  sum of (X) such Partnership's
liabilities as  of  March 31,  1996,  (Y) the  estimated  cost remaining  to  be
incurred
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
as of March 31, 1996 to complete in-progress unit conversions and buildouts, the
value  of which was included in the  Appraised Value and (Z) the estimated costs
of the Offer and the Merger that would be borne by the Partnership in accordance
with Article VIII hereof, assuming the Merger is consummated.
 
    (b) As used herein, "REIT  Share Price" means, with  respect to each of  the
Partnerships,  the average of the per share closing prices on the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. (the  "NYSE") of REIT  Shares during the  20 consecutive  trading
days  ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the meeting of limited
partners of the  applicable Partnership  on which the  General Partner  actually
calls  for  the  vote  of  the  limited  partners  to  approve  of  the  Merger.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75,
then for purposes of calculating the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant
to Section 3.1 hereof the REIT Share Price shall be deemed to equal $27.75; and,
in the event  the REIT Share  Price is less  than $22.25, then  for purposes  of
calculating  the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant to this Section 3.2
the REIT Share Price shall be deemed  to equal $22.25 (the range of prices  from
the upper to the lower limit on the REIT Share Price is referred to as the "REIT
Share  Price Range"). The parties hereto acknowledge  that in the event the REIT
Share Price exceeds $28.50, the Company may terminate this Agreement as provided
in Section 8.1(e)(iv) hereof, and in the event the REIT Share Price is less than
$21.50, the  Partnership may  terminate this  Agreement as  provided in  Section
8.1(h) hereof unless the Company agrees to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
    (c)  As used herein, "Additional Consideration"  means, with respect to each
of the Partnerships,  that amount of  cash equal to  the difference between  the
REIT  Share Price calculated  without regard to  the REIT Share  Price Range and
$21.50, multiplied by the number of REIT Shares issuable pursuant to the Merger.
 
    3.3  DISTRIBUTION OF MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    Prior to  the Effective  Time, the  Company shall  deposit (or  cause to  be
deposited)  with Gemisys Corporation, as  exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent"),
for the  benefit  of  the General  Partners  and  the limited  partners  of  the
Participating  Partnerships for exchange in accordance  with this Article III, a
number of REIT Shares and that amount of cash as is sufficient to pay the Merger
Consideration (such REIT Shares  and cash being hereinafter  referred to as  the
"Exchange  Fund"). The REIT Shares into which LP Units and GP Interests shall be
converted in the Merger  shall be deemed  to have been  issued at the  Effective
Time.
 
    3.4  NO FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
    No  fractional REIT Shares will be issued  in the Merger. In the event that,
as a result of the  conversion of LP Units or  GP Interests into REIT Shares,  a
limited  partner or General  Partner, as the  case may be,  would be entitled to
receive a fractional REIT Share, a cash  adjustment will be paid in lieu of  any
fractional  REIT Share that would otherwise be  issuable, and the amount of such
cash adjustment shall equal the product  of such fractional amount and the  REIT
Share  Price. The determination under  this Section 3.4 as  to whether a limited
partner would otherwise be entitled to  receive a fractional REIT Share will  be
based  on the  aggregate number of  LP Units  such limited partner  holds in the
applicable Partnership, not on a per LP Unit basis.
 
    3.5  DISSENTING UNITS
 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, LP Units held by
a limited partner  who has  properly exercised dissenters'  rights with  respect
thereto ("Dissenting Units") in accordance with Section 25.10.900 ET SEQ. of the
WULPA  will not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration,
but the holder thereof will instead be  entitled to receive payment of the  fair
value of such LP Units in accordance with the provisions of the WULPA unless and
until  such holder fails  to perfect or  has effectively withdrawn  or lost such
holder's rights to receive fair value  under the WULPA. If, after the  Effective
Time,  any holder of Dissenting  Units withdraws or loses  (through a failure to
perfect or otherwise) such holder's right to receive fair value with respect  to
the Dissenting Units, such Dissenting Units will automatically be converted into
the right to receive the Merger
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
Consideration  pursuant to Section  3.1 hereof. The  Partnerships shall give the
Company prompt notice of any  demands received by them  for the receipt of  fair
value  for LP Units and, prior to the  Effective Time, the Company will have the
right to participate in  all negotiations and proceedings  with respect to  such
demands.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Partnerships may not, except with the
Company's prior written consent, make any payment with respect to, or settle  or
offer to settle, any such demands.
 
    3.6  ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES FOR REIT SHARES
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  Effective Time, the  Exchange Agent will
advise the beneficial owners of LP  Units of a Participating Partnership of  the
effectiveness  of the  Merger and  will distribute  the Merger  Consideration in
accordance with  instructions  given by  such  beneficial owners.  None  of  the
Company,  the Partnerships, the Surviving Corporation, the Exchange Agent or any
other person shall be liable  to any former holder of  LP Units or GP  Interests
for  any amount properly  delivered to a public  official pursuant to applicable
abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.
 
    Any  portion  of  the  Exchange  Fund  (including  the  proceeds  from   any
investments  thereof and any  REIT Shares) that remains  unclaimed by the former
partners of the Participating Partnerships  six months after the Effective  Time
shall  be  delivered to  the Surviving  Corporation. Any  former partner  of the
Participating Partnerships who  has not theretofore  complied with this  Article
III  shall thereafter look only to the  Surviving Corporation for payment of the
applicable Merger Consideration and  unpaid dividends and distributions  payable
with respect thereto, in each case without any interest thereon.
 
    3.7  TRANSFER OF UNITS
 
    There  will  be no  further registration  of  transfers of  LP Units  on the
Partnerships' records after the commencement of the Offers and until the Closing
(as defined in Section 6.1 hereof) or termination of this Agreement, except  for
the  transfer of LP  Units to the  Company pursuant to  the Offers and custodial
transfers, intrafamily  transfers,  including  transfers  to  trusts,  transfers
pursuant  to divorce decrees and transfers  relating to deaths or settlements of
estates.
 
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    4.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    For the purposes of inducing the Company to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the  Merger,  each  of  the  Partnerships  severally  represents  and
warrants to the Company as follows with respect to itself and its Assets:
 
    (a)   ORGANIZATION.  The Partnership is a limited partnership duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington. The  Partnership
has  provided  the Company  with a  true and  complete copy  of its  Amended and
Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  and  all  amendments  thereto  (as
amended, the "Partnership Agreement"). The Partnership has no direct or indirect
equitable or beneficial ownership interest in any other entity, except as may be
disclosed in the Partnership SEC Documents (as defined hereof).
 
    (b)   POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Partnership (i) has the authority to conduct
its business as currently conducted and  to own and operate the properties  that
it  now owns and operates, (ii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions
in which such  qualification is  necessary, except where  the failure  to be  so
qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Partnership, and (iii)
has  all requisite power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement
and to consummate the  Merger. The execution and  delivery of this Agreement  by
the  Partnership and, subject to  the approval of this  Agreement by the limited
partners of the Partnership, the consummation  by the Partnership of the  Merger
have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of the
Partnership,  and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    (c)   NO VIOLATIONS.   Except  to the  extent that  lender consents  may  be
required  from mortgagees having liens against  the Property and except for such
other consents as have been obtained or  will be obtained prior to the  Closing,
and  assuming  approval  of  this  Agreement  by  the  limited  partners  of the
Partnership, the  execution and  delivery  of this  Agreement  do not,  and  the
consummation  of the Merger and compliance  with the provisions hereof will not,
result in any breach or violation of any (i) agreement to which the  Partnership
is  a party  or by  which it  or any of  its Assets  may be  bound, (ii) permit,
license or other governmental authorization applicable to the Partnership or its
Assets, or (iii)  judgment, order,  law, rule  or regulation  applicable to  the
Partnership  or its Assets, other  than any such items  that in the aggregate do
not have a material adverse effect  on the Partnership's ability to perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement or a  material adverse effect on the financial
condition of the Partnership.
 
    (d)  SEC  DOCUMENTS.   The Partnership has  furnished and  will continue  to
furnish  the Company  with a  true and complete  copy of  each report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy  statement filed by the  Partnership
with the Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Partnership SEC Documents"). The
Partnership  SEC  Documents furnished  to the  Company  as of  the date  of this
Agreement are  all the  documents  (other than  preliminary material)  that  the
Partnership has been required to file with the Commission since such date. As of
their respective dates, the Partnership SEC Documents complied as to form in all
material  respects  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act"), and the  Exchange Act, as  applicable, and  the
applicable  rules and regulations of the  Commission thereunder, and none of the
Partnership SEC Documents contained any untrue  statement of a material fact  or
omitted  to state a material fact required  to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they were made, not misleading.
 
    (e)   FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.   The financial  statements of  the Partnership
included  in  the   Partnership  SEC  Documents   (the  "Partnership   Financial
Statements")  complied, as of the date of the applicable document, as to form in
all material  respects with  applicable  accounting requirements  and  published
rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto, have been prepared
in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a basis
consistent with prior periods (except  as otherwise noted therein), and  present
fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Partnership as of
their  respective dates and  for the periods presented  therein (subject, in the
case of unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (f)   FULL  DISCLOSURE;  NO  MISSTATEMENTS.    The  representations  of  the
Partnership contained in this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a
material  fact  or  omit  to  state any  material  fact  necessary  to  make the
statements made herein not misleading, and  none of the information supplied  or
to  be  supplied by  the Partnership  for  inclusion in  the Offer  Documents or
registration statement on Form S-4 provided for in Section 5.9 hereof (the  "S-4
Registration  Statement")  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  (as  defined in
Section 5.9 hereof) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state any material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in order  to
make  the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading. If at any time  prior to the termination of the Offer  or,
with    respect   to   the    S-4   Registration   Statement    or   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, prior  to the  Closing  Date (as  defined in  Section  6.1
hereof),  any event relating to the Partnership should occur that is required to
be described  in an  amendment of  or  supplement to  the Offer  Documents,  S-4
Registration  Statement  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus,  the  Partnership
promptly shall inform the Company and assist in the preparation, filing and,  if
necessary, dissemination of such amendment or supplement.
 
    (g)   NO DEFAULTS.   The Partnership is  not in default  or violation of any
term, condition or  provision of  any agreement to  which the  Partnership is  a
party  or by which  it or any of  its Assets may be  bound that would materially
interfere with  the Partnership's  participation  in the  Merger or  that  would
result  in  a  material liability  not  reflected in  the  Partnership Financial
Statements.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    (h)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the Partnership's  knowledge, threatened  against the  Partnership that
might materially  adversely affect  the Partnership's  ability to  perform  this
Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (i)   NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE CHANGES.   Except as disclosed  in writing to the
Special Committee concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there  have
been no material adverse changes in the business, operations, properties, assets
or  condition, financial or otherwise, of the Partnership from that set forth in
the Partnership's Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the  year ended December  31,
1995, as supplemented by the Partnership's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1996, both as filed with the Commission.
 
    (j)   TITLE TO ASSETS.  The Partnership has good and marketable title to the
assets reflected in the most recent balance sheet (the "Balance Sheet") included
in the Partnership Financial Statements and reflected in its Net Asset Value and
will hold good and marketable title to  such assets, and any assets acquired  by
the  Partnership prior to the  Effective Time, except for  assets disposed of in
the ordinary  course  of  business (which  assets  do  not include  any  of  the
Property)  and except as  the failure of  the Partnership to  have such good and
marketable title is  not, in  the aggregate,  material to  the Partnership.  The
assets  reflected on the Balance Sheet include the Property. Except as otherwise
disclosed in the Balance Sheet or related notes accompanying it, all the  assets
referred  to in the preceding  sentence are owned free and  clear of any and all
material adverse claims,  security interests, charges  or other encumbrances  or
restrictions  of every nature,  except liens for  current taxes not  yet due and
payable or  landlords' liens  as provided  for  in the  relevant leases,  or  by
applicable law.
 
    (k)    LIABILITIES OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.   The  Partnership has  no material
liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except  to the extent reflected,  reserved
against  or  provided for  in the  Balance  Sheet, and  except for  any material
liabilities disclosed in writing to the Special Committee concurrently with  the
execution  of this Agreement or any other obligations incurred after the date of
the Balance  Sheet  in  the  ordinary course  of  business,  which  subsequently
incurred  obligations are  of an  amount and  nature as  to be  capable of being
discharged from the operations of  the Partnership without requiring  additional
equity or borrowing.
 
    (l)  PROPERTY.
 
        (i)   Materially complete and correct legal descriptions of the Property
    have been delivered to the Company  concurrently with the execution of  this
    Agreement.
 
        (ii)   All information provided by the Partnership to the Appraiser with
    respect to the Property for use in preparing the appraisals of the  Property
    was true and correct in all material respects as of the date given.
 
        (iii)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there is no material violation of any law, ordinance, rule,
    requirement, resolution, policy statement or regulation (including,  without
    limitation,  those relating to land use, subdivision, zoning, environmental,
    occupational health and safety, water, and  building and fire codes) of  any
    governmental authority (collectively, "Governmental Regulations") applicable
    to the construction, alteration, rehabilitation, maintenance, use, operation
    or  sale  of any  of the  Property,  which violation  would have  a material
    adverse effect  on the  use of  the Property.  The Partnership  has  neither
    received  notice nor has  knowledge that any  governmental authority, or any
    employee or agent thereof, considers the operations, use or ownership of any
    of the  Property  to violate  or  have violated  in  a material  manner  any
    Governmental Regulations, or that any investigation has been commenced or is
    contemplated regarding such possible violation.
 
        (iv)   To the best knowledge of  those representatives and agents of the
    Partnership to  whom notice  should  have been  given, the  Partnership  has
    neither  received  notice nor  has knowledge  of  any plan  or study  of any
    governmental authority that  would materially  adversely affect  the use  of
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    the  Property for  its intended uses,  or result in  any public improvements
    that will  result  in any  material  charge  being levied  against,  or  any
    material lien assessed upon, all or any portion of such Property.
 
        (v)     Except  as  disclosed  in   writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there are no delinquent taxes, assessments, charges, debts,
    liabilities, claims or  obligations arising from  the construction,  design,
    development,  ownership, maintenance or operation  of, or otherwise relating
    to, the  Property,  which matters  could  give  rise to  any  mechanics'  or
    materialmen's or other statutory or common-law lien against such Property or
    any  party  thereof that,  individually or  in the  aggregate, would  have a
    material adverse effect on the value of the Property, taken as a whole.
 
        (vi)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special   Committee
    concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge of
    those representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice  should
    have  been given or who, by virtue of his or her position, could be expected
    to have knowledge of any of the following matters, (A) none of the Property,
    which for  purposes of  this paragraph  shall include,  without  limitation,
    subsurface soil and ground water, contains any substance, including, without
    limitation, any asbestos, formaldehyde, radioactive substance, hydrocarbons,
    industrial  solvents, flammables, explosives and  any hazardous substance or
    toxic material (collectively, "Hazardous  Materials"), that could  presently
    or  at any time  in the future  cause a material  detriment to or materially
    impair the value or beneficial use of the Property or constitute or cause  a
    health,  safety or environmental hazard on or relating to the Property or to
    any person who  may enter onto  the Property or  require remediation at  the
    behest  of any  governmental agency,  which health,  safety or environmental
    hazard  or  remediation  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on   the
    Partnership;  (B) there are  no environmental conditions  relating to any of
    the Property  giving rise  to material  liability, and  the Property  is  in
    compliance  in all material respects with existing applicable federal, state
    and local environmental laws  and regulations; and  (C) the Partnership  has
    not  received notice that the ownership, operation, use and condition of any
    of the  Property  is  in violation  of  any  federal, state  or  local  law,
    ordinance   or  regulation  pertaining   to  industrial  hygiene,  Hazardous
    Materials  or  environmental  protection.  To  the  best  knowledge  of  the
    Partnership,  there is  no proceeding  or action  pending or,  to its actual
    knowledge, threatened by  any person  or governmental  agency regarding  the
    environmental condition of any of the Property.
 
        (vii)   The Partnership has not entered  into any contracts for the sale
    of all or any portion of the Property.
 
    (m)  TAXES.   The Partnership  has filed  all federal, state  and local  tax
returns  that it is required  to file, has provided  to its limited partners all
required Forms K-1 and such other tax forms as may be required by federal, state
or local authorities, and has no outstanding material liability for any federal,
state or local taxes or interest or penalties thereon, whether disputed or  not,
except  taxes  disputed  or not  yet  payable  that have  been  provided  for in
accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  and are disclosed  in
the   Partnership  Financial  Statements;  the   Partnership  is  taxable  as  a
partnership (and not as an association taxable as a corporation) for federal and
applicable state income tax purposes.
 
    4.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    For the purposes  of inducing each  of the Partnerships  to enter into  this
Agreement  and to consummate the Merger,  the Company represents and warrants to
each Partnership as follows:
 
    (a)  ORGANIZATION;  POWER AND  AUTHORITY.   The Company  is duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under  the laws of the state of Delaware.
The Company (i) has the authority to conduct its business as currently conducted
and to own and  operate the properties  that it now owns  and operates, (ii)  is
qualified  to do  business in all  jurisdictions in which  such qualification is
necessary,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
except where the failure to  be so qualified would  not have a material  adverse
effect  on the Company, and  (iii) has all requisite  power, authority and legal
right to enter into this Agreement  and to consummate the Merger. The  execution
and  delivery  of this  Agreement by  the  Company and  the consummation  by the
Company of  the Merger  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action  on the  part of the  Company, and this  Agreement is a  legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms.
 
    (b)  CONSENTS.  Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, no other
action is required to be taken by the Company to permit the execution,  delivery
and  performance  of  this  Agreement,  all  other  documents  and  certificates
expressly contemplated hereby, and the Merger, and no consent or approval of any
third party  or governmental  authority is  or was  required or  appropriate  in
connection   with  the  execution  of  this  Agreement,  or  to  consummate  the
transactions expressly contemplated hereunder, except such as have been obtained
or will be obtained prior to the Closing.
 
    (c)  NO VIOLATIONS.   The execution and delivery  of this Agreement do  not,
and  the consummation  of the Merger  and compliance with  the provisions hereof
will not, result  in any breach  or violation of  any (i) agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  the organizational  documents under  which the  Company is
organized) to  which the  Company  is a  party or  by  which it  or any  of  its
properties   may  be   bound,  (ii)   permit,  license   or  other  governmental
authorization applicable to the  Company or its  properties, or (iii)  judgment,
order,  law, rule or regulation  applicable to the Company,  other than any such
items that  in the  aggregate  do not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a material
adverse effect on the value of the Merger Consideration.
 
    (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists
of  (i) 120,000,000 REIT  Shares, (ii) 500,000  shares of Class  B Common Stock,
$.001 par value per share, (iii)  160,000,000 shares of Excess Stock, $.001  par
value  per share, and (iv) 80,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value
per share.  All outstanding  REIT Shares  are duly  authorized, validly  issued,
fully  paid and nonassessable, and  no class of capital  stock of the Company is
entitled to  preemptive or  cumulative  voting rights.  As  of March  31,  1996,
23,046,517  REIT Shares, 154,605  shares of Class  B Common Stock,  no shares of
Excess Stock, and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.
 
    (e)  AUTHORIZATION OF REIT SHARES.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company
will have taken all necessary  action to permit it to  issue the number of  REIT
Shares  required to be issued  pursuant to Article III  hereof. Such REIT Shares
will, when  issued  pursuant to  this  Agreement, be  duly  authorized,  validly
issued,  fully paid  and nonassessable, and  no stockholder of  the Company will
have any preemptive right  of subscription or purchase  in respect thereof.  The
REIT  Shares will, when  issued pursuant to this  Agreement, be registered under
the Securities  Act and  the Exchange  Act, will  be registered  or exempt  from
registration  under all applicable state securities  laws and will be listed for
quotation on the NYSE.
 
    (f)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished and will continue to  furnish
the  Partnerships  with  a true  and  complete  copy of  each  report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy statement filed by the Company  with
the  Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Company SEC Documents"). The Company
SEC Documents furnished to the Partnerships as of the date of this Agreement are
all the documents (other  than preliminary material) that  the Company has  been
required  to file with  the Commission since  such date. As  of their respective
dates, the Company SEC  Documents complied as to  form in all material  respects
with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable,
and  the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and none
of the Company SEC Documents contained  any untrue statement of a material  fact
or  omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to  make the statements  therein, in light  of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.
 
    (g)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The financial statements of the Company included
in  the  Company  SEC Documents  complied,  as  of the  date  of  the applicable
document, as  to  form  in  all material  respects  with  applicable  accounting
requirements  and  published  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission  with
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
respect thereto,  have  been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles, applied on a basis consistent with prior periods (except
as otherwise  noted therein),  and  present fairly  the financial  position  and
results  of operations of the  Company as of their  respective dates and for the
periods presented therein (subject, in  the case of unaudited interim  financial
statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (h)   FULL DISCLOSURE; NO MISSTATEMENTS.  The representations of the Company
contained in this Agreement  do not contain any  untrue statement of a  material
fact  or omit  to state a  material fact  necessary to make  the statements made
herein not misleading, and none of the information supplied or to be supplied by
the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the S-4  Registration
Statement, the Offer Documents or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus relating to the
Company  contains any untrue statement of a  material fact or omits to state any
material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  in order to make  the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.  If  at any  time prior  to the  termination of  the Offer  or, with
respect to the S-4 Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the
Closing Date, any event relating to the Company should occur that is required to
be described in  an amendment of  or supplement  to the Offer  Documents or  the
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus, the Company promptly  shall inform the Partnerships
and prepare, file and, if necessary, disseminate such amendment or supplement.
 
    (i)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the  Company's knowledge,  threatened  against the  Company  that might
materially adversely affect the Company's  ability to perform this Agreement  or
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (j)   NO  MATERIAL ADVERSE  CHANGES.   There have  been no  material adverse
changes in the business, operations, properties, assets or condition,  financial
or  otherwise, of the Company from that set forth in the Company's Annual Report
on Form  10-K for  the year  ended December  31, 1995,  as supplemented  by  the
Company's  Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the quarter  ended March 31, 1996,
both as filed with the Commission.
 
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
 
    During the period from the date  of this Agreement and continuing until  the
Closing  Date or the termination of this  Agreement, the Company and each of the
Partnerships agree to act in accordance with the following covenants:
 
    5.1  ORDINARY COURSE; NO ACQUISITIONS OR DISPOSITIONS
 
    Except as provided in  Section 5.2 hereof, each  Partnership shall carry  on
its  business  in  the  ordinary  course in  substantially  the  same  manner as
heretofore conducted and use all reasonable  efforts to (a) preserve intact  its
present  business, organization and goodwill, (b) maintain all permits, licenses
and  authorizations  required   by  applicable  laws,   and  (c)  preserve   its
relationships with customers, suppliers, lenders, lessors, governmental entities
and  others having business or regulatory dealings with it. No Partnership shall
acquire or agree to acquire by any manner any business or business  organization
or division thereof or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are
material,  individually or  in the  aggregate, to  such Partnership,  other than
high-quality, short-term investments made in the ordinary course of business. No
Partnership shall sell, lease or otherwise  dispose of, or agree to sell,  lease
or  otherwise dispose of,  any of its  Assets, except in  the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice, and except as required by law.  Each
Partnership  shall promptly notify the Company of any event or occurrence not in
the ordinary course of business  or that may have  a material adverse effect  on
such Partnership's financial condition.
 
    5.2  DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Each  Partnership  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  manage  its business,
including, but not limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners  if
the  General Partner deems it  advisable to do so,  such that such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  (as defined  in Section  5.2 hereof)  will equal  such
Partnership's   Net  Asset  Value.  Immediately   prior  to  the  Closing,  each
Partnership will declare a cash
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
distribution payable to those who are  partners of the Partnership at such  time
in  an aggregate amount equal to the amount, if any, by which such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net Asset  Value. As  soon as  reasonably
practicable  following the Closing,  the Company, as  the Surviving Corporation,
will take all  actions necessary to  transfer the amount  necessary to pay  such
distribution to Gemisys Corporation, the transfer and distribution agent for the
Partnership,  for distribution in  accordance with the  terms of the Partnership
Agreement.
 
    As used herein, "Closing Net Asset Value" means, with respect to each of the
Partnerships, (i) the sum of  (a) the Appraised Value  (b) the cost incurred  to
the  Closing  Date of  buildouts and  unit  conversions, if  any, that  were not
reflected in the Appraised Value and (c) the book values of the non-real  estate
assets,  except for  amortizable assets,  of the  Partnership as  of the Closing
Date, less (ii) the sum of (x) such Partnership's liabilities as of the  Closing
Date, (y) the estimated cost remaining to be incurred, if any, as of the Closing
Date  to complete the buildouts  and unit conversions that  were included in the
Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual Transaction Expenses  and
pro  rata share  of Shared  Transaction Expenses (as  such terms  are defined in
Section 8.3(a) hereof).
 
    5.3  AMENDMENT OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
    The IDS2 and  IDS3 Partnerships shall  take all actions  necessary to  amend
their  respective  Partnership Agreements  to  add the  following  subsection to
Section 13.3(c) of those  agreements, it being understood  that the approval  of
such  amendment by  limited partners will  be a  part of their  approval of this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby:
 
       (iii) Notwithstanding any  provision of this  Agreement, the  Partnership
       may  merge with and  into Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc. (the "Company")
       pursuant to, and consummate all  other transactions contemplated by,  the
       terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement  dated  July 1,  1996,  between the
       Company, the  Partnership,  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
       IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners L.P.  II  and  IDS/Shurgard Income
       Growth Partners L.P. III.
 
    Except as provided above, no Partnership shall amend or propose to amend any
of  its  organizational   documents,  including  its   Certificate  of   Limited
Partnership  or Partnership Agreement, without the  prior written consent of the
Company.
 
    5.4  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    No Partnership will, nor will it permit its partners (including any  general
or  limited partner  of its  General Partner),  agents or  other representatives
(including, without limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or  accountant
retained  by it) to, directly or  indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or,
except as  required  by law,  including  fiduciary  duties required  by  law  as
determined  by  the General  Partner  in good  faith,  engage in  discussions or
negotiations with or provide any information to any entity or group (other  than
the Company or an affiliate of the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal,
tender  offer,  exchange offer,  merger,  consolidation, sale  of  a substantial
amount of assets, or  sale of securities or  equity interests, or in  connection
with   a  liquidation,   dissolution  or  similar   transaction  involving  such
Partnership. Each Partnership will  notify the Company  immediately if any  such
inquiries  or proposals are received by, any such information is requested from,
or any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or  continued
with,  the Partnership,  and will  keep the Company  informed of  the status and
terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    5.5  OTHER ACTIONS
 
    The Partnerships and the Company shall not  take or omit to take any  action
that  would  result  in  any  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  the
Partnerships or the Company, respectively, made in or pursuant to this Agreement
becoming untrue or  incomplete, in any  of the covenants  and agreements of  the
Partnerships  or the  Company, respectively,  being breached,  or in  any of the
conditions to the Closing not being satisfied.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    5.6  ADVISE OF CHANGES
 
    Each Partnership  promptly shall  advise  the Company  in writing,  and  the
Company  promptly shall  advise the  Partnerships in  writing, of  any change or
event that  has  made,  or could  be  reasonably  expected to  make,  untrue  or
inaccurate  any representation or warranty made by  such party in or pursuant to
this Agreement or  that has  prevented or may  prevent the  performance by  such
party of any covenant or agreement made in or pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    5.7  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each   Partnership  will  take  all  action  necessary  in  accordance  with
applicable law and its Partnership Agreement to convene a meeting of its limited
partners as promptly as practicable to  consider and vote upon approval of  this
Agreement and the consummation of the Merger.
 
    5.8  REGISTRATION AND LISTING OF REIT SHARES
 
    The  Company will use its best efforts to register the REIT Shares under the
Securities Act and to cause the REIT Shares to be listed for trading on the NYSE
upon official notice of issuance.
 
    5.9  S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
 
    The Company and  the Partnerships will  promptly prepare and  file with  the
Commission  a preliminary proxy statement/prospectus in connection with the vote
of the limited partners  of the Partnerships on  the approval of this  Agreement
and  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (such proxy
statement/prospectus,  together  with  any  amendments  thereof  or  supplements
thereto,  in each case in the form or forms to be mailed to the limited partners
of the Partnerships, being called herein the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus").  The
Company  will, as promptly as practicable,  prepare and file with the Commission
the S-4 Registration  Statement, containing the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus,  in
connection  with the registration under the Securities Act of the REIT Shares to
be issued in the Merger.  The Company and the  Partnerships will each use  their
best  efforts to have  the S-4 Registration Statement  declared effective by the
Commission as  promptly as  practicable, and  also will  take any  other  action
required  to be taken  under federal or  state securities laws,  and each of the
Partnerships will use its best  efforts to cause the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
to  be mailed to  the record and beneficial  owners of LP  Units at the earliest
practicable date.  The Company  agrees that  (a) if  at any  time prior  to  the
Effective  Time  any event  with respect  to  the Company  should occur  that is
required to be  described in  an amendment  of, or  a supplement  to, the  Proxy
Statement/  Prospectus or the S-4 Registration Statement, such event shall be so
described, and such  amendment or supplement  shall be promptly  filed with  the
Commission  and, as required by law, the Partnership will cause the amendment or
supplement to be disseminated  to the record and  beneficial owners of LP  Units
and  (b) the S-4 Registration Statement  and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will
(with respect to the Company)  comply as to form  in all material respects  with
the requirements of the federal securities laws. Each of the Partnerships agrees
that  (i) if at any time  prior to the Effective Time  any event with respect to
the Partnership should occur  that is required to  be described in an  amendment
of,  or a supplement to, the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the S-4 Registration
Statement, such event shall  be so described, and  such amendment or  supplement
shall   be  promptly  filed  with  the  Commission  and,  as  required  by  law,
disseminated to the record and beneficial owners of LP Units and (ii) the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus will (with respect to the Partnership) comply as to form in
all  material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws. The
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  shall  include   the  recommendation  and   consent
described in Section 2.1 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    5.10  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS
 
    The  Company and the  Partnerships shall each use  all reasonable efforts to
take, or cause to  be taken, all  actions and to  do, or cause  to be done,  all
other  things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as
promptly as  practicable the  transactions contemplated  by this  Agreement,  to
obtain   in  a  timely  manner   all  necessary  consents,  waivers,  approvals,
authorizations and orders and to  make all necessary registrations and  filings,
and  otherwise to satisfy or  cause to be satisfied  all conditions precedent to
its obligations under this Agreement.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    5.11  LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF REIT SHARES ISSUED
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the
payment  of Merger Consideration in  the Merger would result  in the issuance by
the Company  of  more  than  20%  of  the  total  number  of  REIT  Shares  then
outstanding,  then the Company may elect to pay cash in lieu of such REIT Shares
in excess of 20% of the total  number of REIT Shares then outstanding (with  the
cash amount to be paid in lieu of such REIT Shares to be based on the REIT Share
Price),  and such cash  in lieu of  REIT Shares shall,  to the extent reasonably
practicable, be allocated  proportionately to all  partners in the  Partnerships
receiving Merger Consideration.
 
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING
 
    6.1  CLOSING DATE
 
    The  consummation of  the transactions  contemplated hereby  (the "Closing")
shall be held within  five business days  of the satisfaction  or waiver of  the
conditions to closing set forth in Article VII hereof. The Closing shall be held
at  the  offices  of  Perkins  Coie, 1201  Third  Avenue,  40th  Floor, Seattle,
Washington, or at  such other  place as  may be agreed  upon in  writing by  the
Participating Partnerships and the Company. The date and hour of the Closing are
referred to as the "Closing Date." At the Closing each of the parties shall take
all  such action and  deliver all such  documents, instruments, certificates and
other items as may  be required under  this Agreement or  otherwise in order  to
perform  or fulfill all covenants,  conditions and agreements on  its part to be
performed or  fulfilled  on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date and  to  cause  all
conditions  precedent to the other parties'  obligations under this Agreement to
be satisfied in full.
 
    6.2  ADDITIONAL CLOSINGS
 
    Notwithstanding any other  provision of  this Agreement,  if the  conditions
precedent  to Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof have  been satisfied or
waived with  respect  to  the  Closing  of this  Agreement  as  to  one  or  two
Participating  Partnerships, this Agreement  may be closed  with respect to such
Participating Partnership(s)  and,  in the  event  the conditions  precedent  to
Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof are subsequently  satisfied or waived
with respect to  any additional  Participating Partnership(s), there  may be  an
additional   Closing   or   Closings   with   respect   to   such  Participating
Partnership(s). All references herein to the Closing and the Closing Date  shall
mean  the original Closing or such additional Closing(s), as applicable, and all
references herein to Effective Time shall mean the Effective Time of the  Merger
of  the  applicable  Participating  Partnership;  provided,  however,  that  the
determination of the amount of  Shared Transaction Expenses pursuant to  Section
8.3  hereof shall be made prior to the  initial Closing and shall not be further
adjusted at any subsequent Closing.
 
    6.3  FURTHER ACTS
 
    If at any  time after  the Closing  Date any further  action by  any of  the
parties to this Agreement is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of
this Agreement and/or to vest in the Company full title to all Assets and rights
of  the Participating Partnerships, such party  shall take all such necessary or
desirable action or use its best efforts to cause such action to be taken.
 
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS
 
    The respective obligations of  the parties hereto  to consummate the  Merger
pursuant  to the  terms of  this Agreement  are subject  to satisfaction  of the
following conditions precedent  on or prior  to the Closing  Date. In the  event
that  one or  more of  these conditions  are not  satisfied on  or prior  to the
Closing Date, the party  or parties whose obligations  hereunder are subject  to
the  satisfaction of such condition or  conditions may either elect to terminate
this Agreement or waive the satisfaction of such condition. The consummation  of
the Merger as to any Partnership is not conditioned upon the consummation of the
Merger as to any other Partnership.
 
    7.1  CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS
 
    The  respective  obligations of  each party  to  consummate the  Mergers are
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions:
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    (a)   APPROVAL OF LIMITED PARTNERS.   This Agreement and the consummation of
the Merger shall have been  duly approved by the  requisite vote of the  limited
partners  of the Partnership in accordance with the applicable provisions of its
Partnership Agreement and the WULPA.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF  INJUNCTIONS.  No injunctions  relating to the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement or  any of the parties  hereto that would have a
material adverse effect on  the Company or  on the business  or Property of  the
Partnerships,   taken  as  a  whole  or  individually,  or  that  would  prevent
consummation of the Merger, shall have been issued and remain outstanding.
 
    (c)   EFFECTIVENESS OF  S-4 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.   The S-4  Registration
Statement  shall  have  been  declared effective  by  the  Commission  under the
Securities  Act.  No  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the   S-4
Registration  Statement  shall  have  been  issued  by  the  Commission  and  no
proceeding for that purpose  and no similar proceeding  in respect of the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.
 
    (d)   LISTING OF REIT SHARES.  The  REIT Shares issuable in the Merger shall
have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon official notice of issuance.
 
    7.2  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  obligation  of  the  Company  to  consummate  the  Merger  as  to  each
Partnership  shall be subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date
of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Company:
 
    (a)  FAIRNESS  OPINION.   The Company shall  have received  an opinion  from
Alex.  Brown  & Sons  Incorporated as  to the  fairness to  the Company,  from a
financial point of view, of the Offer Prices and the Merger Consideration.
 
    (b)  CLOSING NET ASSET VALUE.  The Company shall have received a certificate
from the General Partner dated the Closing Date certifying that the Closing  Net
Asset  Value of  each Partnership  is no less  than its  Net Asset  Value of the
Partnership.
 
    (c)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Partnership's ability to consummate
the Merger, or in the Partnership's business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (d)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations  and warranties of  the Partnership contained herein
shall be true in all material respects as  of the date of this Agreement and  on
the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.   The Partnership shall  have performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (f)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (g)   OPINION.  The  Company shall have received  an opinion from counsel to
the Partnership in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
 
    (h)  ACCOUNTANT'S LETTER.   The Special Committee  shall have received  from
Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  a letter,  in  form and  substance satisfactory  to the
Special Committee, acting in good faith, applying certain agreed-upon procedures
to designated information contained  in the S-4  Registration Statement and  the
Offer Documents.
 
    7.3  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    The  obligation  of each  of the  Partnerships to  consummate the  Merger is
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions, unless waived in writing by the applicable Partnership:
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    (a)   FAIRNESS OPINION.   The Partnership shall  have received opinions from
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. as to the fairness to the limited partners of  the
Partnership,  from a financial point of view,  of the Offer Price and the Merger
Consideration.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Company's ability to pay the Merger
Consideration, or in the Company's  business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (c)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall
be true in all  material respects as of  the date of this  Agreement and on  the
Closing Date.
 
    (d)    COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.    The  Company shall  have  performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (f)   OPINION.  The Partnership shall  have received an opinion from special
counsel to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
 
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER
 
    8.1  TERMINATION
 
    With respect to  any Partnership, this  Agreement may be  terminated at  any
time  prior  to  the Effective  Time,  notwithstanding approval  thereof  by the
limited partners of such Partnership:
 
    (a) by  mutual consent  duly authorized  by the  Board of  Directors of  the
Company and the General Partner of the Partnership; or
 
    (b)  by either  the Company or  the Partnership  if the Merger  has not been
consummated by March 31, 1997, or such later date as mutually agreed upon by the
parties; provided, however,  that the  right to terminate  this Agreement  under
this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill
any  obligation under this  Agreement has been  the cause of  or resulted in the
failure of such Merger to occur on or before such date; or
 
    (c) by  either  the Company  or  the Partnership  if  a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission
shall have issued  a nonappealable final  order, decree or  ruling or taken  any
other  action  having  the  effect  of  permanently  restraining,  enjoining  or
otherwise prohibiting  the  Merger  between the  Company  and  the  Partnership;
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section
8.1(c)  shall  not be  available  to any  party who  has  not complied  with its
obligations under Sections 5.9 and 5.10 hereof and such noncompliance materially
contributed to the issuance of any such order, decree or ruling or the taking of
such action; or
 
    (d) by either the Company  or the Partnership if  the requisite vote of  the
limited  partners of the Partnership  shall not have been  obtained by March 31,
1997; or
 
    (e) by  the Company  if (i)  the General  Partner of  the Partnership  shall
withdraw  or  change  its approval  of  this  Agreement or  the  General Partner
Recommendation in a manner determined by the Company in good faith to be adverse
to the Company or shall have resolved to  do so; or (ii) the General Partner  of
the  Partnership,  shall  have  recommended  to  the  limited  partners  of  the
Partnership an Alternative Transaction (as defined in Section 8.3(c) hereof); or
(iii) any person (other than the Company  or an affiliate of the Company)  shall
have acquired voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, or any
"group"  (as such term is  defined in Section 14(d) of  the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)  shall have been formed which  has
voting rights to, or
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
the  right to acquire voting  rights to, 20% or  more of the then-outstanding LP
Units of such Partnership; or (iv) if the REIT Share Price, without taking  into
account the application of the REIT Share Price Range, exceeds $28.50; or
 
    (f)  by the Company or the Partnership if (i) any representation or warranty
of the Partnership  or the Company,  respectively, set forth  in this  Agreement
shall  be materially untrue when made or  shall become materially untrue or (ii)
upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Partnership or the
Company, respectively, set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions set
forth in Section  7.2(e) or  7.3(d) hereof,  as the case  may be,  would not  be
satisfied  (either (i)  or (ii) above  being a  "Terminating Breach"); provided,
however, that if such Terminating Breach is  curable prior to March 31, 1997  by
the  Company or the Partnership, as the case may be, through the exercise of its
reasonable best efforts and for  so long as the  Company or the Partnership,  as
the case may be, continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts, neither the
Partnership  nor the Company,  respectively, may terminate  this Agreement under
this Section 8.1(f); or
 
    (g) by  the Partnership  or the  Company if  the Partnership  enters into  a
definitive agreement accepting an Alternative Transaction; or
 
    (h)  by the Partnership if the REIT Share Price, without taking into account
the application  of the  REIT Share  Price Range,  is less  the $21.50  and  the
Company  has not agreed  to pay the Additional  Consideration in accordance with
Section 2.2 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    The right of any party hereto  to terminate this Agreement pursuant to  this
Section  8.1 shall remain operative  and in full force  and effect regardless of
any investigation  made  by  or  on  behalf of  any  party  hereto,  any  person
controlling  any  such party  or any  of  their respective  officers, directors,
partners or  stockholders, whether  prior  to or  after  the execution  of  this
Agreement.
 
    8.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    In  the event of  termination of this  Agreement as provided  in Section 8.1
hereof, this Agreement  shall become  void and there  shall be  no liability  or
obligation  on  the  part of  any  party  hereto or  its  respective affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders  except (a) for the provisions  of
Section  1.3(d) (if, and only if, an  Offer has been consummated and the Company
has been  admitted as  a  limited partner  of  the applicable  Partnership  with
respect  to the LP Units  purchased in the Offer)  and Section 8.3 hereof, which
provisions shall  survive the  termination of  this Agreement,  and (b)  to  the
extent  that such termination results from the  willful breach of a party hereto
of any of its  representations, warranties, covenants or  agreements made in  or
pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    8.3  FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    (a)  The  costs and  expenses that  have been  and will  be incurred  by the
Partnerships and the Company in connection with the preparation and  negotiation
of this Agreement, the making of the Offers and the solicitation of the approval
of  the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to the Merger, except those
costs and expenses identified below as "Individual Transaction Expenses" will be
shared by the Partnerships and the Company (the "Shared Transaction  Expenses").
The Shared Transaction Expenses include, without limitation, accounting fees and
expenses,  filing, printing  and mailing costs  of the Offer  Documents, the S-4
Registration Statement,  the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  and  other  soliciting
materials, proxy solicitation fees, depositary fees and closing costs. Except as
otherwise  provided in this Section 8.3, the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
shared by the Company  and the Partnerships  as follows: (a)  50% of the  Shared
Transaction  Expenses will  be borne by  the Company  and (b) 50%  of the Shared
Transaction Expenses  will be  borne by  the Partnerships,  with the  amount  of
Shared  Transaction Expenses to be borne by  the Partnerships to be allocated to
each Partnership pro  rata based on  its relative Net  Asset Value.  "Individual
Transaction  Expenses" consist  of (i)  legal fees  and expenses;  (ii) fees and
expenses of investment bankers and other  financial advisors; (iii) the cost  of
the  Partnerships' real estate  portfolio appraisals and  (iv) the transfer fees
payable by the Company for the LP Units acquired through the Offers.  Individual
Transaction
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Expenses  that  are  incurred by  the  Company  will be  borne  by  the Company.
Individual Transaction Expenses that  are incurred by  the Partnerships will  be
allocated  to each Partnership pro rata based on the relative Net Asset Value of
each Partnership.
 
    The Partnerships and  the Company  agree to  contribute their  share of  the
Shared  Transaction  Expenses  to  the  party  that  has  incurred  such  Shared
Transaction Expenses as they  are incurred if requested  by the Other Party.  In
the  event that the  amount of such  Shared Transaction Expenses  is not finally
determined prior to the Closing, the  parties hereto will agree on a  reasonable
estimate  of  the final  amount of  such Shared  Transaction Expenses,  and such
estimated amount, together with the amount of expenses already incurred, will be
the total Shared  Transaction Expenses.  The Company shall  pay to  each of  the
Partnerships,  or each  of the  Partnerships shall pay  to the  Company or shall
accrue to the extent not already accrued as of the Closing Date, as the case may
be, its allocated portion of Shared  Transaction Expenses that have not  already
been  paid, in full satisfaction  of its obligations under  this Section 8.3. No
adjustments will be made following the Closing if the total amount of the Shared
Transaction Expenses estimated  by the parties  hereto prior to  the Closing  is
different from the amount actually incurred.
 
    (b)  Except for IDS1,  as to whom  this Section 8.3(b)  is not applicable, a
Partnership  shall  pay  the  Company  a   pro  rata  portion  (based  on   such
Partnership's   relative  Net  Asset  Value,   taking  into  account  all  three
Partnerships) of  the Shared  Transaction  Expenses and  Individual  Transaction
Expenses that would otherwise be borne by the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(a)
hereof, upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
        (i)  the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the Partnership
    pursuant to Section 8.1(d)  hereof or the termination  of this Agreement  by
    the  Company pursuant to Section 8.1(f) hereof and, in either such case, the
    Partnership has furnished  information to,  or entered  into discussions  or
    negotiations  with,  any person  or entity  with  respect to  an Alternative
    Transaction and  the  General Partner  Recommendation  shall not  have  been
    reaffirmed  to the limited  partners of the  Partnership by the  date of the
    meeting of limited partners and remain effective on that date; or
 
        (ii) the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Company  pursuant  to
    Section 8.1(e)(i), (ii), or (iii) hereof; or
 
        (iii)  the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Partnership  or the
    Company pursuant to Section 8.1(g) hereof.
 
    (c) "Alternative Transaction"  means any (i)  transaction pursuant to  which
any  person or group of  persons other than the Company  or any affiliate of the
Company (a  "Third  Party") acquires  or  would acquire  more  than 25%  of  the
outstanding  LP  Units  of  the Partnership,  whether  from  the  Partnership or
pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise, (ii) merger or  other
business combination involving the Partnership pursuant to which any Third Party
acquires  more  than 25%  of  the LP  Units or  other  equity securities  of the
Partnership or  the entity  surviving such  merger or  business combination,  or
(iii)  any other transaction pursuant to which any Third Party acquires or would
acquire control of the assets of the Partnership having a fair market value  (as
determined  by the General  Partner of the  Partnership in good  faith) equal to
more than 25%  of the fair  market value of  all the assets  of the  Partnership
immediately prior to such transaction.
 
    (d)  In the event of the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the
Partnership pursuant  to Section  8.1(d) hereof  following the  vote of  limited
partners  of the Partnership and if  Section 8.3(b)(i) hereof is not applicable,
then the Partnership shall bear a percentage of the Shared Merger Expenses  that
the  Partnership would  otherwise have borne  pursuant to  Section 8.3(a) hereof
equal to the  percentage of outstanding  LP Units of  the Partnership that  were
voted  in  favor  of  the Merger.  Any  Shared  Merger Expenses  not  paid  by a
Partnership pursuant to  this paragraph shall  be paid by  the Company (and  not
paid by the other Partnerships).
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    8.4  EXTENSION; WAIVER
 
    At  any time  prior to the  Closing, the  parties hereto may,  to the extent
legally allowed,  (a)  extend  the  time  for the  performance  of  any  of  the
obligations   or  other  acts  of  the  other  parties  hereto,  (b)  waive  any
inaccuracies in the representations and  warranties of the other parties  hereto
contained  herein or made in connection  herewith, and (c) waive compliance with
any of  the  agreements  of  the other  parties  hereto  contained  herein.  Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid  only if set  forth in an instrument  in writing signed  on behalf of such
party.
 
    8.5  NO SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    None of the representations and  warranties in this Agreement shall  survive
the Closing Date.
 
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    9.1  ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
 
    The  Company  may not  assign its  rights under  this Agreement  without the
consent of the applicable Partnership. None of the Partnerships may assign their
rights under this Agreement.
 
    9.2  RISK OF LOSS
 
    (a) Risk of loss or damage to the Assets by condemnation, eminent domain  or
similar proceedings (or deed in lieu thereof), or by fire or any other casualty,
from  the date  hereof through  the Effective  Time will  be on  the Partnership
owning such Assets and thereafter will be on the Company.
 
    (b) In the event of  loss or damage to the  Assets that occurs prior to  the
Effective Time, if the Partnership elects not to or is unable to effect a timely
cure of such loss or damage prior to Closing, the monetary value of such loss or
damage  shall  be reflected  on  the Closing  Balance Sheet  and  if, as  of the
Effective Time,  the reduction  in  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset  Value
resulting  from such loss or damage is not offset by an increase in other Assets
of the Partnership (including  insurance proceeds payable  with respect to  such
loss  or  damage or  condemnation awards  received) to  the extent  necessary to
satisfy the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.2(b) hereof, the Company
may, at its option, elect to terminate this Agreement as to such Partnership, or
the Company may elect  to extend the  term of this  Agreement and resolicit  the
limited partners of such Partnership with respect to participation in the Merger
with  the  Net Asset  Value of  the  Partnership suffering  such loss  or damage
adjusted to reflect such loss or damage.
 
    9.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS
 
    This Agreement, together with the General Partner Undertaking, embodies  and
constitutes  the entire  understanding between the  parties with  respect to the
transactions contemplated herein, and  all prior or contemporaneous  agreements,
understandings, representations and statements, oral or written, are merged into
this  Agreement. Neither this Agreement, the General Partner Undertaking nor any
provision hereof  or thereof  may be  waived, modified,  amended, discharged  or
terminated  except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which
the  enforcement  of   such  waiver,  modification,   amendment,  discharge   or
termination is sought, and then only to the extent set forth in such instrument.
 
    9.4  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other address as either party may from
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
time  to time  designate by written  notice to  the other. Notice  given by mail
shall be considered effective  upon the expiration of  five business days  after
deposit.  Notice given in any  other manner shall be  effective only if and when
received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the Partnerships:                            Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    9.5  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed  to
include  any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    9.6  CAPTIONS
 
    The captions used in this Agreement  are for convenience only and shall  not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    9.7  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This  Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts. If
so executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for  all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but  in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    9.8  BINDING EFFECT
 
    Subject to the restrictions on  assignment contained in Section 9.1  hereof,
this  Agreement shall be  binding upon and  inure to the  benefit of the parties
hereto  and  their  respective  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns.
 
    9.9  ATTORNEYS' FEES
 
    Subject  to the requirements of Section 9.11 hereof, should any party hereto
employ an attorney or attorneys  to enforce any of  the provisions hereof or  to
protect  its interest in any manner arising  under this Agreement, or to recover
damages for the breach hereof, the nonprevailing party or parties in any  action
pursued in courts of competent jurisdiction (the finality of which action is not
legally  contested)  agrees  to  pay  to the  prevailing  party  or  parties all
reasonable costs, damages and expenses,  including attorneys' fees, expended  or
incurred  in connection therewith; provided, however, that if more than one item
is disputed and the final  decision is against each party  as to one or more  of
the  disputed  items, then  such costs,  expenses and  attorneys' fees  shall be
apportioned in accordance with the monetary values of the items decided  against
each party.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    9.10  NO WAIVER; SEVERABILITY
 
    The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any of the provisions
of  this Agreement  shall in  no way  be construed  to be  a waiver  of any such
provision, and shall in no way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part
hereof or the  right of  any party  thereafter to  enforce each  and every  such
provision.  No waiver  of any  breach of this  Agreement shall  be held  to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach. If any provision of this Agreement, or
the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, for any reason and
to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, but the extent of the invalidity  or
unenforceability  does not destroy the basis  of the bargain between the parties
as contained herein, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such
provision to other persons  or circumstances shall not  be affected thereby  but
rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
    9.11  NO JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
 
    If  one of the Partnerships  defaults under, or is in  breach of, any of its
representations, warranties  or  covenants  contained in  this  Agreement,  such
Partnership  shall be  accountable to  the Company and  shall be  liable for the
damages caused by  such default or  breach as provided  in this Agreement.  Each
Partnership  hereunder  has  undertaken  obligations  and  made representations,
warranties, disclosures and covenants herein and in and pursuant to the exhibits
hereto solely  with respect  to itself  and the  Property owned  by it.  Nothing
contained  herein, however, is intended to  make any of the Partnerships jointly
and severally liable for the default or breach by any of the other Partnerships,
and with  respect to  any  such default  and breach  such  shall be  solely  the
obligation  and responsibility of the Partnership responsible for the default or
breach.
 
    9.12  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with  the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          PARTNERSHIPS:
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P.
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. II
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_Charles K. Barbo_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. III
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A
                          GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    This GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING  (this "Agreement") is  entered into as  of
July  1,  1996  by Shurgard  Associates  L.P.  ("GP1"), the  general  partner of
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.  ("IDS1"), Shurgard Associates L.P.  II
("GP2"),  the general  partner of  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II
("IDS2"), and  Shurgard Associates  L.P.  III ("GP3"),  the general  partner  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P. III  ("IDS3"), and  Shurgard Storage
Centers, Inc., a  Delaware corporation  (the "Company").  GP1, GP2  and GP3  are
individually  referred to herein as a  "General Partner" and collectively as the
"General Partners." IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 are individually referred to herein as a
"Partnership" and collectively as the "Partnerships."
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Partnerships  and
the Company are entering into an Acquisition Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1996
(the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which (i) the Company will commence a
tender offer to purchase up to a specified percentage of the limited partnership
units  of each of the Partnerships (each,  an "Offer" and together the "Offers")
and (ii)  the  Partnerships  will merge  with  and  into the  Company  upon  the
satisfaction  or waiver of the conditions  to closing contained therein (each, a
"Merger" and together, the "Mergers").
 
    B.  The General  Partners believe that  it is in the  best interests of  the
Partnerships  and their limited partners for  the Partnerships to enter into and
consummate  the  Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  General  Partners  intend  to
recommend  to  the  limited partners  of  the  Partnerships that  they  vote for
approval of the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    C.   Capitalized terms  used but  not  defined in  this Agreement  have  the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  CONSENT TO OFFERS
 
    The General Partners hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    1.2  GENERAL PARTNER FAIRNESS DETERMINATION AND RECOMMENDATION
 
    With respect to each Offer, the  Offer Documents and the Schedules 14D-9  or
the  Schedules 13E-3 shall contain, to  the extent applicable, (a) the statement
by the General Partner that the terms of  the Offers and the Merger are fair  to
limited  partners and (b) the recommendation by the General Partner that holders
of LP Units who desire immediate liquidity tender their LP Units pursuant to the
Offer and  that  all  other holders  of  LP  Units retain  their  LP  Units  and
participate in the Merger.
 
    1.3  ADMISSION OF COMPANY AS SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each  of the General  Partners agrees to  take such actions  as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by  it pursuant  to  the Offer  in accordance  with  the terms  of  the
Partnership Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGERS
 
    2.1  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNERS; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL PARTNERS
 
    Each  General  Partner will  take all  action  necessary in  accordance with
applicable law and its Partnership's Partnership Agreement to convene a  meeting
of its limited partners as promptly as
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
practicable  to consider and vote upon approval of the Acquisition Agreement and
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Except as may be required
for the discharge of their fiduciary duties or as otherwise required by law, (a)
the General Partner shall recommend that  the limited partners vote in favor  of
approval  of  the Acquisition  Agreement  and consummation  of  the transactions
contemplated thereby and shall solicit the vote of the limited partners of  such
Partnership  in favor of  such approval and  take all other  action necessary or
advisable to secure the vote of such limited partners in favor of such  approval
and  (b)  IDS  Partnership Services  Corporation  ("IPSC") will  consent  to the
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    2.2  WITHDRAWAL OF RECOMMENDATION IF REIT SHARE PRICE IS LESS THAN $21.50
 
    It is understood that the General  Partner of each Partnership may elect  to
withdraw  or change  its recommendation that  limited partners vote  in favor of
this Agreement if  the REIT Share  Price calculated without  regard to the  REIT
Share  Price Range in  respect of the  meeting (the "Meeting")  at which limited
partners are expected to vote on the Merger is less than $21.50. Before it  does
so,  however, the  General Partner  shall notify  the Company  of its  intent to
withdraw its recommendation not  later than the end  of the second business  day
following  the day the REIT  Share Price is determined,  and the General Partner
shall postpone or adjourn the meeting for such period or periods of time, not to
exceed ten business  days, as the  Company may reasonably  request. The  General
Partner  shall not withdraw its recommendation if  the Company agrees to pay the
Additional Consideration at least  two business days prior  to the date of  such
postponed or adjourned meeting.
 
ARTICLE III.  OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
    3.1  STANDSTILL
 
    The Company agrees that if it is admitted as a substitute limited partner in
a  Partnership and except  as otherwise contemplated by  this Agreement, it will
not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of a majority  of
the  general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (a) acquire any
additional LP  Units  of that  Partnership,  (b)  propose any  merger  or  other
business  combination  involving  that  Partnership, or  (c)  propose  any other
transaction pursuant to which it would control  or acquire any of the assets  of
that Partnership.
 
    3.2  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    Until  the termination  of the Acquisition  Agreement or the  Closing of the
Merger, no General Partner will, nor will it permit its partners (including  any
general or limited partner), agents or other representatives (including, without
limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it) to,
directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or, except as required by
law, including fiduciary  duties required by  law as determined  by the  General
Partner in good faith, engage in discussions or negotiations with or provide any
information  to any entity or  group (other than the  Company or an affiliate of
the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal, tender offer, exchange  offer,
merger,  consolidation,  sale of  a  substantial amount  of  assets, or  sale of
securities or equity interests, or in connection with a liquidation, dissolution
or similar transaction  involving such  Partnership. Each  General Partner  will
notify  the Company immediately if any  such inquiries or proposals are received
by, any  such  information  is  requested from,  or  any  such  negotiations  or
discussions  are sought to be initiated  or continued with, the Partnership, and
will keep the Company informed of the status and terms of any such proposals and
any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    3.3  INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From and  after the  Effective Time,  the Company  will indemnify  and  hold
harmless the General Partner of each of the Partnerships, that shall have merged
with  and into  the Company  pursuant to  a Merger  and its  general and limited
partners to the same extent that such persons are entitled to be indemnified  by
the Partnership under its Partnership Agreement.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    4.1  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other  address as either party may from time to time designate by written notice
to the  other. Notice  given by  mail  shall be  considered effective  upon  the
expiration of five business days after deposit. Notice given in any other manner
shall be effective only if and when received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the General Partners:                        Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    4.2  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words  of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed to
include any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held  to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    4.3  CAPTIONS
 
    The  captions used in this Agreement are  for convenience only and shall not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    4.4  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts.  If
so  executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce  or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    4.5  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This  Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the  parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          GENERAL PARTNERS:
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. II
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. III
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-5

<PAGE>
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
               UP TO 49,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
                                       OF
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
                                       AT
                               $222 NET PER UNIT
                                       BY
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 31, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED.
                            ------------------------
 
    SHURGARD  STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (THE "PURCHASER") IS OFFERING TO PURCHASE UP
TO 49,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST (THE "UNITS") IN IDS/  SHURGARD
INCOME  GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II (THE "PARTNERSHIP") AT A NET CASH PRICE PER UNIT
OF $222 (THE "OFFER PRICE"). THIS OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED UPON A MINIMUM NUMBER
OF UNITS  BEING  VALIDLY  TENDERED, BUT  IT  IS  SUBJECT TO  CERTAIN  TERMS  AND
CONDITIONS  DESCRIBED IN THIS  OFFER TO PURCHASE.  See "The Offer"  -- Section 7
("Certain Conditions of the  Offer"). IF MORE  THAN 49,000 UNITS  (APPROXIMATELY
43%  OF THE OUTSTANDING  UNITS) ARE VALIDLY TENDERED,  THE PURCHASER WILL ACCEPT
ONLY 49,000 UNITS AND  WILL PURCHASE UNITS FROM  TENDERING UNITHOLDERS ON A  PRO
RATA BASIS AS DESCRIBED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    PURSUANT  TO AN ACQUISITION  AGREEMENT DATED JULY  1, 1996 BY  AND AMONG THE
PURCHASER, THE  PARTNERSHIP AND  TWO AFFILIATED  PARTNERSHIPS (THE  "ACQUISITION
AGREEMENT"),  FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF THE PURCHASE OF UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS
OFFER, THE  REMAINING UNITHOLDERS  WILL  BE NOTIFIED  OF  A SPECIAL  MEETING  OF
UNITHOLDERS  TO BE HELD TO CONSIDER AND VOTE  UPON APPROVAL OF THE MERGER OF THE
PARTNERSHIP WITH  AND  INTO THE  PURCHASER  (THE  "MERGER"). IF  THE  MERGER  IS
APPROVED  BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF  THE UNITHOLDERS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS
TO THE  MERGER ARE  SATISFIED OR  WAIVED, THE  PARTNERSHIP WILL  MERGE INTO  THE
PURCHASER   AND  CEASE  TO  EXIST  AS   A  SEPARATE  LEGAL  ENTITY.  UNITHOLDERS
PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER WILL RECEIVE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PURCHASER
IN EXCHANGE FOR THEIR UNITS. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP  IS SHURGARD ASSOCIATES L.P. II  (THE
"GENERAL  PARTNER"). THE GENERAL PARTNER HAS  APPROVED THIS OFFER AND THE MERGER
AND HAS DETERMINED THAT THE TERMS OF THIS  OFFER AND THE MERGER ARE FAIR TO  THE
UNITHOLDERS.  THE GENERAL PARTNER  RECOMMENDS THAT THOSE  UNITHOLDERS WHO DESIRE
IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY TENDER THEIR UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER AND THAT ALL OTHER
UNITHOLDERS RETAIN THEIR UNITS  AND, INSTEAD, PARTICIPATE  IN THE MERGER.  THERE
CAN  BE NO ASSURANCE, HOWEVER, THAT THE  MERGER WILL BE CONSUMMATED. THE GENERAL
PARTNER HAS SIGNIFICANT CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THIS OFFER AND THE MERGER.  See
"Special Considerations."
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
    ANY  UNITHOLDER DESIRING TO  TENDER ALL OR  ANY PORTION OF  HIS OR HER UNITS
SHOULD COMPLETE AND SIGN  THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AND MAIL OR DELIVER IT WITH
ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITARY  AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH ON  THE
BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    QUESTIONS  AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION  AGENT
AT ITS ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SET FORTH ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE.  UNITHOLDERS MAY ALSO  CONTACT BROKERS, DEALERS,  COMMERCIAL BANKS AND
TRUST COMPANIES FOR ASSISTANCE CONCERNING THIS OFFER.
 
    THIS TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION (THE "COMMISSION")  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THIS TRANSACTION OR  UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF  THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS
UNLAWFUL.
 
JULY 2, 1996
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Purchaser  and  the  Partnership  are  subject  to  the   informational
requirements  of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and  in accordance  therewith file  reports, proxy  statements and  other
information with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information
filed  by the Purchaser and  the Partnership may be  inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as at the regional offices of  the
Commission  at 7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New  York, New York 10048, and
Citicorp  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of such  information can also  be obtained by  mail from the
Public  Reference  Section  of  the  Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,   N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.  Such information for the Purchaser
can also be inspected at  the New York Stock  Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), 20  Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The  Purchaser  has filed  with the  Commission  a Transaction  Statement on
Schedule 13E-3 (the "Schedule 13E-3") pursuant to Rule 13e-3 under the  Exchange
Act  and  a Tender  Offer  Statement on  Schedule  14D-1 (the  "Schedule 14D-1")
pursuant to Rule  14d-3 under  the Exchange Act  furnishing certain  information
with  respect to this Offer. The General Partner has filed with the Commission a
statement on Schedule 14D-9 furnishing  certain information with respect to  its
position  concerning  this Offer  pursuant to  Rules 14d-9  and 14e-2  under the
Exchange Act. Those  Schedules and  any amendments  to the  Schedules should  be
available  for inspection and copying as set  forth above (except that they will
not be available at the regional offices of the Commission).
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The following  documents filed  with  the Commission  by the  Purchaser  are
incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase:
 
        (i)  the Purchaser's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
    March 31, 1996;
 
        (ii) the  Purchaser's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  year  ended
    December 31, 1995;
 
       (iii)  the description of the Purchaser's Class A Common Stock, par value
    $.001 per share, contained in the Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form
    8-A, as amended, dated April 19, 1995; and
 
       (iv) the description of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights contained  in
    the  Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, as amended, dated April
    19, 1995.
 
    All documents filed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to  the date of this Offer to Purchase  and
prior  to the Expiration Date (as defined in "The Offer" -- Section 1 ("Terms of
the Offer")) shall  be deemed to  be incorporated by  reference herein from  the
date of filing such documents. Any statement contained herein or incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that
a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is
incorporated  by  reference herein  modifies or  supersedes that  statement. Any
statement so modified or superseded shall  not be deemed, except as so  modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Offer to Purchase.
 
    THIS  OFFER TO  PURCHASE INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS  BY REFERENCE  WHICH ARE NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF THESE DOCUMENTS (NOT INCLUDING
EXHIBITS TO THE DOCUMENTS, UNLESS THE EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED  BY
REFERENCE INTO THE INFORMATION THAT THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE INCORPORATES) WILL BE
PROVIDED  WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON, INCLUDING ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER, TO WHOM
THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE IS  DELIVERED, UPON  WRITTEN OR  ORAL REQUEST.  REQUESTS
SHOULD  BE DIRECTED TO SHURGARD STORAGE  CENTERS, INC., INVESTOR RELATIONS, 1201
THIRD AVENUE, SUITE  2200, SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 98101  (TELEPHONE NUMBER:  (206)
624-8100).
 
                              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
 
    Statements  contained  in  this Offer  to  Purchase  that are  not  based on
historical fact  are  "forward-looking statements"  within  the meaning  of  the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may
be  identified by the use of  forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will,"
"expect," "anticipate," "continue" or similar  terms, variations of those  terms
or  the negative  of those  terms. Cautionary  statements set  forth in "Special
Considerations" and  elsewhere  in this  Offer  to Purchase  identify  important
factors  that could cause actual results to  differ materially from those in the
forward-looking statements.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           1
  The Partnership and the Purchaser........................................................................           1
  Purposes of the Transaction..............................................................................           1
  The Offer................................................................................................           1
  The Merger...............................................................................................           1
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           2
  Determination of the Offer Price.........................................................................           2
  Fairness of the Transaction; Recommendations to Unitholders..............................................           3
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................           3
  Appraisal................................................................................................           3
  Stanger Fairness Opinions................................................................................           3
  The Special Meeting......................................................................................           3
  Related Transactions.....................................................................................           3
  Source and Amount of Funds...............................................................................           4
  Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................................................           4
  Special Considerations...................................................................................           4
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................           5
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           5
  No Arms' Length Negotiation..............................................................................           5
  Investment Objectives of the Purchaser...................................................................           5
  Voting Power.............................................................................................           5
  Lack of Trading Market...................................................................................           5
  Alternatives to Tendering Units..........................................................................           6
 
BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION.................................................................           6
  The Partnership..........................................................................................           6
  The Purchaser............................................................................................           7
  Background of the Transaction............................................................................           9
  Relationships............................................................................................          13
  Purposes and Structure of the Transaction................................................................          13
 
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER...............................................          15
  Recommendation of the General Partner....................................................................          15
  Factors Considered by the General Partner................................................................          15
    Determination of Offer Price...........................................................................          15
    Determination of Merger Consideration..................................................................          15
    Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal........................................................................          16
    Stanger Fairness Opinions..............................................................................          16
    Fairness in View of Conflicts of Interest..............................................................          16
    IPSC Consent...........................................................................................          16
    Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership..............................................          16
    Allocation of Transaction Expenses.....................................................................          17
    Impact of Merger on Expected Distributions to Unitholders Who Become Stockholders of the Purchaser.....          17
    Impact of Merger on Timing of Partnership Distributions................................................          17
    Comparison of Certain Benefits and Detriments of Alternatives to the Transaction.......................          18
      Liquidation of the Partnership.......................................................................          18
      Continuation of Partnership..........................................................................          19
      Support of Secondary Market..........................................................................          19
      Reorganization of the Partnership as a Separate REIT.................................................          19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Comparison of Transaction Consideration to Alternatives..................................................          20
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    General................................................................................................          20
    Secondary Market Prices of Units.......................................................................          21
    Going Concern Value....................................................................................          21
    Liquidation Value......................................................................................          22
  The Special Committee....................................................................................          22
    Recommendation of the General Partner..................................................................          23
    Consent of IPSC........................................................................................          23
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          23
    Fairness Opinions......................................................................................          23
    Premium Over Recent Market Prices......................................................................          23
APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS..................................................................          23
  Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal by Stanger...............................................................          23
    Experience of Stanger..................................................................................          23
    Summary of Methodology.................................................................................          24
    Income Approach........................................................................................          24
    Sales Comparison Approach..............................................................................          25
    Conclusions as to Value................................................................................          26
    Assumptions, Limitations and Qualifications of Portfolio Appraisal.....................................          26
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          26
  Opinions of the Partnership's Financial Advisor..........................................................          26
    Summary of Materials Considered........................................................................          26
    Summary of Analysis....................................................................................          27
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          27
    Review of Liquidation Analysis.........................................................................          27
    Review of Going Concern Analysis.......................................................................          28
    Review of Tender Offer and Secondary Market Prices.....................................................          28
    Conclusions............................................................................................          28
    Assumptions............................................................................................          28
    Limitations and Qualifications of Fairness Opinions....................................................          29
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          29
  Opinion of the Purchaser's Financial Advisor.............................................................          29
    Historical Financial Position..........................................................................          30
    Historical Stock Price Performance.....................................................................          30
    Analysis of Certain Other Publicly Traded Companies....................................................          31
    Analysis of Selected Real Estate Acquisitions..........................................................          31
    Discounted Cash Flow Analysis..........................................................................          32
    Pro Forma Combined Earnings Analysis...................................................................          32
    Real Estate Market and Economic Factors................................................................          32
    Analysis of Offers Absent Consummation of Mergers......................................................          32
THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT..................................................................................          33
  The Tender Offer.........................................................................................          34
  The Merger...............................................................................................          34
  Representations and Warranties...........................................................................          35
  Conduct of Business Pending the Effective Time...........................................................          35
  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement...........................................................          35
  Meeting of Limited Partners of the Partnership; Recommendation of General Partners.......................          36
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................          36
  Amendments to the Partnership Agreements.................................................................          36
  Standstill Agreement.....................................................................................          36
  No Solicitation of Transactions..........................................................................          37
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Indemnification..........................................................................................          37
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Conditions Precedent to the Merger.......................................................................          37
    Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.................................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser.........................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships......................................................          37
  Termination..............................................................................................          38
  Fees and Expenses........................................................................................          39
  Effect of Termination....................................................................................          40
  Amendment................................................................................................          40
  Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................................          40
  General Partner Undertaking..............................................................................          40
  Title Insurance..........................................................................................          40
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................          40
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS....................................................          40
  Effects of the Offer if the Merger Is Not Consummated....................................................          40
    Control of the Partnership.............................................................................          40
    Trading Market.........................................................................................          40
    Partnership Status.....................................................................................          40
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          41
  Effects of the Transaction if the Merger Is Consummated..................................................          41
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          41
    Unitholders Participating in the Merger................................................................          41
    Unitholders Exercising Dissenters' Rights..............................................................          41
MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.....................................................................................          41
  Volume of Sales..........................................................................................          41
  Secondary Market Information.............................................................................          42
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS...............................................................................          43
  Overlaps Between Affiliates of the General Partner and Directors and Officers of the Purchaser...........          43
  Ownership of Units by the Partners of the General Partner................................................          44
  General Partner's Interest...............................................................................          44
  IPSC's Interest..........................................................................................          44
  Property Management Services.............................................................................          44
  Payments for Administrative Services.....................................................................          45
  Ownership of Purchaser Common Stock by Affiliates of General Partner.....................................          45
  Contingent Share Agreement...............................................................................          45
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS.................................................................................          45
 
ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS.............................................................................          46
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................................................          46
  Recognition of Gain or Loss..............................................................................          47
  Characterization of Gain or Loss.........................................................................          47
  Tax Basis in Units.......................................................................................          47
  Taxation of Capital Gains/Capital Losses and Ordinary Income.............................................          48
  Effect of Passive Loss Rules.............................................................................          48
  Publicly Traded Partnership Characterization.............................................................          48
  Information Return and Filing Requirements Relating to Withholding.......................................          49
  No Constructive Termination of the Partnership...........................................................          49
  Tax Consequences of the Merger...........................................................................          49
    Merger as a Taxable Event..............................................................................          49
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
    Qualification of Purchaser as a REIT...................................................................          50
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    Tax Treatment of REIT Distributions....................................................................          50
    Characterization of REIT Distributions.................................................................          51
    Disposition of REIT Shares.............................................................................          51
 
THE OFFER..................................................................................................          51
   1. Terms of the Offer...................................................................................          51
   2. Acceptance for Payment and Payment of Purchase Price.................................................          52
   3. Procedure for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Units................................................          53
   4. Determination of Validity; Rejection of Units; Waiver of Defects.....................................          53
   5. Withdrawal Rights....................................................................................          54
   6. Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment.............................................          54
   7. Certain Conditions of the Offer......................................................................          55
   8. Certain Legal Matters and Regulatory Approvals.......................................................          56
      State Takeover Laws..................................................................................          56
      Antitrust............................................................................................          56
      Margin Requirements..................................................................................          57
   9. Dissenters' Rights and Investor Lists................................................................          57
  10. Fees and Expenses....................................................................................          57
  11. Miscellaneous........................................................................................          58
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>        <C>                                                                    <C>
Schedule I        --      Directors and Executive Officers of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
Schedule II       --      Summary Portfolio Appraisal Report of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
                           Partners L.P. II
Schedule III      --      Opinions of Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Schedule IV       --      Opinion of Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
Schedule V        --      Financial Statements of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
Schedule VI       --      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                           Results of Operations of the Partnership
Schedule VII      --      Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule VIII     --      Partnership Distributions
Schedule IX       --      Property Information
Schedule X        --      Calculation of Net Asset Value
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE URGED TO  READ CAREFULLY THIS  OFFER TO PURCHASE, INCLUDING
THE MATTERS  DISCUSSED  UNDER  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"  AND  THE  ACCOMPANYING
LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS. THIS OFFER
TO PURCHASE AND THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TOGETHER CONSTITUTE  THIS
"OFFER."
 
    CERTAIN  SIGNIFICANT  MATTERS  DISCUSSED  IN  THIS  OFFER  TO  PURCHASE  ARE
SUMMARIZED BELOW. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION  AND
IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  REFERENCE TO  THE MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN  THIS OFFER  TO PURCHASE.  CERTAIN INFORMATION  CONTAINED
HEREIN WHICH RELATES TO THE PARTNERSHIP HAS BEEN FURNISHED BY THE PARTNERSHIP OR
OBTAINED  FROM PUBLICLY  AVAILABLE INFORMATION PREPARED  BY OR ON  BEHALF OF THE
PARTNERSHIP. ALTHOUGH THE PURCHASER  HAS NO KNOWLEDGE  THAT WOULD INDICATE  THAT
ANY  STATEMENTS  CONTAINED IN  THIS OFFER  TO  PURCHASE THAT  ARE BASED  ON THAT
INFORMATION ARE UNTRUE, THE PURCHASER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY
OR COMPLETENESS OF  THAT INFORMATION OR  FOR THE FAILURE  BY THE PARTNERSHIP  TO
DISCLOSE  FACTS  OR EVENTS  THAT MAY  HAVE OCCURRED  OR MAY  OCCUR AND  MAY HAVE
AFFECTED OR MAY AFFECT THE SIGNIFICANCE OR ACCURACY OF ANY OF THAT INFORMATION.
 
    THE INFORMATION REGARDING THE MERGER CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE  IS
PROVIDED  FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY SO THAT UNITHOLDERS MAY CONSIDER IT IN
DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS IN THIS OFFER. UNITHOLDERS ARE NOT  BEING
ASKED  TO VOTE  ON THE  MERGER AT  THIS TIME.  FOLLOWING THE  COMPLETION OF THIS
OFFER,   THE   PURCHASER   INTENDS   TO   DELIVER   TO   UNITHOLDERS   A   PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS  DESCRIBING THE MERGER  IN GREATER DETAIL.  THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE  MERGER WILL BE  CONSUMMATED. THIS OFFER  AND THE MERGER  ARE
REFERRED TO COLLECTIVELY IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE AS THE "TRANSACTION."
 
THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PURCHASER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH
     PARTNERS L.P. II.............  The  Partnership was  organized in 1988  as a Washington
                                    limited partnership and owns interests in 8 self storage
                                    facilities.  As   of   June   13,   1996,   there   were
                                    approximately    4,000   holders    of   record   owning
                                    approximately 115,110 Units. The Purchaser owns  2,038.3
                                    Units  and  an  affiliate  of  IDS  Partnership Services
                                    Corporation, a limited  partner of  the General  Partner
                                    ("IPSC"),  owns 616 Units.  See "Background and Purposes
                                    of the Transaction -- The Partnership."
    SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS,
     INC..........................  The  Purchaser  is  a   real  estate  investment   trust
                                    ("REIT"),  organized in 1993  as a Delaware corporation,
                                    and is  one of  the largest  operators of  self  storage
                                    facilities  in  the United  States. See  "Background and
                                    Purposes of the Transaction -- The Purchaser."
</TABLE>
 
PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval to (i)
enable the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the  Partnership
and  (ii) give Unitholders an opportunity (a)  to liquidate their Units for cash
or (b) to continue  to own an  economic interest in  a portfolio of  properties,
including  the Partnership's  properties, through  the acquisition  of an equity
interest in the  Purchaser. Following  completion of this  Offer, the  Purchaser
intends  to acquire the remaining equity interest in the Partnership that is not
then owned by  the Purchaser  by consummating  the Merger.  See "Background  and
Purposes of the Transaction -- Purposes and Structure of the Transaction."
 
THE OFFER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    NUMBER OF UNITS...............  Up  to  49,000  (approximately  43%  of  the outstanding
                                    Units).
    OFFER PRICE...................  $222 per  Unit.  See  "--  Determination  of  the  Offer
                                    Price."
    EXPIRATION, WITHDRAWAL AND
     PRORATION DATE...............  July 31, 1996, unless extended. See "The Offer."
</TABLE>
 
THE MERGER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
 
    CONSIDERATION TO
     UNITHOLDERS..................  In  the Merger, each outstanding  Unit (other than Units
                                    owned by  the Purchaser,  which will  be cancelled,  and
                                    Units,  if any, held by  dissenting Unitholders) will be
                                    converted into the right to  receive (i) that number  of
                                    shares  of Class  A Common  Stock of  the Purchaser, par
                                    value $.001 per share (the "REIT Shares"), calculated by
 
</TABLE>
                                       1
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    dividing $222 by  the REIT  Share Price  (as defined  in
                                    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger"), (ii) cash in
                                    lieu  of a  fractional REIT  Share and  (iii) in certain
                                    circumstances, additional cash consideration. The  total
                                    number  of  REIT  Shares  issuable  and  amount  of cash
                                    payable by the  Purchaser in the  Merger is referred  to
                                    herein   as   the  "Merger   Consideration."   See  "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger." Unitholders  would
                                    be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights in connection
                                    with  the  Merger  in  accordance  with  the  Washington
                                    Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the "WULPA"). See  "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement -- Dissenters' Rights."
    SPECIAL MEETING...............  Following  the completion  of this  Offer, the remaining
                                    Unitholders will  be notified  of a  special meeting  of
                                    limited  Unitholders (the "Special  Meeting") to be held
                                    to vote upon approval of the Merger.
    CONDITIONS TO MERGER..........  The Merger  is  subject  to approval  by  holders  of  a
                                    majority  of the Units and certain other conditions. The
                                    Purchaser intends to vote the Units it acquires  through
                                    this  Offer  in favor  of the  Merger.  There can  be no
                                    assurance that approval of the holders of the  requisite
                                    number  of  Units will  be  received or  that  the other
                                    conditions to the Merger will be satisfied or waived and
                                    that  the   Merger  will   be  consummated.   See   "The
                                    Acquisition  Agreement  -- Conditions  Precedent  to the
                                    Merger."
</TABLE>
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    The General Partner of the Partnership has substantial conflicts of interest
in the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K. Barbo,  the Chairman  of the  Board,
President  and Chief Executive Officer and a stockholder of the Purchaser, is an
individual general partner of the General  Partner and the sole shareholder  and
director of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (ii) Arthur W.
Buerk,  a stockholder of the Purchaser, is  an individual general partner of the
General Partner, (iii) certain executive officers of the Purchaser are executive
officers of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (iv)  pursuant
to  the terms  of the  Partnership's Amended  and Restated  Agreement of Limited
Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement"), the  General Partner will receive  5%
of  the Merger Consideration  in exchange for its  general partner interest ("GP
Interest") in the Partnership and (v) the Purchaser is a limited partner of  the
General  Partner  and  manages  the  Partnership's  properties  pursuant  to the
Management Services Agreement  between the  Purchaser and  the Partnership  (the
"Management  Services Agreement").  In addition,  pursuant to  the terms  of the
Contingent Share Agreement (as defined in "Fairness of the Transaction; Position
of the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the General Partner --  Fairness
in  View  of Conflicts  of Interest"),  Charles  K. Barbo,  Arthur W.  Buerk and
certain executive  officers  of  the  Purchaser  will  receive  REIT  Shares  in
connection  with the Merger. See "Background  and Purposes of the Transaction --
Relationships" and "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
DETERMINATION OF THE OFFER PRICE
 
    The Offer Price was determined by allocating the Net Asset Value (as defined
below) of  the Partnership  among the  General Partner  and the  Unitholders  in
accordance  with the distribution  provisions of the  Partnership Agreement. Net
Asset Value is equal to  (i) the sum of (a)  the appraised fair market value  of
the  real  estate  assets  of  the Partnership  as  of  December  31,  1995 (the
"Appraised Value")  set  forth  in  the  Appraisal  (as  defined  below),  which
reflected  the value of buildouts and  unit conversions in-progress, and (b) the
book value of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of  the
Partnership  as of March  31, 1996, less  (ii) the sum  of (x) the Partnership's
liabilities as  of  March 31,  1996,  (y) the  estimated  cost to  complete  the
buildouts  and unit conversions in-progress  as of March 31,  1996 (the value of
which was included in the  Appraised Value) and (z)  the estimated costs of  the
Transaction  that  would be  borne  by the  Partnership  in accordance  with the
provisions of the Acquisition Agreement assuming the Merger is consummated.  See
"Appraisal;  Opinions of Financial  Advisors," "The Offer"  -- Section 10 ("Fees
and Expenses") and Schedule X ("Calculation of Net Asset Value").
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; RECOMMENDATIONS TO UNITHOLDERS
 
    The General Partner and the Purchaser  believe that the Transaction is  fair
to Unitholders. The General Partner recommends that those Unitholders who desire
immediate  liquidity in cash tender their Units  pursuant to this Offer and that
all other  Unitholders  retain their  Units  and, instead,  participate  in  the
Merger.  There can be no assurance that  the requisite approval of the Merger by
the Unitholders will be received or that the other conditions to the Merger will
be satisfied or waived and that the Merger will be consummated. See "Fairness of
the Transaction; Position of the General Partner."
 
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Shurgard Associates L.P.
II dated November 15, 1988, as amended March 31, 1989 (the "GP Agreement"),  the
general  partners of the General  Partner may not have  authority to approve the
Merger without the  consent of IPSC,  a limited partner  of the General  Partner
which  is not affiliated with  the Purchaser. Based on  its review of documents,
the General Partner's review of alternatives to the Transaction and the  Stanger
Fairness  Opinions (as  defined below), IPSC  consented to the  Merger. IPSC has
certain conflicts of interest in  the proposed Transaction because an  affiliate
of  IPSC plans  to tender its  Units in  this Offer and  to tender  its units of
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P., a  Washington  limited  partnership
("IDS1")  of which  an affiliate  of the Purchaser  is the  general partner, and
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.  III, a Washington limited  partnership
("IDS3")  of which an affiliate of the  Purchaser is the general partner, in the
Additional Offers (as defined below) and, as a result, will receive $136,752 for
its tender of Units, $79,156 for its tender of units of IDS1 and $18,480 for its
tender of units  of IDS3. See  "The Acquisition Agreement  -- IPSC Consent"  and
"Interests of Certain Persons."
 
APPRAISAL
 
    Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. ("Stanger") has delivered to the Partnership a
written  real  estate  portfolio  appraisal  of the  fair  market  value  of the
Partnership's properties as of  December 31, 1995  (the "Appraisal"). The  Offer
Price  is based primarily on the Net Asset  Value, which, in turn, is based upon
the Appraisal. See "Appraisal;  Opinions of Financial Advisors."  A copy of  the
Appraisal is attached as Schedule II to this Offer to Purchase.
 
STANGER FAIRNESS OPINIONS
 
    Stanger  has delivered to the Partnership its written opinions dated July 1,
1996 (the "Stanger Fairness Opinions") to the effect that, as of the date of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions  and subject  to the  assumptions, qualifications  and
limitations  contained therein, the consideration  to be received by Unitholders
in this Offer and the Merger is  fair to the Unitholders from a financial  point
of  view. Stanger was  not requested to,  and therefore did  not: (i) select the
method of determining the  consideration offered in this  Offer and the  Merger;
(ii)  make any recommendation  to Unitholders with respect  to whether to tender
their Units or approve or reject the Merger; or (iii) express any opinion as  to
the business decision to effect this Offer or the Merger or alternatives to this
Offer  or the Merger, the impact of this Offer on non-tendering Unitholders, tax
implications of this Offer or the Merger, the allocation of expenses  associated
with  this Offer  and the  Merger between the  Partnership and  the Purchaser or
among the  Partnership  and  the  Other Partnerships  (as  defined  below),  the
fairness  of the consideration to  be received in the  Merger if the actual REIT
Share Price is less than $22.25, or any other terms of this Offer or the  Merger
other than the consideration to be received by Unitholders. The Stanger Fairness
Opinions  are based upon business, economic, real estate and securities markets,
and other conditions as of July 1, 1996, and do not reflect any changes in those
conditions that may have occurred since  that date. See "Appraisal; Opinions  of
Financial Advisors."
 
THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement between the  Partnership, the Purchaser, IDS1 and
IDS3 provides  that, following  completion of  this Offer,  Unitholders will  be
notified  of the Special Meeting to be held to consider and vote upon a proposal
to approve the  consummation of the  Merger. If  the Merger is  approved by  the
requisite  vote of  Unitholders and certain  other conditions to  the Merger are
satisfied or waived, the Partnership will merge with and into the Purchaser with
the Purchaser continuing as the  surviving entity. See "Background and  Purposes
of the Transaction" and "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Pursuant  to the Acquisition Agreement, the  Purchaser is also offering (the
"Additional Offers") to purchase up to approximately 44% of the units of limited
partnership interest  in  each of  IDS1  and IDS3  (the  "Other  Partnerships"),
respectively.  The  consideration  offered  to  limited  partners  of  the Other
Partnerships in the Additional Offers was determined using the same  methodology
as that used
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
to determine the Offer Price. The Acquisition Agreement provides that, following
each  of the Additional  Offers, each of  the Other Partnerships  will convene a
special meeting of its limited partners to consider and vote upon a proposal  to
consummate  a  merger of  the  respective Other  Partnership  with and  into the
Purchaser (the "Additional Mergers"). If the Additional Mergers are approved  by
the holders of more than 75% of the outstanding limited partnership interests of
IDS1 and a majority of the outstanding limited partnership interests of IDS3 and
certain  other conditions to the Additional Mergers are satisfied or waived, the
Other Partnerships will  merge with and  into the Purchaser  with the  Purchaser
continuing as the surviving entity. The closing of the Merger is not conditioned
upon  the closing of either of the Additional Mergers. The Additional Offers and
the Additional  Mergers  are  referred to  in  this  Offer to  Purchase  as  the
"Additional Transactions."
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The  Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all Units
validly tendered pursuant to this  Offer, up to the  maximum number of Units  it
may  acquire pursuant  to this Offer,  will be approximately  $10.9 million, and
that the  funds required  to  purchase all  validly  tendered units  of  limited
partnership interest in the Other Partnerships up to the maximum number of units
it may acquire in the Additional Offers will be approximately $32.7 million. The
Purchaser  also estimates  that the  other costs  and expenses  allocable to the
Purchaser of  the  Transaction and  the  Additional Transactions,  assuming  the
Merger  and the Additional  Mergers are consummated,  will be approximately $2.3
million. The  funds  required  for  these  purposes  will  be  obtained  through
borrowings  under  the  Purchaser's  existing  credit  facilities.  Neither  the
Transaction nor  the  Additional  Transactions  are  subject  to  any  financing
contingency  and neither  the Purchaser nor  any subsidiary or  affiliate of the
Purchaser must secure additional financing in connection with the Transaction or
the Additional Transactions. See "Source and Amount of Funds" and "The Offer" --
Section 10 ("Fees and Expenses").
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    A Unitholder should  consider the  federal income tax  consequences of  this
Offer  and the  Merger prior  to determining  whether to  accept or  reject this
Offer. For a description of these consequences, see "Certain Federal Income  Tax
Consequences." These federal income tax consequences include the following:
 
    - Unitholders selling their Units who are subject to income tax will realize
      taxable  gain or loss equal  to the sum of the  amount of cash received in
      this Offer plus the Unitholder's share of Partnership liabilities less the
      Unitholder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in  the  Units  sold.  Based  on   the
      assumptions  stated  in  "Estimated  Taxable Gain  or  Loss,"  the General
      Partner  estimates  that  Unitholders  will  realize  a  taxable  gain  of
      approximately  $2  per  Unit.  The  actual  gain  or  loss  realized  by a
      particular partner may differ. Any gain or loss will be recognized in  the
      year this Offer is closed. See "Estimated Taxable Gain or Loss."
 
    - The  gain or  loss recognized by  a Unitholder on  the sale of  his or her
      Units in this Offer may be treated as a capital gain or loss except to the
      extent a portion of the amount realized by the Unitholder is  attributable
      to depreciation recapture in Partnership property.
 
    - There is a risk that this Offer may cause the Partnership to be treated as
      a  publicly traded partnership, thereby  causing income and loss allocated
      to the Unitholders to be treated as "portfolio" income or loss.
 
    - If a  Unitholder does  not tender  his or  her Units  in this  Offer,  the
      Unitholder  must consider the  tax consequences of  the Merger. The Merger
      would be a  taxable event in  which Unitholders would  not receive a  cash
      distribution to pay the resulting tax liability.
 
    Unitholders  are advised  to consult  their own  tax advisors  regarding the
specific tax consequences to them resulting from the Transaction, including  the
consequences  under federal, state, local and foreign tax laws and any potential
changes in applicable tax laws.
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In their evaluation of this Offer, Unitholders should carefully consider the
information contained under "Special Considerations."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In  their  evaluation  of  the  Transaction,  Unitholders  should  carefully
consider the following:
 
    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   The  General Partner has  substantial conflicts  of
interest  with  respect to  the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K.  Barbo, the
Chairman of the Board, President and  Chief Executive Officer and a  stockholder
of  the Purchaser, is an  individual general partner of  the General Partner and
the sole  shareholder and  director  of the  corporate  general partner  of  the
General  Partner, (ii) Arthur  W. Buerk, a  stockholder of the  Purchaser, is an
individual general  partner  of the  General  Partner, (iii)  certain  executive
officers  of  the  Purchaser are  executive  officers of  the  corporate general
partner of the General Partner, (iv) the General Partner will be entitled to  5%
of  the Merger Consideration pursuant to  the terms of the Partnership Agreement
and (v)  the Purchaser  is a  limited partner  of the  General Partner  and  the
manager  of  the Partnership's  properties pursuant  to the  Management Services
Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Share Agreement,
Charles K.  Barbo,  Arthur  W.  Buerk and  certain  executive  officers  of  the
Purchaser  will receive  REIT Shares in  connection with the  Merger. As general
partners of the General Partner, Messrs. Barbo and Buerk control the  day-to-day
affairs  of the  Partnership. See  "Interests of  Certain Persons."  For certain
limitations on the authority of the  general partners of the General Partner  to
enter  into the  Acquisition Agreement, see  "The Acquisition  Agreement -- IPSC
Consent."
 
    NO ARMS' LENGTH NEGOTIATION.  The  Offer Price and the Merger  Consideration
have been established through negotiations between the Purchaser and the General
Partner,  which has  substantial conflicts of  interest as  described above. The
General Partner  has  not retained  any  unaffiliated person  to  represent  the
Unitholders.  If  an  unaffiliated  person had  been  engaged  to  represent the
Unitholders, the terms of this Offer and the Merger might have been different.
 
    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser is making this  Offer
with a view to further expanding its portfolio of self storage properties. There
may be a conflict between the desire of the Purchaser to purchase Units at a low
price and the desire of the Unitholders to sell their Units at a high price.
 
    VOTING  POWER.    If the  Purchaser  acquires  the maximum  number  of Units
pursuant to this Offer, the Purchaser will  own or hold proxies with respect  to
approximately  44% of the  outstanding Units. The  Purchaser could then  be in a
position to  influence  actions of  the  Partnership on  which  Unitholders  are
entitled  to vote. Under the Partnership  Agreement, Unitholders are entitled to
vote, subject to certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement, to: (i)  amend
the  Partnership  Agreement; (ii)  dissolve  the Partnership;  (iii)  remove the
General Partner  or any  successor general  partner; (iv)  elect a  new  General
Partner;  and (v) approve or  disapprove the sale, exchange  or pledge of all or
substantially all  of the  properties  owned by  the Partnership.  Although  the
Purchaser  has no current  intention with regard  to any of  these matters other
than its intention to vote the Units it  acquires in this Offer in favor of  the
Merger, the Purchaser will vote the Units acquired pursuant to this Offer to the
extent  permitted  by  the  Partnership  Agreement  and  applicable  law  in its
interest, which  may, or  may not,  be in  the best  interests of  non-tendering
Unitholders.  Pursuant to  the General Partner  Undertaking dated as  of July 1,
1996 between  the  Purchaser  and  the General  Partner  (the  "General  Partner
Undertaking")  and  the Standstill  Agreement  (as defined  in  "The Acquisition
Agreement -- Standstill  Agreement"), however,  the Purchaser  has agreed  that,
upon  its admission as  a substitute limited  partner with respect  to any Units
purchased in this Offer, it will not,  except through the Offer and the  Merger,
directly or indirectly acquire any additional Units, propose any merger or other
business combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction
pursuant  to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without
the prior written consent of a majority  of the general partners of the  General
Partner.
 
    LACK  OF TRADING MARKET.  There is  no established or regular trading market
for the Units, nor is there  another reliable standard for determining the  fair
market value of a Unit. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    ALTERNATIVES  TO TENDERING UNITS.  As alternatives to tendering their Units,
Unitholders could (i) retain their Units  and, if the conditions to the  Merger,
including the approval of the Merger by holders of a majority of the outstanding
Units,  are satisfied and  the Merger is consummated,  participate in the Merger
(see "The Acquisition Agreement"), (ii) retain their Units until liquidation  of
the Partnership if the Merger is not consummated or (iii) seek a private sale of
their  Units. Unitholders should  note that there  can be no  assurance that the
Merger will be consummated and,  if it is consummated,  the value of the  Merger
Consideration may be less than the Offer Price if the actual REIT Share Price is
less  than $22.25. In addition, Unitholders should note that the prices at which
the REIT Shares trade after  the Merger may be less  than the REIT Share  Price.
Under  the  Partnership  Agreement,  a liquidation  of  the  Partnership  can be
initiated by Unitholders and would require approval by holders of a majority  of
the  outstanding Units in the Partnership at a meeting of Unitholders or without
a meeting by written consent. Meetings of Unitholders may be called at any  time
by  the General Partner or by one or more Unitholders holding 10% or more of the
outstanding Units by delivering written notice to the General Partner.
 
                   BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    The Partnership was organized under the  laws of the State of Washington  on
November  15, 1988 and was capitalized through the public offering of the Units.
The offering was  closed in April  1990 with total  proceeds raised through  the
sale  of Units of approximately $29 million.  The business of the Partnership is
to acquire,  develop  and operate  self  storage centers.  The  Partnership  has
completed  the acquisition and development phase of its business; currently, its
main focus is operating the storage centers. The principal investment objectives
of the Partnership  are (i) to  provide its Unitholders  with regular  quarterly
cash  distributions  which,  for its  taxable  Unitholders, are  expected  to be
partially tax-sheltered, (ii) to obtain  long-term appreciation in the value  of
its property and (iii) and to preserve and protect its Unitholders' capital.
 
    The Partnership owns and operates eight self storage properties. As of March
31,  1996, the  eight properties,  which are  located in  five states, contained
approximately 538,000 net rentable  square feet and had  a weighted average  net
rentable  square foot occupancy rate of approximately 86% and a weighted average
annual rent per net rentable square foot of $8.88.
 
    The Partnership  properties are  managed by  the Purchaser  pursuant to  the
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management  services, receives a monthly  fee of 6% of  gross revenues, plus $75
per month per facility for rendering advertising services and is reimbursed  for
certain expenses.
 
    For  additional  information  on Partnership  distributions  and Partnership
properties, see Schedules VIII and IX, respectively, to this Offer to Purchase.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    The following sets forth certain  financial information for the  Partnership
which  is derived from  the historical financial  statements of the Partnership.
The unaudited financial data for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and  1996
include  all adjustments (consisting  only of normally  recurring accruals) that
the Partnership considers necessary for a fair presentation of operating results
for those interim  periods. Results for  the unaudited interim  periods are  not
necessarily  indicative of results for the full year. This information should be
read in  conjunction  with  the  Financial Statements  of  the  Partnership  and
Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results of
Operations of the Partnership included as  Schedules V and VI, respectively,  to
this Offer to Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                    -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Rental revenue....................................  $   3,618  $   4,038  $   4,309  $   1,014  $   1,093
Interest income...................................          4         20         11          2          5
Earnings..........................................      1,094      1,340      1,461        295        346
Earnings per Unit (1).............................       9.03      11.06      12.06       2.44       2.85
Distributions to Unitholders......................      1,799      1,817      1,871        492        492
Distributions per Unit (1)........................      15.62      15.78      16.25       4.06       4.06
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (2).........................  $   1,983  $   2,234  $   2,370  $     502  $     560
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1994       1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets..............................................................  $  25,866  $  25,685    $   25,402
Note payable..............................................................      2,938      3,338         3,320
Partners' equity..........................................................     22,467     21,959        21,812
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Earnings  per  Unit and  distributions per  Unit are  based on  earnings and
    distributions, respectively, allocated to Unitholders divided by the  number
    of  Units outstanding during the period (approximately 115,110 Units for all
    periods shown).
 
(2) The Partnership defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as net income  before
    extraordinary  items  (determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
    accounting principles ("GAAP")), plus depreciation and amortization  related
    to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain nonrecurring revenue and
    expenses. FFO is used  by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs.  FFO
    should  not be  considered as  an alternative  to net  income (determined in
    accordance with  GAAP)  as  an indication  of  the  Partnership's  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow to fund all of the Partnership's needs.
 
THE PURCHASER
 
    The Purchaser is a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed REIT
that develops, acquires, owns and manages self storage centers. The Purchaser is
one of the largest operators of self storage centers in the United States. As of
March 31,  1996, the  Purchaser owned  and operated,  directly and  through  its
subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures,  178  self  storage  properties,  containing
approximately 11.7 million net rentable square  feet, which are located in  over
20  major metropolitan areas in 19 states and Europe. In addition, the Purchaser
owns two  business  parks and  a  commercial building  containing  approximately
220,000  net rentable square feet located  in the Seattle metropolitan area. The
Purchaser also  manages, under  the  "Shurgard" name,  86 self  storage  centers
containing  approximately 4.6 million net rentable  square feet, of which 47 are
owned by affiliates (including the properties  owned by the Partnership) and  39
are owned by nonaffiliates. For the quarter ended
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
March  31, 1996, the self storage centers  owned by the Purchaser had a weighted
average net  rentable square  foot occupancy  rate of  approximately 88%  and  a
weighted average annual rent per net rentable square foot of $8.84.
 
    The  Purchaser began operations as a REIT through the consolidation on March
1,  1994   of  17   publicly  held   real  estate   limited  partnerships   (the
"Consolidation")  that  were sponsored  by Shurgard  Incorporated. On  March 24,
1995, Shurgard  Incorporated  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  and  the
Purchaser became self-administered and self-managed.
 
    The Purchaser was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 1993. The Purchaser's
executive  offices  are  located  at 1201  Third  Avenue,  Suite  2200, Seattle,
Washington 98101, and its telephone number is (206) 624-8100.
 
    The name,  business address,  current  principal occupation  or  employment,
five-year  employment  history and  citizenship  of each  executive  officer and
director of the Purchaser are set forth in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase.
 
    The following sets  forth selected  financial information  of the  Purchaser
which  is derived from  the historical consolidated  financial statements of the
Purchaser. Selected unaudited financial  data for the  three months ended  March
31, 1995 and 1996 include all adjustments (consisting only of normally recurring
accruals)  that the  Purchaser considers  necessary for  a fair  presentation of
consolidated operating  results  for  those interim  periods.  Results  for  the
interim  periods are  not necessarily indicative  of results for  the full year.
This information should be read in conjunction with the Purchaser's consolidated
financial statements and other  financial information incorporated by  reference
in  this Offer to Purchase. See  "Incorporation by Reference." Certain pro forma
financial information  with respect  to the  Offer, the  Additional Offers,  the
Merger  and the Additional Mergers is set forth in Schedule VII to this Offer to
Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PURCHASER (2)
                                               PREDECESSOR (1)      ----------------------------------------------
                                            ----------------------                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            YEAR ENDED   JAN. 1 TO   YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,          MARCH 31,
                                             DEC. 31,    MARCH 1,   ----------------------  ----------------------
                                               1993        1994        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                            -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Total revenue.............................   $  72,346   $  12,368  $  66,921   $  96,771   $  21,368   $  24,819
Net income................................      18,284      34,286     17,821      29,572       5,354       7,313
Net income per common share (3)...........       34.11       63.97       1.05        1.43         .31         .32
Dividends declared per common share (3)...       59.57      732.05       1.02(4)      2.38(5)       .90(6)         0(8)
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (7).................   $  39,657   $   5,980  $  29,759   $  45,788   $   8,868   $  12,196
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                                           ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                              1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.............................................................  $  494,590  $  610,394  $  536,467  $  617,928
Total borrowings.........................................................     167,137     142,840     181,392     157,260
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) The Predecessor information reflects the combination of the 17  partnerships
    included in the Consolidation.
 
(2) The Purchaser was inactive from January 1 through March 1, 1994.
 
(3) Predecessor  "per  share"  information  is  earnings  and  distributions per
    original $1,000 investment.  Distributions for  the period  from January  1,
    1994  to  March  1,  1994  include  the  liquidating  distributions  made in
    connection with the Consolidation.
 
(4) Does not include the  dividend of $0.44 per  share declared in January  1995
    based on financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
(5) Includes  the dividend of $0.44 per share  declared in January 1995 based on
    financial results  for the  quarter  ended December  31, 1994,  the  special
    dividend  of $0.10 declared in  November 1995 and the  dividend of $0.46 per
    share declared in December 1995 based  on financial results for the  quarter
    ended December 31, 1995.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
(6) Includes  the dividend of $0.44 per share  declared in January 1995 based on
    financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
(7) The  Purchaser  defines  FFO  as  net  income  before  extraordinary   items
    (determined  in  accordance with  GAAP)  plus depreciation  and amortization
    related to  real  estate  activities, plus  or  minus  certain  nonrecurring
    revenue  and expenses. FFO is used  by many financial analysts in evaluating
    REITs. FFO  should  not  be  considered as  an  alternative  to  net  income
    (determined  in accordance with  GAAP), as an  indication of the Purchaser's
    financial performance  or  cash  from operating  activities  (determined  in
    accordance  with  GAAP) as  a measure  of liquidity,  nor is  it necessarily
    indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of the Purchaser's needs.
 
(8) The dividend relating to the financial results for the quarter ending  March
    31, 1996 was declared in May 1996.
 
    Except  as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of the Purchaser or, to
the best knowledge of the Purchaser, any  person listed on Schedule I hereto  or
any  majority-owned subsidiary or associate of the Purchaser or of any person so
listed, beneficially owns or has a right to acquire any equity securities of the
Partnership, nor,  except  as set  forth  in this  Offer  to Purchase,  has  the
Purchaser  or, to  the best knowledge  of the  Purchaser, any of  the persons or
entities referred  to  above,  or  any of  the  respective  executive  officers,
directors  or subsidiaries of any of the foregoing, effected any transactions in
the Units during the past 60 days.
 
    Except as described in this Offer to Purchase, neither the Purchaser nor, to
the best knowledge of the Purchaser, any person listed on Schedule I hereto, has
any present  or proposed  contract, arrangement,  understanding or  relationship
with  any  other  person with  respect  to  any securities  of  the Partnership,
including, but  not  limited to,  any  contract, arrangement,  understanding  or
relationship  concerning the  transfer or  the voting  of any  securities of the
Partnership, joint  ventures,  loan  or  option  arrangements,  puts  or  calls,
guaranties  of loans,  guaranties against loss  or the giving  or withholding of
proxies. See "Interests of Certain  Persons." Except as disclosed herein,  there
have  been  no  contacts, negotiations  or  transactions since  January  1, 1993
between the Purchaser  or, to the  best knowledge of  the Purchaser, any  person
listed  on  Schedule I  hereto,  on the  one hand,  and  the Partnership  or its
affiliates,  on  the   other  hand,  concerning   a  merger,  consolidation   or
acquisition,  a tender offer or other  acquisition of securities, an election of
directors or a sale or other transfer of a material amount of assets. Except  as
set  forth  herein, neither  the Purchaser  nor,  to the  best knowledge  of the
Purchaser, the  persons  listed on  Schedule  I  hereto have  had  any  business
relationships  or have entered into any transactions with the Partnership or the
General Partner or affiliates which are required to be disclosed herein pursuant
to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
 
BACKGROUND OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    The Partnership was organized in 1988 to serve as an investment vehicle  for
investors  interested  in a  professionally  managed portfolio  of  self storage
facilities and office and business parks with cash flow and capital appreciation
potential. The Partnership  was presented  to its Unitholders  as a  finite-life
investment,  with the  Unitholders to  receive quarterly  cash distributions and
special distributions  upon  liquidation of  the  real estate  investments.  The
Partnership  expected to dispose of  its properties within a  period of seven to
nine years after acquisition or development. See "-- The Partnership."
 
    Since the Partnership expected to hold its investments for a number of years
after the Partnership's formation, no efforts to dispose of the properties  were
made  by the General Partner in the  early years of the Partnership's existence.
The  General  Partner  concentrated  its  initial  efforts  on  making  suitable
investments  for the  Partnership, consistent with  the Partnership's investment
policies and restrictions,  and, with the  assistance of the  Purchaser and  its
predecessor,  on  managing  the  properties  efficiently  to  control  operating
expenses while maximizing operating revenues.
 
    In the fall of  1994, the General  Partner and the  general partners of  the
Other  Partnerships (collectively, the "General Partners") began considering the
termination of the  Partnership and  the Other  Partnerships (collectively,  the
"Partnerships") through an acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser. The
General  Partners and the Purchaser recognized that an acquisition might require
the consent of IPSC under the terms of the partnership agreements of the General
Partners. Consequently, on September 22, 1994, a representative of the Purchaser
sent IPSC  a letter  discussing  potential advantages  and disadvantages  of  an
acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser for the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
appraised  values  of  the Partnerships,  whereby  the limited  partners  of the
Partnerships would receive  either cash  or REIT  Shares in  exchange for  their
limited  partnership  interests. The  letter  presented preliminary  analyses of
values of the Partnerships and invited IPSC to contact the Purchaser  concerning
how or if IPSC and the Purchaser might wish to proceed. Although representatives
of   the  Purchaser  and  the   Partnerships  had  occasional  discussions  with
representatives of IPSC concerning the business of the Partnerships  thereafter,
they did not pursue a potential transaction.
 
    On  or about  June 22, 1995,  representatives of the  Purchaser, the General
Partners and IPSC held a meeting in which they discussed the possibility of  the
Partnerships  merging  with the  Purchaser and  other alternatives,  including a
liquidation of the Partnerships, designed to enable the limited partners in  the
Partnerships  to  realize value  for  their limited  partnership  interests. The
meeting  was  inconclusive  but  the  parties  agreed  to  continue  to  analyze
alternatives for limited partners in the Partnerships.
 
    On  July 18, 1995, Charles  K. Barbo, on behalf  of the Partnerships, sent a
letter to IPSC  providing an  analysis of  alternative means  to permit  limited
partners  of the  Partnerships to  realize value  for their  limited partnership
interests, including  a  merger  of  the  Partnerships  with  the  Purchaser,  a
liquidation  of  the Partnerships  and  a continuation  of  the business  of the
Partnerships. Mr. Barbo recommended that  the General Partners consider, as  the
preferred  alternative, mergers of the Partnerships  with the Purchaser in which
the holders of limited partnership  interests in the Partnerships would  receive
REIT  Shares or cash in  the amount of their  respective Partnership's net asset
value per unit of  limited partnership interest. The  net asset values would  be
based  in  substantial part  on an  independent  appraisal of  the Partnerships'
properties. The letter emphasized that no decision had been made to proceed with
any transaction.
 
    IPSC subsequently asked the General Partners  for an analysis of the  impact
on  the partners of the General Partners  with respect to their interests in the
General Partners  of the  alternatives  discussed in  the  July 18  letter.  The
General  Partners provided that analysis to IPSC  in a letter dated November 10,
1995. Thereafter, the parties agreed that they would be willing to have  further
discussions after the beginning of the new year.
 
    In  January and  February 1996, the  General Partners and  IPSC continued to
explore  the  possibility  of  a  merger  involving  the  Partnerships  and  the
Purchaser.  In  late February  1996, the  General  Partners determined  that the
Partnerships should engage an appraiser and  an investment advisor to assist  in
considering the possibility of pursuing a transaction with the Purchaser.
 
    On February 28, 1996, Everest Storage Investors, LLC ("Everest") commenced a
tender  offer for Units of the Partnership (the "Everest Tender Offer"), as well
as units of  limited partnership interest  in the Other  Partnerships. The  cash
consideration offered by Everest to the Unitholders was $120 per Unit, which was
26%  to 35%  below the prices  at which the  Units were traded  during the first
quarter of 1996  on the  secondary market  and 46%  below the  Offer Price.  The
General  Partner advised  Unitholders not  to accept  the Everest  Tender Offer.
Through the Everest Tender Offer, Everest  acquired a total of 1,931.3 Units  in
the Partnership (the "Everest Tendered Units").
 
    On  March  8, 1996,  the General  Partners, on  behalf of  the Partnerships,
engaged Stanger to provide opinions as  to the fairness to the limited  partners
of  the Partnerships, from a financial point  of view, of the consideration that
might be  offered  to  limited  partners of  the  Partnerships  in  a  potential
transaction  with the Purchaser and  to render appraisals as  to the fair market
value of each Partnership's real estate portfolio. Stanger previously  conducted
appraisals  and provided a fairness opinion and special reports to affiliates of
the General Partners with respect to the Consolidation. See "Appraisal; Opinions
of Financial Advisors."
 
    On March 14, 1996,  representatives of the  General Partners, IPSC,  Stanger
and  the Partnerships  met to  discuss the terms  on which  the General Partners
would consider an  acquisition of the  Partnerships by the  Purchaser through  a
one-step  merger of the Partnerships into the Purchaser. The discussion centered
on a transaction in  which holders of units  of limited partnership interest  in
the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Partnerships  would receive,  at their  election, REIT  Shares or  cash equal to
their  respective  Partnership's  net  asset  value  (based  on  an  independent
appraisal  of the real estate assets)  per unit of limited partnership interest.
On March 18,  1996, legal counsel  for the Partnerships  provided the  Purchaser
with a draft of an agreement reflecting the terms discussed by the parties.
 
    On  March 19, 1996,  at a regular meeting  of the Board  of Directors of the
Purchaser, the  Board discussed  the possible  acquisition of  the  Partnerships
through  a merger. The directors were informed by management of the Purchaser of
the  potential  conflicts  of  interest  involved  in  a  transaction  with  the
Partnerships.  See  "Interests  of  Certain Persons."  The  Board  confirmed the
appointment of a special committee  (the "Special Committee") consisting of  two
independent  directors, Donald W. Lusk and  Wendell J. Smith, and authorized the
Special Committee  (i)  to review,  evaluate  and  negotiate the  terms  of  any
proposed  transactions  involving the  acquisition  of the  Partnerships  by the
Purchaser, (ii) to make a recommendation to the Board of Directors with  respect
to the approval or disapproval of any proposed transaction between the Purchaser
and the Partnerships, and (iii) to select and retain legal counsel and financial
advisors. Thereafter, the Special Committee decided to retain Alex. Brown & Sons
Incorporated ("Alex. Brown") to assist in its evaluation of any transaction with
the  Partnerships and also retained legal counsel to assist in its consideration
and negotiation of any transaction with the Partnerships.
 
    On March 25,  1996, the Purchaser  and Public Storage,  Inc. ("PS")  entered
into  an agreement whereby PS agreed that  it would not acquire any interests in
the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser's affiliates (including the Partnerships),
through a tender  offer or  otherwise, for  a period  of two  years without  the
Purchaser's  consent (preventing PS from making a competing tender offer for the
units of limited partnership interest in the Partnerships without the permission
of the Purchaser). Soon thereafter, PS disclosed to the Purchaser that PS had an
agreement with Everest, whereby PS had agreed to purchase the interests owned by
Everest in  various public  limited  partnerships, including  the  Partnerships,
owning  self storage assets. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 1, 1996,
the Purchaser consented  to PS's acquisition  of the Everest  Tendered Units  as
well   as  other  Units  owned  by  Everest,   for  a  total  of  2,038.3  Units
(collectively, the  "Everest Units"),  on the  condition that  PS grant  to  the
Purchaser  a right to purchase the  Everest Units on terms substantially similar
to those on which PS  acquired the Everest Units  from Everest. PS acquired  the
Everest  Units from Everest  on May 20,  1996 at a  price of $180  per Unit. The
Purchaser exercised its option to acquire the Everest Units from PS at the  same
price,  plus four days of  interest and PS transferred  the Everest Units to the
Purchaser effective as of  May 20, 1996.  The Purchaser simultaneously  acquired
1,824.5  limited partnership units in IDS1 and 1,602.5 limited partnership units
in IDS3  pursuant to  the terms  of the  agreement with  PS. See  "Interests  of
Certain Persons."
 
    From  late March 1996 through May 1996, representatives of the Purchaser and
the Partnerships discussed the possibility of the Purchaser's acquisition of the
Partnerships. During  this  time,  the  parties  discussed  the  possibility  of
structuring  the acquisition as a cash tender  offer followed by a merger of the
Partnerships into the Purchaser  in which limited  partners of the  Partnerships
would  receive REIT Shares in exchange  for their limited partnership interests.
The parties viewed a two-step transaction (a partial cash tender offer  followed
by  a stock merger) as being more desirable than a one-step cash-election merger
transaction. Completion of a merger would  be subject to a number of  conditions
(including  the approval  of limited  partners of  each of  the Partnerships and
registration of the REIT Shares) that would  not be conditions to a cash  tender
offer.  Thus, the  two-step transaction  would provide  limited partners  of the
Partnerships with an  opportunity to  obtain liquidity  for a  portion of  their
limited  partnership interests more  quickly than waiting  for completion of the
merger. In addition,  the Purchaser  favored a two-step  transaction because  it
believed that such structure might enable it to acquire an ownership position in
the  Partnerships more  quickly than  would be  the case  in a  one-step merger.
During the  last  week  of May  1996,  the  Special Committee  proposed  to  the
Partnerships  that the Purchaser  acquire the Partnerships for  a price equal to
each of their respective net asset values pursuant to a cash tender offer for up
to a designated percentage of outstanding units of limited partnership interests
followed by a merger in which limited partners of the Partnerships would receive
REIT Shares with a value equal to the respective per unit net asset value of the
Partnership. The  value attributable  to a  REIT Share  was proposed  to be  the
average of the closing
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
prices  for a  REIT Share  on the  NYSE during  a designated  future period (the
"Average Price").  The  parties  discussed setting  the  percentage  of  limited
partnership  interests that would  be sought in  the first step  tender offer so
that if  the tender  offer were  fully subscribed,  the Partnerships  would  not
terminate  for federal income tax  purposes due to a sale  or exchange of 50% or
more of the total interest  in Partnerships' capital and  profits in a 12  month
period.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  --  No  Constructive
Termination of the Partnership."
 
    The Special Committee indicated that its proposal on behalf of the Purchaser
would require  that (i)  if the  Acquisition were  not completed  under  certain
circumstances,  the  Purchaser  would receive  a  fee from  the  Partnerships (a
"Termination Fee") and reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the  Purchaser
in  connection with  the transaction, and  (ii) if  the Average Price  of a REIT
Share exceeded or was lower than the  limits of a price range, then the  Average
Price  would  be fixed  at the  upper or  lower  limit of  that price  range, as
appropriate.
 
    On June  1, 1996,  representatives  of the  Purchaser and  the  Partnerships
commenced  active  negotiations  of  the  terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement.
Thereafter, the terms of the Acquisition Agreement were also discussed with IPSC
and its legal counsel since the General Partners intended to seek the consent of
IPSC to complete a merger. See  "The Acquisition Agreement -- Consent of  IPSC."
The most significant negotiations concerned the operation of the price range and
the  Partnerships'  payment  of the  Termination  Fee and  reimbursement  of the
Purchaser's expenses under certain  circumstances. During the negotiations,  the
General  Partner  advised  the  Special  Committee  that  IPSC  objected  to the
Termination Fee and to any requirement that the Partnership complete the  merger
if the Average Price was lower than the lower limit of the price range. In light
of  this position, the Special Committee ultimately withdrew its request for the
Termination Fee, determining that it was advisable and in the best interests  of
the  Purchaser  and its  stockholders to  proceed with  the Transaction  on this
basis. The Partnerships  and the  General Partners  agreed to  accept the  price
range  with  certain  modifications that  would  allow the  General  Partners to
withdraw their  recommendations  of the  merger  and terminate  the  Acquisition
Agreement  if the Average Price was more than  $.75 below the lower limit of the
price range and the Purchaser does not elect to increase the consideration  paid
in  the merger. IPSC informed  the Purchaser that it  would reserve the right to
withdraw its consent under these circumstances. The parties also agreed that the
Purchaser would similarly have the right to elect not to proceed with the merger
if the Average Price exceeded  the upper limit of the  price range by more  than
$.75.
 
    On  June  13, 1996,  representatives of  the  General Partners,  IPSC, their
respective counsel and Stanger held a teleconference to discuss the terms of the
Transaction  and  the  Additional  Transactions   and  to  consider  the   draft
Acquisition  Agreement,  draft appraisals  and the  draft fairness  opinions and
assumptions made in preparing the fairness opinions.
 
    On June  26,  1996,  Stanger  delivered the  appraisals  and  revised  draft
fairness  opinions to the General Partners. On June 26, 1996, representatives of
the General Partners,  IPSC and  Stanger held  a teleconference  to discuss  the
draft Acquisition Agreement, the appraisals and revised draft fairness opinions.
During  that  teleconference, Stanger  indicated its  willingness to  render the
fairness opinions in the  forms presented to the  General Partners. The  General
Partners  concluded  that  the  terms  of  the  Transaction  and  the Additional
Transactions were fair to the limited partners of the Partnerships, approved the
execution of the  Acquisition Agreement and  the Partnerships' participation  in
the   Transaction  and   the  Additional   Transactions  and   formulated  their
recommendations of the Transaction and  the Additional Transactions, subject  to
Stanger's delivery of the fairness opinions on July 1, 1996.
 
    On  June 26, 1996  and June 27,  1996, Alex. Brown  presented to the Special
Committee a  draft  of  its  opinion  that  the  consideration  to  be  paid  in
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions  is fair  to the  Purchaser from a
financial point  of view,  together with  related materials,  and discussed  the
opinion  and related  materials and the  analysis performed  and the assumptions
made in preparing the opinion with the Special Committee and its legal  counsel.
Subsequent to that meeting the Special Committee and its legal counsel and Alex.
Brown  met on June 27,  1996 with the other members  of the Purchaser's Board of
Directors in a meeting to discuss the Transaction, the draft of the Alex.  Brown
fairness opinion and related materials.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    On  July 1, 1996, the  Special Committee, its legal  counsel and Alex. Brown
met with  the Board  of Directors  to discuss  further the  Transaction and  the
Additional  Transaction. At that  meeting, Alex. Brown  delivered its opinion to
the effect that the consideration to be paid in Transactions and the  Additional
Transactions  is fair from a financial point  of view, and the Special Committee
recommended that the Board of Directors of the Purchaser approve, and the  Board
of Directors did approve of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions, the
Acquisition  Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    On July 1,  1996, Stanger  delivered the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions to  the
General Partner.
 
    On  July 1, 1996, the Purchaser and  the other general partners on behalf of
the  Partnership,  IDS1  and   IDS3,  respectively,  executed  the   Acquisition
Agreement.
 
    On  July  2, 1996,  the  Purchaser commenced  the  Offer and  the Additional
Offers.
 
RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The following  chart  shows the  relationships  among the  Partnership,  the
Purchaser,  the General Partner and certain of their affiliates. As reflected in
the chart below, (i) Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman of the Board, President  and
Chief  Executive Officer  and a stockholder  of the Purchaser,  is an individual
general partner of the General Partner and the sole shareholder and director  of
the  corporate general partner of  the General Partner, (ii)  Arthur W. Buerk, a
stockholder of the Purchaser,  is an individual general  partner of the  General
Partner and (iii) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the General Partner. See
"Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
                                    [GRAPH]
- ------------------------
(1)  The  Purchaser  and  an  affiliate  of  IPSC  own  approximately  1.8%  and
     approximately .54%, respectively, of the Units.
 
PURPOSES AND STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval (i) to
enable the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the  Partnership
and  (ii) to give  Unitholders an opportunity  to (a) liquidate  their Units for
cash or (b) continue  to own an  equity interest in  a portfolio of  properties,
including  the Partnership's properties, through  an acquisition of REIT Shares.
For information concerning the factors leading to the decision by the  Purchaser
to  commence the Transaction, see "--  Background." Following completion of this
Offer, the Purchaser  intends to acquire  the remaining equity  interest in  the
Partnership  that is not then  owned by the Purchaser  through the Merger if the
conditions to the consummation of the Merger are satisfied. See "The Acquisition
Agreement."
 
    The acquisition of the  entire equity interest in  the Partnership has  been
structured  as a cash tender offer  for up to 49,000 of  the Units followed by a
merger in which the outstanding equity
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
interests in the  Partnership will  be exchanged for  the Merger  Consideration.
Pursuant  to  the Partnership  Agreement, approval  of  the Merger  requires the
affirmative vote by holders of greater than a majority of the outstanding Units.
The percentage of Units sought in the tender offer was set so that if the tender
offer were fully  subscribed, the  Partnership would not  terminate for  federal
income tax purposes due to a sale or exchange within a 12-month period of 50% or
more  of the  total interest  in Partnership  capital and  profits. See "Certain
Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  --   No  Constructive  Termination  of   the
Partnership." The purposes of structuring the transaction as a cash tender offer
followed  by a merger were (i) to provide those Unitholders who desire immediate
liquidity with an opportunity to  obtain cash in this  Offer and (ii) to  enable
the  Purchaser to purchase Units in this Offer which it intends to vote in favor
of the Merger at the Special Meeting. The parties viewed a two-step  transaction
(a partial cash tender offer followed by a stock merger) as being more desirable
than  a one-step cash-election merger transaction.  Completion of a merger would
be subject to a number of conditions (including the approval of Unitholders  and
registration of REIT Shares) that would not be conditions to a tender offer. See
"The  Acquisition Agreement  -- Conditions  to the  Merger." Thus,  the two-step
transaction was designed to  provide Unitholders with  an opportunity to  obtain
liquidity  for a portion of their Units more quickly than waiting for completion
of the  Merger.  The  Purchaser  favored a  two-step  transaction  because  that
structure  might  enable it  to acquire  an  ownership position  in each  of the
Partnerships more quickly than it would be able to do through a one-step merger.
 
    Pursuant to the  General Partner  Undertaking and  the Standstill  Agreement
contained  in the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has agreed that, upon its
admission as a substitute limited partner with respect to any Units purchased in
this Offer, it will not, except through  this Offer and the Merger, directly  or
indirectly  acquire any additional  Units, propose any  merger or other business
combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction pursuant
to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without the prior
written consent of a  majority of the general  partners of the General  Partner.
After  completion or termination  of this Offer, subject  to the General Partner
Undertaking and the Standstill  Agreement and restrictions  imposed by law,  the
Purchaser reserves the right to purchase or seek to purchase additional Units in
the  open market,  in privately  negotiated transactions,  in another  tender or
exchange offer  or otherwise.  In addition,  in  the event  that this  Offer  is
consummated  but the Merger  does not occur  for any reason,  the Purchaser will
evaluate its  other  alternatives, including,  subject  to the  General  Partner
Undertaking  and  the  Standstill  Agreement and  restrictions  imposed  by law,
purchasing  additional  Units  in  the  open  market,  in  privately  negotiated
transactions,  in another  tender or exchange  offer or otherwise,  or taking no
further action to  acquire additional  Units. Any additional  purchase of  Units
could  be at a price greater or less than the price to be paid for Units in this
Offer and could be for cash or other consideration. Alternatively, the Purchaser
may sell or  otherwise dispose of  any or  all Units acquired  pursuant to  this
Offer or otherwise. The transactions may be effected on terms and at prices then
determined by the Purchaser, which may vary from the Offer Price.
 
    The  Purchaser regards the  acquisition of the  Partnership as an attractive
investment opportunity at this time  because it believes that the  Partnership's
future  business prospects are favorable. In  addition, the Transaction is being
undertaken within the  seven to nine  year period within  which the  Partnership
expected to dispose of its properties. See "-- Background of the Transaction."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
          FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Based  upon its  analysis of the  Transaction, the  General Partner believes
that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration constitute fair  consideration
to  Unitholders and that the terms of this Offer and the Merger, when considered
as a whole,  are fair to  the Unitholders. The  General Partner recommends  that
those  Unitholders who desire immediate liquidity tender their Units pursuant to
this Offer  and that  all other  Unitholders retain  their Units  and,  instead,
participate  in the Merger. There  can be no assurance  that the approval of the
Merger by the holders of  a majority of the Units  will be received or that  the
other  conditions to the Merger will be satisfied or waived, and that the Merger
will be consummated. If the Merger is not consummated, those Unitholders who  do
not  tender their Units in this Offer will continue to have an economic interest
in the Partnership.
 
FACTORS CONSIDERED BY THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    A discussion of  the factors upon  which the General  Partner has based  its
conclusion  that  the Transaction  is  fair is  set  forth below  and  should be
reviewed  carefully  by  Unitholders.  The  General  Partner  did  not  find  it
practicable  and did  not attempt to  quantify the relative  importance of these
factors.
 
    DETERMINATION OF OFFER PRICE.  The General Partner believes that the methods
used to determine the Offer Price are  fair to Unitholders. The Offer Price  was
determined   by  allocating  the  Net  Asset  Value  of  the  Partnership  among
Unitholders  and  the  General  Partner  in  accordance  with  the   dissolution
provisions  of the  Partnership Agreement. See  Schedule X  ("Calculation of Net
Asset Value").
 
    DETERMINATION OF MERGER  CONSIDERATION.  The  General Partner believes  that
the  methods used to determine the Merger Consideration are fair to Unitholders.
The number of  REIT Shares  that would  be received per  Unit in  the Merger  is
derived  by  dividing  (i)  the  Partnership's Net  Asset  Value  that  would be
allocated to one Unit if the  Partnership's Net Asset Value were distributed  in
accordance with the distribution provisions of the Partnership Agreement by (ii)
the  average of the per  share closing prices of REIT  Shares on the NYSE during
the 20 consecutive trading  days ending on  the fifth trading  day prior to  the
date  the General Partner actually calls for  the vote to approve the Merger and
the Acquisition Agreement (the "REIT Share Price").
 
    If the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the
number of REIT Shares to be issued in  the Merger, the REIT Share Price will  be
deemed  to equal $27.75 and,  if the REIT Share Price  is less than $22.25, then
for purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in  the
Merger,  the REIT Share Price will be deemed  to equal $22.25. If the REIT Share
Price exceeds $28.50, the Purchaser has  the right to terminate the  Acquisition
Agreement  and, if the REIT Share Price is less than $21.50, the General Partner
may withdraw  its  recommendation in  favor  of  the Merger  and  terminate  the
Acquisition  Agreement, subject to the Purchaser's  right to pay additional cash
consideration. If the  REIT Share  Price is between  $27.75 and  $28.50 and  all
other  conditions to  the Merger  are satisfied  or waived,  the Merger  will be
consummated and Unitholders will receive REIT  Shares with a value in excess  of
the  Net Asset  Value per Unit.  If the REIT  Share Price is  between $21.50 and
$22.25 and  all other  conditions to  the Merger  are satisfied  or waived,  the
Merger will be consummated and Unitholders will receive REIT Shares with a value
that is less than the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    The  General Partner  believes that the  methods for  determining the Merger
Consideration are fair because  (i) the closing prices  of the REIT Shares  have
been  within $22.25 and $27.50  (the "Share Price Range")  for more than a year,
(ii) a fluctuation in average share prices outside of the Share Price Range will
likely be due to market  forces that are not  directly related to the  intrinsic
value  of  the REIT  Shares,  (iii) the  Share  Price Range  provides reciprocal
protection for  the Partnership  and  the Purchaser,  (iv) the  $.75  difference
between the lower end of the Share Price Range and the REIT Share Price at which
the   General  Partner  may  withdraw   its  recommendation  and  terminate  the
Acquisition
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Agreement is approximately  equal to  the amount the  General Partner  estimates
would  be  the Partnership's  cost  to negotiate  and  present a  revised merger
proposal to Unitholders  if the  Merger were  not consummated  on its  currently
contemplated  terms and (v) under certain circumstances, Unitholders may receive
REIT Shares with a value in excess of the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO  APPRAISAL.  The  General Partner has  relied in  part
upon  the Appraisal prepared by Stanger,  an independent appraiser, to establish
the fair market value of the Partnership's real estate assets, and the Appraised
Value was  utilized  in determining  whether  the  Offer Price  and  the  Merger
Consideration  constitute  fair consideration  in  exchange for  the  Units. See
"Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    STANGER FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  The General Partner has relied in part upon  the
Stanger Fairness Opinions to support its conclusion that the Offer Price and the
Merger  Consideration constitute fair  consideration to the  Unitholders for the
Units. Subject to the assumptions,  qualifications and limitations set forth  in
the  Stanger Fairness Opinions,  Stanger concluded that,  as of the  date of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions,  the Offer  Price and the  Merger Consideration  were
fair  to the Unitholders  from a financial  point of view.  The Stanger Fairness
Opinions do not address the fairness of any Offer or Merger terms other than the
Offer Price  and the  Merger Consideration.  The Stanger  Fairness Opinion  with
respect  to the Merger does not address the fairness of the Merger Consideration
if the  REIT  Share Price  is  less than  $22.25.  See "Appraisal;  Opinions  of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS  IN VIEW OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman
of the Board,  President and Chief  Executive Officer and  a stockholder of  the
Purchaser,  is an individual general partner of the General Partner and the sole
shareholder and  director  of  the  corporate general  partner  of  the  General
Partner.  Arthur  W. Buerk,  a stockholder  of the  Purchaser, is  an individual
general partner of the General Partner,  and the Purchaser is a limited  partner
of  the  General Partner.  The General  Partner  will receive  5% of  the Merger
Consideration in  exchange  for its  interest  as  the General  Partner  of  the
Partnership. See "Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
    In connection with the merger of Shurgard Incorporated with the Purchaser in
1995,  the Purchaser agreed  to deliver REIT  Shares as additional consideration
for that merger under certain circumstances  upon the liquidation of the  assets
of  certain  partnerships  sponsored  by  Shurgard  Incorporated,  including the
Partnership and the  Other Partnerships (the  "Contingent Share Agreement").  If
any  of the Merger and the  Additional Mergers is consummated, certain executive
officers and  other members  of  the Purchaser's  management will  receive  REIT
Shares  pursuant to  the Contingent Share  Agreement. See  "Interests of Certain
Persons."
 
    The General  Partner  did  not engage  independent  representatives  of  the
Unitholders  to negotiate, review  and approve the terms  of the Transaction and
the terms of the Transaction are  not the results of arms' length  negotiations.
The   General  Partner   believes  that   its  recommendation   results  from  a
determination that the Transaction  is more attractive  to Unitholders than  any
alternatives  considered  by the  General Partner,  and that  this determination
results from the  General Partner's  discharge of  its fiduciary  duties to  the
Unitholders and is not affected by the conflicts of interest described above.
 
    IPSC  CONSENT.  The General Partner considered the fact that IPSC, a limited
partner of the General Partner which  is not affiliated with the Purchaser,  has
consented  to the  Merger based  upon its review  of the  documents, the General
Partner's review of  alternatives to  the Transaction and  the Stanger  Fairness
Opinions.   IPSC  has  significant   conflicts  of  interest   in  the  proposed
Transaction. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
    POTENTIAL INFLUENCE  OF THE  PURCHASER OVER  THE PARTNERSHIP.   In  deciding
whether  or not to tender their Units pursuant to this Offer, Unitholders should
consider that, as a result of this Offer, the Purchaser may hold the largest, or
one of the largest,  equity positions in  the Partnership. As  a result of  this
interest,  the Purchaser  may be  in a  position to  influence the  policies and
affairs of the Partnership. The Purchaser intends to vote the Units it holds and
those it acquires through this Offer in favor of the Merger. While the Purchaser
has agreed that, in the event it is admitted as a substitute limited partner  of
the  Partnership with respect to  the Units it acquires  through this Offer, and
the Merger is
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
not approved, it will  not acquire any additional  Units, propose any merger  or
other  business  combination  involving  the Partnership  or  propose  any other
transaction pursuant  to which  it  would acquire  any  material assets  of  the
Partnership  without the consent  of a majority  of the general  partners of the
General  Partner,  the   Purchaser  may   nonetheless  be   able  to   influence
significantly the policies and affairs of the Partnership without the consent of
the  General Partner.  Specifically, the  Purchaser may  be able  to effectively
block actions that may be subject to a vote of a majority of the Units, such  as
certain  amendments to  the Partnership Agreement,  dissolution the Partnership,
removal of the General Partner, and approval of the sale of substantially all of
the Partnership's assets. While there is a risk that the Purchaser will be  able
to  influence significantly  Partnership actions,  the General  Partner does not
believe that the possibility of that influence renders this Offer unfair to non-
tendering Unitholders, inasmuch  as the Purchaser  is restricted from  acquiring
additional  Units or Partnership assets without the consent of a majority of the
general partners of the General  Partner (discharging their fiduciary duties  on
behalf of the Unitholders) and given that the terms of the Partnership Agreement
in  effect  at the  time the  Unitholders (including  non-tendering Unitholders)
initially invested in the Partnership permitted certain actions to be taken with
the approval of holders of a majority of the Units.
 
    ALLOCATION OF  TRANSACTION  EXPENSES.   The  General  Partner  believes  the
procedures  for allocating  the expenses of  the Transaction  and the Additional
Transactions are fair to the Partnership, inasmuch as the Partnership will  bear
its  Individual Transaction Expenses (as defined in "The Acquisition Agreement")
and its pro rata portion of the Shared Transaction Expenses (as defined in  "The
Acquisition  Agreement") based  on its relative  Net Asset  Value if Unitholders
approve the Merger, and will bear its Individual Transaction Expenses and only a
percentage of its pro rata portion  of the Shared Transaction Expenses equal  to
the  percentage of Unitholders voting  in favor of the  Merger if Unitholders do
not approve the Merger and if certain other events have not occurred. While  the
Acquisition  Agreement provides that the Partnership will pay a pro rata portion
of the Shared Transaction Expenses  and the Individual Transaction Expenses  (as
defined below in "The Acquisition Agreement") that would otherwise be payable by
the  Purchaser if the  Acquisition Agreement is  terminated for certain reasons,
the General Partner believes this is fair because the circumstances under  which
such expenses would be paid by the Partnership are generally situations in which
the   Partnership  has  entered  into  an  alternative  transaction,  presumably
resulting in greater  value to Unitholders,  prompted at least  in part by  this
Offer  and  the proposed  Merger.  See "The  Acquisition  Agreement --  Fees and
Expenses."
 
    IMPACT OF  MERGER  ON  EXPECTED  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  UNITHOLDERS  WHO  BECOME
STOCKHOLDERS  OF THE PURCHASER.   The Merger is expected  to affect the level of
distributions made  to Unitholders  who become  stockholders of  the  Purchaser.
Depending  upon the REIT Share Price used to determine the number of REIT Shares
to be issued  in the  Merger, the  level of  distributions after  the Merger  to
Unitholders who become stockholders of the Purchaser may be higher or lower than
the  level of distributions  received with respect  to their Units  prior to the
Merger. Assuming the  current quarterly  distribution rates continue  to be  the
same  for the  Purchaser ($.47  per REIT Share)  and the  Partnership ($4.06 per
Unit), based on a  REIT Share Price  of $22.25 and rounding  the number of  REIT
Shares to be received to the nearest whole REIT Share, Unitholders would receive
approximately  $.64 (16%)  more in  quarterly distributions  per Unit  after the
Merger than before the  Merger, and based  on a REIT Share  Price of $27.75  and
rounding  the number  of REIT Shares  to be  received to the  nearest whole REIT
Share, Unitholders  would  receive approximately  $.30  (7%) less  in  quarterly
distributions  per Unit  after the  Merger than  before the  Merger. The General
Partner believes  that any  differences between  the level  of distributions  to
Unitholders who become stockholders is justifiable when taking into account cash
distribution  policies,  principal and  interest  payments on  debt  and capital
expenditure levels. These factors  may not continue  to affect distributions  in
precisely the same fashion following the Merger.
 
    IMPACT  OF  MERGER  ON  TIMING OF  PARTNERSHIP  DISTRIBUTIONS.    The Merger
Consideration to be received by Unitholders is based primarily on the Net  Asset
Value  of  the  Partnership.  Recognizing  that  there  may  be  changes  in the
Partnership's  value   between  March   31,  1996   (the  date   on  which   the
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Net Asset Value is based) and the closing of the Merger (the "Closing") and that
it  is a condition to the Closing that the Partnership's Closing Net Asset Value
(as defined in  "The Acquisition Agreement  -- Conduct of  Business Pending  the
Effective  Time") is no less  than its Net Asset  Value, the General Partner may
delay cash  distributions  if  it deems  it  advisable  to do  so.  As  soon  as
practicable  following  the  Closing,  pre-Merger  Unitholders  and  the General
Partner will receive  a cash distribution  in an aggregate  amount equal to  the
amount,  if any, by  which the Partnership's  Closing Net Asset  Value as of the
Closing exceeds its Net Asset Value. If the Partnership does not participate  in
the Merger, the proposed Merger may only temporarily delay, but is not otherwise
expected  to  affect or  reduce  (except for  the  Partnership's portion  of the
Transaction expenses) the  distributions made  by the  Partnership. The  General
Partner  does  not consider  this  delay or  reduction  in distributions  due to
payment of  Transaction  expenses  to  affect materially  the  fairness  of  the
Transaction with respect to Unitholders.
 
    COMPARISON  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFITS  AND  DETRIMENTS  OF  ALTERNATIVES  TO THE
TRANSACTION.  Prior  to concluding that  the Transaction should  be proposed  to
Unitholders,  the General Partner considered several alternatives, including the
liquidation of the Partnership, continuation of the Partnership, support of  the
secondary  market for Units and reorganization  of the Partnership as a separate
REIT. To determine whether the Transaction  or one of its alternatives would  be
more  attractive to the Unitholders, the  General Partner compared the potential
benefits and  detriments of  the  Transaction with  the potential  benefits  and
detriments  of the alternatives. Based upon this comparison, the General Partner
has  concluded  that  the  Transaction  is  more  attractive  than  any  of  its
alternatives. The following is a brief discussion of the benefits and detriments
of,  and  the  General  Partner's  conclusions  regarding,  alternatives  to the
Transaction that could have been pursued by the General Partner.
 
        LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  An alternative to the Transaction would
be liquidating the assets of  the Partnership, distributing the net  liquidation
proceeds  to  the  General  Partner  and  Unitholders  in  accordance  with  the
Partnership Agreement, and thereafter  dissolving the Partnership. Through  such
liquidation,  the Unitholders' investment in the Partnership would be concluded.
All Unitholders would  be at  liberty to use  the net  liquidation proceeds  for
investment, business, personal or other purposes.
 
    In  recent  years,  operating  results  with  respect  to  the Partnership's
properties have improved, there has  been increased sales activity with  respect
to self storage facilities and the capitalization rates at which facilities have
been  selling have become more favorable to sellers, resulting in higher prices.
The General Partner anticipates that net operating income from the Partnership's
facilities will continue to improve although at a slower rate than in the  past.
If  performance  improvements  continue,  the value  of  the  properties  of the
Partnership would be expected  to increase, so long  as capitalization rates  at
which  self storage facilities  are sold do not  increase and sufficient capital
remains available  to  finance  acquisitions.  A  complete  liquidation  of  the
Partnership would deprive those Unitholders who do not desire to liquidate their
investment  in  self  storage  properties from  participating  in  the potential
benefits of  future performance  and possible  property value  improvements.  In
addition,  liquidation of the Partnership's properties  does not have certain of
the other  benefits  of the  Merger,  including (i)  permitting  Unitholders  to
liquidate  their investment  in real  estate at a  time that  is appropriate for
their individual investment  strategy, rather than  forcing divestiture for  all
Unitholders  through a liquidation  of the Partnership's  portfolio and (ii) the
opportunity to participate in acquisition and development opportunities existing
in the real estate market through equity ownership in the Purchaser.
 
    The transaction  costs  associated  with  the  Merger  are  expected  to  be
significantly  less than those which  would be incurred in  a liquidation of the
Partnership's assets.  If  the  Merger  is  consummated,  the  Partnership  will
effectively   dispose  of  all  of  its  assets  and  liabilities  in  a  single
transaction, which will  minimize the liquidation  costs. If the  assets of  the
Partnership  were  liquidated  over time,  not  only  is it  likely  that higher
transaction costs would be incurred,  but distributions to the Unitholders  from
the   Partnership's  cash  flow  from  operations   may  be  reduced  since  the
Partnership's fixed costs,  such as general  and administrative expenses,  would
not be proportionately reduced with the liquidation of assets.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    The   General  Partner  favors  the  Transaction  over  liquidation  of  the
Partnership's assets  because  this  Offer permits  those  Unitholders  desiring
immediate  liquidity to obtain cash,  while permitting the remaining Unitholders
to participate  in  the  Merger  which, if  consummated,  will  enable  them  to
participate  in acquisition and  development opportunities existing  in the real
estate market  through  equity ownership  in  the Purchaser.  In  addition,  the
estimated  transaction costs  associated with the  Transaction are significantly
less than those which  would be incurred in  a liquidation of the  Partnerships'
assets on a single transaction or multiple transaction basis.
 
        CONTINUATION   OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.     A  second  alternative  to  the
Transaction would be  to continue the  Partnership as a  separate legal  entity,
with  its own  assets and  liabilities. While  the disclosure  documents used to
offer the  Units  for  sale  to  the  public  disclosed  the  intention  of  the
Partnership  to liquidate  its assets  within a seven  to nine  year period, the
Partnership has a stated  life of approximately 40  years, the Unitholders  were
advised  that  the  liquidation  of the  Partnership  would  depend  upon market
conditions as  they might  change from  time  to time,  and the  Partnership  is
operating  profitably and does not need to liquidate to satisfy debt obligations
or other current liabilities or to avert defaults, foreclosures or other adverse
business developments.
 
    A number  of  advantages would  be  expected  to arise  from  the  continued
operation  of  the Partnership.  Unitholders would  continue to  receive regular
quarterly distributions of net cash flow arising from operations and the sale or
refinancing of the Partnership's  assets. The General  Partner expects that  net
operating  income from the  properties would continue to  improve, although at a
slower rate than  in the  past, which  would support  continued improvements  in
quarterly  distributions. In addition, the decision to continue the Partnership,
if selected,  means  that  there  would  be no  change  in  the  nature  of  the
Unitholders'  investment.  This option  avoids  whatever disadvantages  might be
inherent in the Merger.
 
    The primary disadvantage with continuing  the Partnership is the failure  of
that   strategy  to  enable  Unitholders  (i)  to  liquidate  immediately  their
investment in the Partnership for  cash consideration which the General  Partner
believes  to be  fair to  Unitholders or (ii)  to acquire  REIT Shares, enabling
Unitholders  to  participate  in  the  Purchaser's  substantially  larger,  more
diversified, investment portfolio and to benefit from the Purchaser's ability to
access  capital  markets  and  take  advantage  of  acquisition  and development
opportunities. If  the Partnership  is continued,  Unitholders may  not have  an
opportunity  for liquidity  in the  near future.  The assets  of the Partnership
might, however, be sold at another time in another transaction that could be  on
terms  more or less  favorable to Unitholders.  Accordingly, the General Partner
has concluded  that continuation  of the  Partnership is  not as  attractive  an
alternative as the Transaction.
 
        SUPPORT  OF SECONDARY MARKET.   Another possible alternative which would
create liquidity for Unitholders desiring to dispose of their investments in the
Partnership is the  creation or support  of the secondary  market for the  Units
through  limited  cash tender  offers or  repurchase  programs sponsored  by the
Partnership. While  the General  Partner believed  that this  alternative  might
provide  liquidity for some Unitholders, the  terms of the Partnership Agreement
and federal  tax law  prohibit  this alternative  from  being available  to  all
Unitholders  in  any 12  month period.  The General  Partner believed  that this
alternative was not sufficiently broad-based  to provide an overall solution  to
the  liquidity problem.  While this  alternative was  considered by  the General
Partner, no detailed financial  analysis was done that  would allow the  General
Partner  to predict  with any  degree of certainty  the possible  impact of this
alternative on the value of the Units.
 
        REORGANIZATION OF  THE PARTNERSHIP  AS  A SEPARATE  REIT.   The  General
Partner  considered  the  advisability  of  reorganizing  the  Partnership  as a
separate corporation taxed as  a REIT, which could  provide Unitholders some  of
the  advantages to be secured through the Merger, such as providing investors in
the reorganized entity  with some liquidity  through the listing  of its  equity
securities,  avoiding  the  effects  of  legislation  requiring  partnerships to
withhold distributions for state income taxes and simplified federal income  tax
reporting.  In addition,  such reorganization  could be  effected on  a tax-free
basis, unlike the Merger,  which will be a  taxable event for Unitholders.  This
reorganization  of the Partnership  would, however, result  in substantial costs
and expenses, and, due to the size of
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
the  Partnership, access to capital markets and the liquidity of the reorganized
entity's securities could be limited. The General Partner has concluded that the
Merger is  more attractive  than  the reorganization  of  the Partnership  as  a
separate  REIT because a separate REIT would  not provide, or would provide on a
more limited  basis, the  advantages  expected from  the Merger,  including  the
elimination  of  potential  conflicts  of  interest,  simplified administration,
self-administration, growth potential, asset diversification and improved access
to capital markets.
 
COMPARISON OF TRANSACTION CONSIDERATION TO ALTERNATIVES
 
    GENERAL.  To assist Unitholders  in evaluating the Transaction, the  General
Partner  has attempted to  compare the Offer Price  and the Merger Consideration
against: (i)  the prices  at which  the Units  have been  sold in  the  illiquid
secondary  market; (ii)  estimates of  the value of  the Units  on a liquidation
basis assuming that the Partnership's assets were sold at their Appraised  Value
or  net book value and  the net proceeds distributed  to the General Partner and
Unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement; and (iii) estimates of
the value of the Units  on a going concern  basis assuming that the  Partnership
was  continued as an operating business and its  assets sold at the end of 2000.
Due to the uncertainty in establishing these values, the General Partner has, in
instances it deemed  appropriate, established  a range of  estimated values  for
each  alternative, representing a high and low estimated value for the potential
consideration. The General Partner believes  that analyzing the alternatives  in
terms  of ranges of estimated value,  established based upon currently available
market data and, where appropriate,  reasonable assumptions made in good  faith,
establishes  a reasonable framework  for comparing alternatives.  The results of
this comparative analysis are summarized in the table below.
 
    The estimated values  are based  upon information available  to the  General
Partner  at  the  time  they  were  computed,  including  historical information
regarding the Partnership and current real  estate markets, and there can be  no
assurance  that the same conditions analyzed  by the General Partner in arriving
at the estimates of value would exist at the time of consummation of this  Offer
or  the  Merger. In  addition, Unitholders  should  consider that  the estimated
values assigned to the alternatives are  based on a variety of assumptions  that
have been made by the General Partner, which are discussed in more detail below.
 
    The  estimated values presented in  the following table are "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of  the Private Securities Litigation Reform  Act
of  1995. These estimated values are based upon certain assumptions that relate,
among other things, to  (i) the REIT Share  Price as of the  date of the  Merger
being  within the  Share Price Range,  (ii) projections as  to the Partnership's
future revenues, expenses,  cash flow and  other significant financial  matters,
(iii)  the capitalization rates that will be used by prospective buyers when the
Partnership's  assets  are  liquidated,  (iv)  selling  costs,  (v)  appropriate
discount rates to apply to expected cash flows in computing the present value of
the  cash flows  and (vi)  the manner of  sale of  the Partnership's properties.
Actual results may vary  from those set forth  below based on numerous  factors,
including  interest rate  fluctuations, tax law  changes, supply  and demand for
self storage facilities, the manner in which the properties are sold and changes
in availability of capital to  finance acquisitions of self storage  properties.
Each Unit in the following table represents an original investment of $250.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         ESTIMATED LIQUIDATION
                MERGER                                                       VALUE PER UNIT
             CONSIDERATION       SECONDARY          ESTIMATED GOING       ASSUMING PARTNERSHIP
             PER UNIT (1)       MARKET PRICE         CONCERN VALUE          ASSETS SOLD AT:
             -------------      PER UNIT (2)          PER UNIT (3)      ------------------------
OFFER PRICE                 --------------------  --------------------   APPRAISED    NET BOOK
 PER UNIT                     HIGH        LOW       HIGH        LOW      VALUE (4)    VALUE (5)
- -----------                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>          <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
 $  222        $  222       $  185     $  162     $  218     $  203      $  217       $  183
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Assumes the REIT  Share Price is  within the Share  Price Range. The Merger
    Consideration is payable in REIT Shares, cash in lieu of any fractional REIT
    Shares and,  in certain  circumstances, additional  cash consideration.  See
    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
(2)  The secondary  market prices  are those reported  to Stanger  for the first
    calendar quarter of 1996. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
(3) The going  concern value estimates  are based upon  a number of  assumptions
    regarding  the future  net operating  income and  cash distributions  of the
    Partnership and assume a disposition of the Partnership's assets at the  end
    of 2000. See "-- Going Concern Value."
 
(4)  Estimated Liquidation Value at Appraised  Value is based primarily upon the
    Appraisal and adjustments  for non-real  estate assets  and liabilities  and
    estimated selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
(5)  Estimated Liquidation Value at  Net Book Value is  computed as of March 31,
    1996 less selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
    SECONDARY MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.  The data in the table above on  secondary
market  activity shows  the highest and  lowest secondary market  prices for the
Units in the first calendar  quarter of 1996 as  reported to Stanger by  certain
secondary  market firms involved  in sales of  the Units. See  "Market Prices of
Units."
 
    Limited partnerships  are designed  as illiquid,  long-term investments.  No
market  for the  Units was  ever expected  to develop  and the  secondary market
transactions for the Units have  been limited and sporadic.  It is not known  to
what  extent the transactions in the secondary market are between willing buyers
and willing sellers, each  having access to  relevant information regarding  the
financial  affairs of the  Partnership, the expected  value of the Partnership's
assets, and the Partnership's prospects for the future. Many transactions in the
secondary market are believed  to be distressed sales  where sellers are  highly
motivated  to dispose of  the Units and willing  to accept substantial discounts
from what might otherwise by  regarded as the fair  value of the interest  being
sold  to facilitate the sales. Secondary  market prices generally do not reflect
the current market value of the Partnership's assets, nor are they indicative of
total return since  prior cash distributions  and tax benefits  received by  the
original  investor  probably  are  not  reflected  in  the  price.  Nonetheless,
notwithstanding these qualifications, the secondary market prices, to the extent
that the reported data are reliable, are  indicative of the prices at which  the
Units trade in the illiquid secondary markets.
 
    GOING  CONCERN VALUE.   The General Partner has  estimated the going concern
value of the  Partnership by  analyzing the Partnership's  projected cash  flows
assuming  that the Partnership was operated  as an on-going business through the
end of 2000 and its assets, net of existing liabilities, sold at that time based
upon a capitalization of projected property cash flows in 2001. Each  Unitholder
would  be  entitled  to receive  his  or her  pro  rata share  of  the quarterly
distributions from the  Partnership's cash  available for  distribution and  the
special  distribution of  the net  liquidation proceeds  in accordance  with the
Partnership Agreement. This analysis is consistent with the expectation that the
Partnership would  be  a  finite-life investment.  The  assumption  of  property
dispositions  in 2000 is  consistent with the  anticipated disposition timeframe
for the Partnership.
 
    The General Partner has presented two  estimates of the going concern  value
of  the  Partnership on  a  per Unit  basis, which  estimates  are based  on the
five-year property cash flows beginning in 1996 used by Stanger in preparing the
Appraisal, adjusted for general and  administrative expenses (which are  assumed
to  increase at the rate of 3.5%  per year) and debt service payments (principal
and interest). The going concern value was established by computing the  present
value  of the projected  distributions with respect to  the Units, discounted at
the rate of 13.25% per annum under the conservative scenario and at the rate  of
12.25%  per  annum under  the more  favorable  scenario. Under  the conservative
scenario, the Partnership's assets are sold at  the end of 2000 for an  all-cash
purchase  price sufficient to yield the buyer  a 10.5% return based on projected
property cash flows for 2001. Under  the more favorable scenario, it is  assumed
that  the  Partnership's assets  are sold  at the  end of  2000 for  an all-cash
purchase price sufficient to yield the  buyer a 10% return based upon  projected
property cash flows in 2001.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The  going concern analysis assumes all  of the Partnership's properties are
sold in a single transaction at the end of 2000 with selling expense equal to 4%
of then-current real estate value. If, instead, the assets were liquidated  over
time,  even at prices equal to those projected, distributions to the Unitholders
out of the Partnership's cash flow from operations might be reduced because  the
Partnership's  relatively  fixed  costs,  such  as  general  and  administrative
expenses, would not be proportionately  reduced with the liquidation of  assets.
Accordingly, the General Partner believes the assumption that all the properties
are  sold in a  single transaction results  in the most  favorable valuation for
Unitholders.
 
    LIQUIDATION VALUE.  Since one of  the alternatives available to the  General
Partner   is  to  proceed  with  a  liquidation  of  the  Partnership,  and  the
corresponding distribution  of  the  net liquidation  proceeds  to  the  General
Partner and Unitholders, the General Partner has estimated the liquidation value
of  the Units (i) assuming that the  Partnership's real estate portfolio is sold
at its Appraised Value and that non-real estate assets and liabilities are  sold
at their book values except for amortizable assets and (ii) assuming that all of
the  Partnership's assets are sold at their book value, net of liabilities. Both
alternatives assume that the Partnership  incurs selling costs of  approximately
4%  of  the real  estate  assets' value  and  the net  liquidation  proceeds are
distributed among the  General Partner  and Unitholders in  accordance with  the
Partnership Agreement.
 
    The liquidation analysis assumes that the Partnership's portfolio is sold in
a  single transaction at  its Appraised Value  or net book  value. If the assets
were  liquidated  over  time,   even  at  prices   equal  to  those   projected,
distributions  to  the  Unitholders  out of  the  Partnership's  cash  flow from
operations might be  reduced because the  Partnership's relatively fixed  costs,
such  as general  and administrative  expenses, are  not proportionately reduced
with the liquidation of  assets. Accordingly, the  General Partner believes  the
assumption  that all of the properties are  sold in a single transaction results
in the most favorable valuation for Unitholders.
 
    Of the two columns provided for  liquidation values in the table above,  the
General  Partner believes that liquidation at Appraised Value is more reflective
of the  amount that  would actually  be distributed  to the  Unitholders if  the
Partnership were to proceed with a liquidation of its assets. The Appraisal sets
forth,  subject to  the specified  assumptions, limitations  and qualifications,
Stanger's professional opinion as to the market value of the Partnership's  real
estate  portfolio. While the  price at which  the assets would  sell if actually
liquidated could differ materially  from the Appraised  Value, the Appraisal  is
intended  to estimate the prices  at which the real  estate assets would sell if
disposed of in an arm's-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing
seller, each  having access  to relevant  information regarding  the  historical
revenues  and  expenses  of  the  properties.  The  Appraisal  assumes  that the
Partnership's assets are disposed of  in an orderly manner  and are not sold  in
forced  or distressed sales where sellers might  be expected to dispose of their
interests at substantial discounts to their actual fair market value.
 
    In contrast, the net  book value represents the  value of the  Partnership's
equity  as of  March 31,  1996, computed in  accordance with  GAAP, less selling
costs equal to 4% of the book value of the Partnership's real estate assets. The
net book value computations are not  adjusted for, or intended to be,  estimates
of  the fair  market value  of the real  estate assets.  Nonetheless, since book
value is a commonly used accounting principle, and shows the values at which the
assets are carried  on the Partnership's  books, it does  establish a basis  for
comparing the value of the Units to other commonly used measures of value.
 
THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE
 
    The  Special  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors of  the  Purchaser has
reviewed the terms of the Transaction and believes that the Transaction is  fair
to   Unitholders.  In  determining  the  fairness  of  the  Transaction  to  the
Unitholders, the Special Committee considered a number of factors, including the
following, and  did  not  assign  relative  weights  to  them  in  reaching  its
conclusion.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.  The Special Committee considered the
fact  that  the General  Partner,  in discharging  its  fiduciary duties  to the
Unitholders, (i) carefully reviewed the terms of the Transaction, (ii) concluded
that the Transaction is  fair to the Unitholders  and (iii) recommends that  the
Unitholders  who desire immediate liquidity tender  their Units pursuant to this
Offer  and  that  all  other  Unitholders  retain  their  Units  and,   instead,
participate in the Merger. See "Recommendation of the General Partner."
 
    CONSENT  OF IPSC.   The Special Committee  considered the fact  that IPSC, a
limited partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with  the
Purchaser, consented to the Merger. The Special Committee noted that pursuant to
the GP Agreement, the consent of IPSC may be required to consummate the Merger.
 
    APPRAISAL.   The Special Committee considered the Appraisal delivered to the
General Partner by Stanger  and the fact  that the Net Asset  Value is based  in
large  part  on the  Appraisal.  A copy  of the  Appraisal,  which sets  forth a
discussion of the  specific assumptions, limitations  and qualifications of  the
analysis  undertaken, is attached as  Schedule II of this  Offer to Purchase and
should be read in its entirety  by each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions  of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS  OPINIONS.  The  Special Committee considered  the Stanger Fairness
Opinions delivered to the  General Partner by Stanger  that the Offer Price  and
the  Merger Consideration are fair to the  Unitholders from a financial point of
view. Copies of the Stanger Fairness  Opinions, which set forth the  assumptions
made,  matters considered and limitations of the review undertaken, are attached
as Schedule III to this Offer to  Purchase and should be read in their  entirety
by each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    PREMIUM  OVER RECENT  MARKET PRICES.   The Special  Committee considered the
fact that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration (assuming the REIT  Share
Price  remains within the Share  Price Range) represents a  premium of more than
19% over the highest sales price in the secondary market of a Unit known to  the
General Partner since January 1, 1992. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
                   APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL BY STANGER
 
    Stanger was engaged by the Partnership to appraise the real estate portfolio
of  the Partnership and has  delivered a written summary  of its analysis, based
upon the review, analysis,  scope and limitations described  therein, as to  the
fair  market value of the  Partnership's portfolio as of  December 31, 1995. The
Partnership selected Stanger to provide the Appraisal because of its  experience
and  reputation  in  connection with  partnerships  and real  estate  assets. In
addition, the General Partner desired to take advantage of the cost efficiencies
associated with having  the same  party provide  the Appraisal  as provided  the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions. The  Appraisal, which contains  a description of the
assumptions and qualifications made, matters  considered and limitations on  the
review  and analysis, is set forth as Schedule  II to this Offer to Purchase and
should  be  read  in  its   entirety.  Certain  of  the  material   assumptions,
qualifications and limitations to the Appraisal are described below.
 
    EXPERIENCE  OF STANGER.   Since its  founding in 1978,  Stanger has provided
information, research,  investment banking  and consulting  services to  clients
throughout  the  United States,  including major  member firms  of the  NYSE and
insurance companies  and  over  70  companies  engaged  in  the  management  and
operation  of  partnerships and  real estate  investment trusts.  The investment
banking activities of  Stanger include  financial advisory  services, asset  and
securities  valuations, industry  and company research  and analysis, litigation
support and  expert  witness  services,  and  due  diligence  investigations  in
connection  with  both  publicly  registered  and  privately  placed  securities
transactions.
 
    Stanger, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in
the valuation of  businesses and  their securities in  connection with  mergers,
acquisitions and reorganizations and for
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
estate,   tax,  corporate  and  other  purposes.  Stanger's  valuation  practice
principally  involves  partnerships,  partnership  securities  and  the   assets
typically owned through partnerships, such as oil and gas reserves, real estate,
cable television systems and equipment leasing assets.
 
    SUMMARY  OF  METHODOLOGY.    At  the  request  of  the  Partnership, Stanger
evaluated the Partnership's portfolio  of real estate on  a limited scope  basis
utilizing  the income approach  and the sales  comparison approach to valuation.
Appraisers typically use up  to three approaches in  valuing real property:  (i)
the  cost  approach, (ii)  the income  approach and  (iii) the  sales comparison
approach. The type and age of a property, market conditions and the quantity and
quality of  data  affect  the  applicability of  each  approach  in  a  specific
appraisal  situation.  The value  estimated  by the  cost  approach incorporates
separate estimates  of  the  value of  the  unimproved  site and  the  value  of
improvements,  less  observed  physical  wear  and  tear  and  functional and/or
economic obsolescence. The  income approach estimates  a property's capacity  to
produce  income through an analysis of the rental market, operating expenses and
net income. Net income may then be processed into a value through either  direct
capitalization  or discounted cash flow analysis,  or a combination of these two
methods. The sales comparison  approach involves a  comparative analysis of  the
subject  property with other similar properties  that have sold recently or that
are currently  offered for  sale  in the  market.  Stanger considered  the  cost
approach  to be less reliable  than the income approach  or the sales comparison
approach given  the primary  criteria used  by buyers  of the  type of  property
appraised in the Appraisal.
 
    While  the Appraisal was  prepared for the  Partnership's entire real estate
portfolio, Stanger  analyzed  the  individual  properties  in  the  real  estate
portfolio  of  the  Partnership  by  (i)  reviewing  each  property's historical
operating  statements,  (ii)  reviewing  and  relying  on  specific  information
regarding  prospective changes in rents and  expenses for each property provided
by the Partnership, (iii) developing information from a variety of sources about
market  conditions  for  each  individual  property  and  (iv)  considering  the
projected cash flow for each property. Representatives of Stanger performed site
inspections  on  all properties  in the  Partnership during  March 1996.  In the
course of these site visits, Stanger inspected the physical facilities, obtained
current rental  and occupancy  information,  gathered information  on  competing
properties  and  the  local  market, visited  primary  competing  properties and
interviewed  each  local  property  manager  or  assistant  manager   concerning
performance of the subject property and other factors.
 
    In  conducting  the  Appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied upon
Partnership and property management personnel to obtain information relating  to
the  condition  of each  property, including  any deferred  maintenance, capital
budgets,   status   of   on-going   or   newly   planned   property   additions,
reconfigurations,   improvements  and  other   factors  affecting  the  physical
condition of the property improvements.
 
    Stanger also interviewed district or regional property management  personnel
responsible  for the  properties, who  are employees  of the  Purchaser, and the
Partnership's management  personnel,  to discuss  competitive  conditions,  area
economic  and  development  trends  affecting  the  properties,  historical  and
budgeted operating revenues and expenses and occupancies. Stanger also  reviewed
historical  operating  statements and  1996  operating budgets  for  the subject
properties, and  reviewed surveys  of local  self storage  markets conducted  by
local management personnel.
 
    To  define the occupancy, rental  rate and expense escalators  to be used in
developing property  operating  projections, Stanger  reviewed  the  acquisition
criteria  and  projection parameters  in use  in the  marketplace by  major self
storage investors, owners  and operators.  In addition,  Stanger reviewed  other
published  information  concerning  acquisition  criteria  in  use  by  property
investors at or around December  31, 1995. Further, Stanger interviewed  various
sources in local markets to identify recent sales of self storage properties and
derive   certain  valuation   indicators.  Sources  for   data  concerning  such
transactions included local  appraisers, property owners,  real estate  brokers,
tax assessors and real estate research firms.
 
    INCOME  APPROACH.   Stanger then determined  the value  of the Partnership's
portfolio using the income approach. During the course of the site  inspections,
Stanger identified competing properties
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
and  obtained data on local market  rental rates and occupancy. Stanger reviewed
historical and budgeted gross income and income from ancillary sources for  each
property in the portfolio and conducted discussions with the property management
personnel  concerning property and market  trends and competitive conditions and
other  pertinent  information.  After  assessing  the  above  factors,   Stanger
estimated  each property's effective gross income based upon unit configuration,
market rental rates, market occupancy  rates and estimates of ancillary  income.
Expenses  were estimated  based on  historical and  budgeted operating expenses,
discussions with management and  certain industry expense guidelines.  Estimated
expenses  were then deducted from income  to arrive at each property's estimated
net operating  income.  Expenses  relating  solely  to  investor  reporting  and
accounting were excluded.
 
    Stanger  then employed both  direct capitalization and  discounted cash flow
analysis to define the overall value of the portfolio. The direct capitalization
rate used  by Stanger  was  based on  current  acquisition criteria  among  self
storage   investors  and   reflected  in  specific   sales  transactions.  Where
appropriate, the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property  was
adjusted  to reflect valuation  factors unique to the  property, such as overall
quality, recent buildouts  and other  unique valuation  factors. Where  deferred
maintenance   or  extraordinary  capital  expenditures  were  required,  Stanger
adjusted the capitalized value accordingly. Stanger applied capitalization rates
ranging from 9.25%  to 10.25%  to the projected  net operating  income from  the
Partnership's  properties which  were considered  to be  at stabilized occupancy
during the 12 months ending December 31, 1996.
 
    In applying discounted cash  flow analysis, projections  of cash flows  from
each  property (assuming no indebtedness thereon)  were developed for a ten year
period  ending  December  31,  2005.  Income  and  expense  escalators  used  in
developing  the projections were based on projection parameters currently in use
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for each property  and inflation  rates. Income  escalators were  3%. In  highly
competitive  markets  or where  a  property's operations  were  below stabilized
levels, income escalators were adjusted  as Stanger deemed appropriate or  until
stabilized  operations  were  achieved. Effective  expense  escalators generally
ranged from 2.8% to 3.3%.
 
    Stanger then  capitalized, at  terminal  capitalization rates  ranging  from
10.0%  to 10.25% the estimated net operating  income of each property for the 12
months ending December 31, 2006, to determine the property's residual value. The
residual value was discounted  after deducting appropriate  sales expenses to  a
present  value using the same discount rate applied to the stream of annual cash
flows. The discount rates utilized, ranging from 12.0% to 12.25%, were based  on
current   acquisition   criteria   among   self   storage   facility  investors,
commercial/industrial property  investors'  target  rates  for  return  and  the
historical  spread in rates of return between real estate and other investments.
Stanger  then  correlated  the  values   resulting  from  each  method   (direct
capitalization  and discounted cash  flow) to arrive at  a final income approach
valuation.
 
    SALES COMPARISON  APPROACH.   Stanger  compiled transaction  data  involving
properties  similar  in type  to  the Partnership's  properties  by interviewing
sources  in  local  markets  to  identify  recent  sales  of  self  storage   or
office/storage   properties,   reviewing  publicly   available   information  on
acquisitions of  self  storage  properties, reviewing  information  provided  by
management,  and contacting industry sources. Using this data, Stanger performed
a comparable sales analysis based upon  price per square foot. A probable  range
of  value  per  square  foot  was  estimated  for  each  property  based  on the
relationship between observed  sales prices  per square foot  and net  operating
income  per square foot. Price per square foot as estimated by this analysis was
multiplied by  the  rentable  square  footage of  each  property  to  derive  an
estimated range of value.
 
    Stanger  reconciled the estimated values resulting from the sales comparison
approach and the  income approach for  each property, and  the resulting  values
were  summed  to  determine  the estimated  value  of  the  Partnership's entire
portfolio. Stanger adjusted the  value conclusion for  each property to  reflect
any  deferred  maintenance  items  associated with  the  properties.  The income
approach was
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
given primary consideration by Stanger because properties such as those owned by
the Partnership  are  typically  purchased  and sold  based  upon  their  income
characteristics.   Stanger   gave  the   sales  comparison   approach  secondary
consideration.
 
    CONCLUSIONS AS TO  VALUE.   Based on the  valuation methodologies  described
above, Stanger assigned a value of $30,520,000 to the portfolio of real property
assets of the Partnership.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS, LIMITATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL.  Stanger
utilized  certain assumptions to determine the  Appraised Value of the portfolio
under the income approach and the sales comparison approach. See Schedule II for
a discussion of the specific assumptions, limitations and qualifications of  the
Appraisal.
 
    The  Appraisal reflects Stanger's valuation of  the real estate portfolio of
the Partnership  as of  December 31,  1995, in  the context  of the  information
available  on such  date as  well as the  operating information  available as of
March 31, 1996. Events occurring after December 31, 1995, and before the Closing
could affect  the properties  or assumptions  used in  preparing the  Appraisal.
Stanger  has no obligation  to update the  Appraisal on the  basis of subsequent
events. In connection with preparing the Appraisal, Stanger was not engaged  to,
and  consequently  did not,  prepare  any written  report  or compendium  of its
analysis for internal or external use beyond the analysis set forth in  Schedule
II. Stanger will not deliver any additional written summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL RELATIONSHIPS.  The Partnership paid Stanger a fee
of  approximately $23,000 to  prepare the Appraisal. IDS1  and IDS3 also engaged
Stanger to appraise  their portfolios and  paid Stanger a  fee of  approximately
$35,000   and  approximately  $34,000,  respectively.  In  connection  with  the
preparation of  the  portfolio appraisals  for  the Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships,  Stanger is  entitled to  reimbursement for  reasonable travel and
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  making  site  visits  and  preparing  the
valuations  and the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, subject to  a maximum of $35,000
(allocated among the Partnership and the Other Partnerships based upon  relative
net   asset  values),  and  is   entitled  to  indemnification  against  certain
liabilities, including certain  liabilities under federal  securities laws.  The
fees  for the Appraisal were negotiated  between the Partnership and Stanger and
payment thereof is not dependent upon completion  of the Offer or the Merger  or
the  value reported.  As noted  in "--  Opinions of  the Partnership's Financial
Advisor" below,  certain  predecessor entities  of  the Purchaser  have  engaged
Stanger  to render other appraisal, consulting  or related services prior to the
present engagement.
 
OPINIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    Stanger was also engaged by the Partnership to deliver written summaries  of
its  determination as  to the  fairness of  the consideration,  from a financial
point of view, to be  received by the Unitholders in  the Offer and the  Merger.
The  full text of the Stanger Fairness  Opinions, which contain a description of
the assumptions  made, matters  considered  and limitations  on the  review  and
analysis,  is set forth in Schedule III to  this Offer to Purchase and should be
read in its entirety. Certain of the material assumptions and limitations to the
Stanger Fairness Opinions are described below. The summary set forth below  does
not  purport to  be a complete  description of  the analyses used  by Stanger in
rendering the Stanger  Fairness Opinions. Arriving  at a fairness  opinion is  a
complex  analytical process not  necessarily susceptible to  partial analysis or
amenable to summary description.
 
    Except  for  certain  assumptions  described  more  fully  below  which  the
Partnership advised Stanger that it would be reasonable to make, the Partnership
imposed  no conditions or limitations on the scope of Stanger's investigation or
the methods and  procedures to  be followed  in rendering  the Stanger  Fairness
Opinions.  The  Partnership  has  agreed to  indemnify  Stanger  against certain
liabilities arising  out of  Stanger's  engagement to  prepare and  deliver  the
Stanger Fairness Opinions.
 
    SUMMARY  OF MATERIALS  CONSIDERED.  In  the course of  Stanger's analysis to
render its opinions regarding this Offer  and the Merger, Stanger: (i)  reviewed
drafts  of this Offer to Purchase, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (as defined in
"The Acquisition Agreement") and the Acquisition Agreement in substantially  the
forms intended to be finalized and filed with the Commmission; (ii) reviewed the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Partnership's  and the  Purchaser's Annual Reports  on Form 10-K  for the fiscal
years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995,  and the  Partnership's and  the
Purchaser's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996;
(iii)  reviewed the  Purchaser's pro  forma financial  statements and  pro forma
schedules  prepared  by  the   Partnership's  management  and  the   Purchaser's
management; (iv) performed appraisals of the properties owned by the Partnership
as  of December 31, 1995; (v) reviewed information regarding purchases and sales
of self storage properties  by the Purchaser or  any affiliated entities  during
the  prior year and other information available relating to acquisition criteria
for self  storage  properties; (vi)  reviewed  internal financial  analyses  and
forecasts  prepared by the Partnership  (based in part on  the Appraisal) of the
current net liquidation  value of  the Partnership's assets  and projections  of
cash  flow  from operations,  distributions, and  going  concern values  for the
Partnership;  (vii)  conducted  discussions   with  senior  management  of   the
Partnership  and the Purchaser regarding the conditions in self storage property
markets, conditions  in  the market  for  sales or  acquisitions  of  properties
similar  to those owned by the Partnership, current and projected operations and
performance, financial condition and future prospects of the properties and  the
Partnership;  (viii)  reviewed  historical  market  prices,  trading  volume and
dividends for the REIT Shares; and (ix) conducted such other studies,  analyses,
inquiries and investigations as Stanger deemed appropriate.
 
    SUMMARY  OF ANALYSIS.  The  following is a summary  of certain financial and
comparative analyses reviewed by  Stanger in connection with  and in support  of
its  fairness opinions. The summary of the  opinions and analysis of Stanger set
forth in this Offer to Purchase is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
full text of such opinions.
 
    APPRAISAL.   In preparing  its opinions,  Stanger performed  an  independent
appraisal of the Partnership's portfolio of properties. During the course of the
Appraisal,  Stanger performed  site inspections  of each  property owned  by the
Partnership, conducted  inquiries into  local market  conditions affecting  each
property,  reviewed  historical  and  budgeted  operating  statements  for  each
property,  conducted  interviews  with   Partnership  and  property   management
personnel,  reviewed the acquisition criteria in use in the marketplace by major
self storage  property investors  and owners  and other  real estate  investors,
reviewed  information concerning transactions involving self storage properties,
and estimated the market value of  the portfolio utilizing the income and  sales
comparison  approaches  to value.  See "--  Real  Estate Portfolio  Appraisal by
Stanger." Stanger observed that the Offer Price equals the pro rata interest per
Unit in the  Appraised Value  as adjusted by  the General  Partner for  non-real
estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership, estimated Transaction costs to
be  borne by  the Partnership  and the Unitholders'  share of  the resulting Net
Asset Values according to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
 
    REVIEW OF LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed  an analysis prepared  by
the  management of  the Partnership  of the  estimated liquidation  value of the
Partnership  utilizing  estimates  prepared  by  the  Partnership  of   expenses
associated  with such a liquidation  and the appraised fair  market value of the
properties as determined by the Appraisal.
 
    The liquidation  analysis  assumed  that  each  of  the  properties  in  the
portfolio  was sold concurrently to an independent  third party buyer at a price
equal to the appraised value of the  portfolio. Costs of such property sales  to
independent   third  parties  were   estimated  by  the   Partnership  to  total
approximately 4% of  real estate asset  value and are  comprised of  transaction
costs,  taxes, commissions and legal and  other closing costs. Such amounts were
based on prevailing transfer  tax rates in  the locale of  each property and  on
estimates  of the Partnership  based on its knowledge  and experience in similar
real estate transactions.  The liquidation analysis  also assumed that  non-real
estate  assets and liabilities except amortizable assets were sold at book value
and net proceeds were distributed among  the General Partner and Unitholders  in
accordance with the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Stanger  observed that the Offer Price and Merger Consideration exceeded the
estimated liquidation value per Unit by approximately $5.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    REVIEW OF GOING CONCERN ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed financial analyses  and
projections  prepared by the management  of the Partnership concerning estimated
cash flows and distributions from continued  operation of the Partnership as  an
independent stand-alone entity, and estimated sale proceeds from the liquidation
of  the portfolio of properties  owned by the Partnership  in the year 2000. The
analysis incorporated  estimates of  cash flow  from operating  the  properties,
payments  on existing debt,  entity level general  and administrative costs, and
cash distributions to  Unitholders from  operations and sale  of the  properties
owned  by the Partnership during a five year projection period. The analysis and
projections assumed, among other  things, that (i) operating  cash flow for  the
properties  would grow at a compound annual  rate of approximately 3.5% over the
five year  projection period;  (ii) general  and administrative  expenses  would
increase  at an average rate of 3.5% per annum over the projection period; (iii)
the properties  would  be  sold in  a  single  transaction at  the  end  of  the
projection  period at a price based on  property cash flows for 2001 capitalized
at a rate of 10.0% to 10.5%; (iv) selling costs equal to 4% of real estate asset
value would be incurred; (v) cash flows  were discounted at a rate of 12.25%  to
13.25%;  and (vi)  the net  proceeds of the  sale plus  other remaining non-real
estate assets less liabilities of the Partnership would be distributed according
to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Stanger observed that the estimated going concern values resulting from  the
above  analyses ranged from $218 to $203  per Unit compared with the Offer Price
of $222 per Unit.
 
    REVIEW OF TENDER OFFER AND SECONDARY  MARKET PRICES.  Stanger observed  that
Units  of  the Partnership  have been  purchased in  recent months  both through
transactions on the  informal secondary  market for  partnership securities  and
through a tender offer.
 
    Stanger  observed that Units in the Partnership have been the subject of one
prior tender offer.  According to  information provided by  the Partnership,  on
February 28, 1996, Everest commenced a tender offer for up to 4.9% of the Units.
Stanger  observed that the price offered in  this tender offer was $120 per Unit
compared with the Offer Price  of $222 per Unit.  Stanger also observed that  on
May  20, 1996, PS  sold 2,038.3 Units to  the Purchaser for  $180 per Unit (plus
four days' accrued interest) compared with the Offer Price of $222 per Unit.
 
    Stanger also observed that, based on  prices reported to Stanger by  various
firms  active in  the informal secondary  market for  partnership interests, the
highest selling price reported for Units in the informal secondary market  since
January 1, 1995 was approximately $186 per Unit compared with the Offer Price of
$222 per Unit.
 
    CONCLUSIONS.   Stanger concluded that, based upon the foregoing and upon its
analysis and the assumptions, qualifications  and limitations stated below,  and
as  of the  date of the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions, the Offer  Price and Merger
Consideration are fair to the Unitholders from a financial point of view.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS.  In  rendering the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, Stanger  relied,
without  independent  verification,  on  the accuracy  and  completeness  of all
financial and other information contained in this Offer to Purchase or that  was
otherwise  publicly available or furnished or otherwise communicated to Stanger.
Stanger  has  not   made  an   independent  evaluation  or   appraisal  of   the
determinations of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership.
Stanger  relied upon the balance sheet  value determinations for the Partnership
and the adjustments  made by the  General Partner to  the real estate  portfolio
appraisals  to  arrive at  the Net  Asset  Value. Stanger  also relied  upon the
assurance of the  Purchaser, the Partnership  and the General  Partner that  the
calculations  made to determine  allocations within the  Partnership between the
General Partner  and  Unitholders are  consistent  with the  provisions  of  the
Partnership  Agreement, that any financial  projections or pro forma statements,
projections, budgets, value  estimates or adjustments  provided to Stanger  were
reasonably  prepared  or adjusted  on  bases consistent  with  actual historical
experience and reflect  the best  currently available estimates  and good  faith
judgments,  that no material  changes have occurred  in the Partnership's values
subsequent to March 31, 1996, or in the real estate portfolio values  subsequent
to December 31,
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
1995, which are not reflected in the Partnership's Net Asset Value, and that the
Partnership  and the General Partner  are not aware of  any information or facts
regarding the Partnership that would  cause the information supplied to  Stanger
to be incomplete or misleading.
 
    LIMITATIONS  AND QUALIFICATIONS OF FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  Stanger was not asked
to and therefore did not: (i) select the method of determining the consideration
offered in  this Offer  or the  Merger;  (ii) make  any recommendations  to  the
Unitholders  with respect to whether to tender  their Units or approve or reject
the Merger;  (iii)  express  any  opinion  as to  the  fairness  of  the  Merger
Consideration  if  the actual  REIT Share  Price  is less  than $22.25;  or (iv)
express any opinion  as to the  business decision  to effect this  Offer or  the
Merger,  alternatives to  this Offer or  the Merger, tax  factors resulting from
this Offer  or  the  Merger, the  impact  of  this Offer  on  the  non-tendering
Unitholders  of the  Partnership, the  allocation of  expenses relating  to this
Offer and the  Merger between  the Partnership and  the Purchaser  or among  the
Partnership  and the Other Partnerships, or on  any other terms of this Offer or
the Merger other than  the Offer Price and  the Merger Consideration.  Stanger's
opinions  are based on  business, economic, real  estate and securities markets,
and other conditions as of the date of its analysis.
 
    In connection with preparing the fairness opinions, Stanger was not  engaged
to,  and consequently did not,  prepare any written report  or compendium of its
analysis for internal or external use beyond the analysis set forth in  Schedule
III  to this Offer to Purchase. Stanger  will not deliver any additional written
summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL  RELATIONSHIPS.  Stanger  has been paid  a fee  of
$122,000 by the Partnership for preparing the Stanger Fairness Opinions relating
to  this Offer  and the Merger.  IDS1 and  IDS3 also engaged  Stanger to prepare
fairness opinions relating to the  Additional Offers and the Additional  Mergers
and  paid  Stanger  a fee  of  $180,000  and $178,000,  respectively,  for those
opinions. In connection with  its preparation of the  fairness opinions and  the
real estate portfolio appraisals for the Partnership and the Other Partnerships,
Stanger  will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including
legal fees, up to a maximum of $35,000, allocated among the Partnership and  the
Other  Partnerships (based on  their relative net  asset values) and indemnified
against certain  liabilities, including  certain liabilities  under the  federal
securities  laws.  The  fee for  the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions  was negotiated
between the  Partnership and  Stanger. Payment  of  its fee  to Stanger  is  not
dependent  upon completion of this Offer  or the Merger. Predecessor entities to
the Purchaser retained Stanger to perform  appraisals and to deliver a  fairness
opinion  and special reports  in connection with  the Consolidation. Stanger was
paid approximately  $1,025,000  and  was  reimbursed  for  certain  expenses  in
connection  with those  services. In  addition, the  Purchaser has  paid certain
nominal amounts  to  Stanger  for  subscriptions  to  Stanger-prepared  national
publications. Stanger has also been compensated for preparing the Appraisal. See
"--  Real Estate  Portfolio Appraisal  by Stanger  -- Compensation  and Material
Relationships."
 
OPINION OF THE PURCHASER'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    In March  1996, the  Purchaser  retained Alex.  Brown  to act  as  financial
advisor  to the  Special Committee  in connection  with the  Transaction and the
Additional Transactions,  including  rendering  its  opinion  to  the  Board  of
Directors of the Purchaser as to the fairness to the Purchaser, from a financial
point  of view, of the consideration payable to the limited partners and general
partners of  the  Partnerships.  The  Purchaser  and  Alex.  Brown  subsequently
executed a formal engagement letter on June 20, 1996.
 
    At  the July  1, 1996 meeting  of the Special  Committee, representatives of
Alex. Brown rendered  to the  Board of Directors  of the  Purchaser its  opinion
that,  as of that date, and subject  to the assumptions made, matters considered
and  limitations  set  forth   in  such  opinion   and  summarized  below,   the
consideration  payable by  the Purchaser in  the Transaction  and the Additional
Transactions was fair,
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
from a financial point of view, to the Purchaser. No limitations were imposed by
the Special Committee upon Alex. Brown  with respect to the investigations  made
or procedures followed by it in rendering its opinion.
 
    THE  FULL TEXT  OF ALEX.  BROWN'S WRITTEN  OPINION DATED  JULY 1,  1996 (THE
"ALEX. BROWN OPINION"), WHICH SETS FORTH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, ASSUMPTIONS  MADE,
MATTERS  CONSIDERED AND  LIMITATIONS ON  THE REVIEW  UNDERTAKEN, IS  ATTACHED AS
SCHEDULE IV TO THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY  REFERENCE.
THE  ALEX. BROWN  OPINION ADDRESSES  ONLY THE FAIRNESS  TO THE  PURCHASER OF THE
CONSIDERATION PAYABLE BY  THE PURCHASER  IN THE TRANSACTION  AND THE  ADDITIONAL
TRANSACTIONS.  THE  ALEX. BROWN  OPINION DOES  NOT ADDRESS  THE FAIRNESS  OF THE
TRANSACTION AND THE ADDITIONAL TRANSACTIONS  TO THE LIMITED PARTNERS OR  GENERAL
PARTNERS  OF THE PARTNERSHIPS. THE DISCUSSION OF THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION IN THIS
OFFER TO PURCHASE IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT  OF
THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION.
 
    In  connection with rendering the Alex.  Brown Opinion, Alex. Brown reviewed
certain publicly available financial  information and certain internal  analyses
and other information concerning the Purchaser and the Partnerships furnished to
it  by the Purchaser. Alex. Brown also  held discussions with the members of the
senior management of the Purchaser regarding the businesses and prospects of the
Purchaser and the Partnerships and the joint prospects of a combined entity.  In
addition,  Alex. Brown (i) reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for
REIT Shares and  the equity  units of each  of the  Partnerships, (ii)  compared
certain  financial and stock  market information for  the Purchaser with similar
information for  certain  comparable  companies whose  securities  are  publicly
traded,  (iii)  reviewed  the  financial terms  of  certain  recent  real estate
transactions deemed comparable in whole or  in part, (iv) reviewed the terms  of
the  Acquisition Agreement and certain related  documents and (v) performed such
other studies  and analyses  and  considered such  other  factors as  it  deemed
appropriate.
 
    In  conducting its  review and  arriving at  the Alex.  Brown Opinion, Alex.
Brown assumed and relied upon,  without independent verification, the  accuracy,
completeness  and fairness of the information furnished to or otherwise reviewed
by or  discussed with  it. With  respect  to the  financial projections  of  the
Partnerships  and the Purchaser and other  information relating to the prospects
of the Partnerships and  the Purchaser provided to  Alex. Brown by each  entity,
Alex.  Brown assumed that such projections and other information were reasonably
prepared and reflected the best  currently available judgments and estimates  of
the  respective  managements of  the Partnerships  and the  Purchaser as  to the
likely future financial  performances of  their respective entities  and of  the
combined  entity. Alex. Brown  expressed no view  as to such  projections or the
assumptions on which they  were based. Alex. Brown  did not make an  independent
evaluation  or appraisal of the assets of the Partnerships. However, Alex. Brown
reviewed the Appraisal with respect to  the real estate assets, although it  was
not  permitted  to rely  upon  the Appraisal  for  purposes of  the  Alex. Brown
Opinion. Alex. Brown  assumed that the  Appraisal was prepared  on a  reasonable
basis. The Alex. Brown Opinion is based on market, economic and other conditions
as they existed and could be evaluated as of the date thereof.
 
    The  following is a summary of  the material analyses performed and material
factors considered by Alex. Brown in  connection with rendering the Alex.  Brown
Opinion.
 
    HISTORICAL  FINANCIAL  POSITION.    Alex. Brown  reviewed  and  analyzed for
informational purposes the  historical and  current financial  condition of  the
Purchaser  and  the  Partnerships  which  included:  (i)  an  assessment  of the
Partnerships' recent financial statements; (ii)  an analysis of the  Purchaser's
and  the  Partnerships' revenue,  growth and  operating performance  trends; and
(iii) an assessment of  the Partnerships' leverage, market  share and access  to
markets.
 
    HISTORICAL  STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE.  Alex.  Brown reviewed and analyzed the
daily closing per share market prices, trading volume, and 20 day moving average
stock price for  the REIT  Shares, from  June 25, 1995  to June  25, 1996.  This
information  was  presented to  give  the Special  Committee  background trading
information over the period  indicated. Alex. Brown  also reviewed and  analyzed
information  regarding the market prices and trading volume of the Partnerships'
units, on a quarterly basis from September 1995 to April 1996.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    ANALYSIS OF CERTAIN OTHER PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES.  This analysis examines
a company's valuation in the public market  as compared to the valuation in  the
public  market of other  selected publicly traded  companies, in each  case as a
multiple of  its  funds  from  operations, defined  as  per  share  net  income,
excluding  extraordinary  gains or  losses, plus  depreciation from  real estate
assets ("Funds  From Operations"),  estimated  for 1996  and 1997.  Alex.  Brown
compared  certain  financial  information  relating  to  the  Purchaser  and the
Partnerships to certain  corresponding information  with respect to  a group  of
four  publicly traded REITs engaged primarily  in the acquisition, operation and
management of storage center properties, namely the following companies: Storage
USA, Inc., Storage Trust Realty, Sovran Self Storage, Inc. and PS (collectively,
the "Selected  Companies"). Such  financial  information included,  among  other
things,  (i) common equity market prices, (ii) per share estimated 1996 and 1997
Funds From Operations and (iii) ratios of common equity market prices per  share
("Equity  Values")  to  estimated Funds  From  Operations.  In the  case  of the
Selected Companies,  the financial  information  used was  based on  the  latest
reported  quarterly period as derived from publicly available information and on
estimated Funds from Operations for calendar years 1996 and 1997 as reported  by
REALTY  STOCK  REVIEW. Alex.  Brown obtained  reference  ranges of  multiples of
Equity Value to estimated  calendar year 1996 Funds  From Operations of 9.9x  to
12.5x,  with a mean of  11.0x, and Equity Value  to estimated calendar year 1997
Funds From Operations of 8.8x to 11.3x, with  a mean of 10.1x, in each case  for
the Selected Companies. Applying such reference multiple ranges to the estimated
calendar  year 1996 and 1997 Funds From Operations for each of the Partnerships,
Alex. Brown determined reference  valuation ranges from  the Partnerships (on  a
combined  basis) of  $105.3 million  to $132.0  million, with  a mean  of $116.6
million, based  upon estimated  calendar year  1996 Funds  From Operations,  and
$108.8  million to  $136.3 million,  with a mean  of $120.4  million, based upon
estimated calendar year 1997 Funds From Operations. As a result of the foregoing
procedures, Alex. Brown  noted that  the consideration  of approximately  $106.6
million  in the aggregate to be paid by the Purchaser in the Transaction and the
Other Transactions was at the lower end  of, or below, the ranges of the  values
obtained with respect to the Selected Companies.
 
    ANALYSIS  OF SELECTED  REAL ESTATE ACQUISITIONS.   Alex.  Brown reviewed the
financial terms, to the  extent publicly available, of  15 proposed, pending  or
completed real estate transactions in the storage center industry (the "Selected
Transactions"),  and  calculated  for  each of  the  Selected  Transactions, the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions the capitalization rate, defined  as
net  operating income (minus capital expenditures) divided by the purchase price
for the properties. The Selected  Transactions consisted of (i) the  Purchaser's
bid  to  acquire four  National Self  Storage  properties, (ii)  the Purchaser's
September 1, 1994 acquisition of Colonial Self-Storage, (iii) Storage USA Inc.'s
September 12, 1995  acquisition of  13 storage center  properties, (iv)  Storage
USA,  Inc.'s April  13, 1995  acquisition of  25 storage  center properties, (v)
Storage USA, Inc.'s April 13, 1995 acquisition of 16 storage center  properties,
(vi)  Storage Trust Realty's acquisition  of Balcor/Colonial Storage Income Fund
- -- 86, (vii) Storage  Trust Realty's October 6,  1995 acquisition of 14  storage
center  properties, (viii) Sovran Self Storage, Inc.'s June 30, 1995 acquisition
of 12  storage center  properties,  (ix) U-Haul  International, Inc.'s  bid  for
Balcor/Colonial Storage Income Fund -- 86, (x) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
Prudential-Bache/Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-1, (xi) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
Prudential-Bache/Watson  & Taylor, Ltd.-3, (xiii) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition
of Prudential-Bache/ Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-4, (xiv) PS's pending acquisition  of
Storage Properties, Inc. and (xv) PS's February 29, 1996 acquisition of Southern
Self  Storage. Alex. Brown noted that the  capitalization rate based on the last
reported annual  net  operating income  prior  to the  transaction  (year  ended
December 31, 1995 in the case of the Partnerships) was 8.7% for the Partnerships
(on a combined basis), which was at the lower end of the range of 8.5% to 10.3%,
with  a mean of 9.4%, determined for the Selected Transactions. Alex. Brown also
noted that the capitalization rate based  on the projected net operating  income
for  the year in which the acquisition  took place was 9.6% for the Partnerships
(on a combined basis), falling in the middle of the range of 9.0% to 10.5%, with
a mean of 9.7% determined for  the Selected Transactions. All multiples for  the
Selected Transactions were based on public
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
information  available at the time of  announcement of such transaction, without
taking into account differing  market and other conditions  during the two  year
period during which the Selected Transactions occurred.
 
    DISCOUNTED  CASH FLOW ANALYSIS.   Alex. Brown  obtained reference values for
each of the  Partnerships by  means of a  discounted cash  flow analysis,  which
values  a business based on the current value of the future cash flow that it is
projected to generate. To establish a current value under this approach,  future
cash  flow must be estimated and  an appropriate discount rate determined. Alex.
Brown used projections and other information provided by the managements of  the
Partnerships  to  estimate  free cash  flows,  defined as  total  revenues minus
property operating and maintenance expenses, property management expenses,  real
estate  taxes and capital expenditures ("Free  Cash Flows"), for the years ended
1996 through 2006, inclusive,  with respect to the  assets of the  Partnerships,
using   discount  rates  ranging   from  11.0%  to   13.0%  and  terminal  value
capitalization rates applied to projected 2006 Free Cash Flow ranging from  9.0%
to  11.5%. Alex. Brown arrived at such  discount rates based on its judgement of
the weighted  average cost  of capital  of  the Purchaser  and arrived  at  such
terminal  values based on its review of the Selected Transactions. This analysis
indicated a range of values for the Partnerships' real estate of $106,459,161 to
$133,081,669 on a Free Cash Flow basis, as compared to the imputed value of  the
Partnerships' real estate of $121,780,000 under the terms of the Transaction and
the Additional Transactions.
 
    Alex.   Brown  also  applied   a  discounted  cash   flow  analysis  to  the
Partnerships'  projected  Funds  From   Operations,  and  funds  available   for
distribution, defined as Funds From Operations less capital expenditures, tenant
improvements   and  commissions  ("Funds  Available  for  Distribution"),  using
discount rates ranging  from 11.0%  to 13.0% and  terminal value  capitalization
rates  applied to Funds From Operations and Funds Available for Distribution, as
the case may be, projected for the year 2006, ranging from 9.0% to 11.5%.  Alex.
Brown  noted that this analysis indicated a range of values for the Partnerships
of $102,002,516 to $127,549,435 based  upon estimated Funds From Operations  and
$98,397,791   to  $123,189,094   based  upon   estimated  Funds   Available  for
Distribution. Based upon  the Appraisal  and certain  balance sheet  adjustments
provided  by management, the  Partnerships' indicated Net  Asset Value, which is
also nominally the amount of  consideration to be paid  by the Purchaser in  the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions, is $106,578,185, which falls at the
lower end of the reference ranges of imputed values derived from the analysis.
 
    PRO  FORMA COMBINED EARNINGS ANALYSIS.  Alex. Brown analyzed the Transaction
and the Additional Transactions with respect to the resulting dilution/accretion
to the Purchaser's estimated Funds From Operations for the years ending 1996 and
1997 (assuming different levels of  cash and stock comprising the  consideration
paid),  after taking into account any potential cost savings and other synergies
but not taking into account nonrecurring  costs relating to the Transaction  and
the  Additional Transactions. Alex.  Brown noted that  after taking into account
potential cost savings and other synergies  for the years ending 1996 and  1997,
respectively, and before nonrecurring costs relating thereto the Transaction and
the  Additional  Transactions would  be  slightly accretive  to  the Purchaser's
estimated Funds From Operations for such years.
 
    REAL ESTATE MARKET AND  ECONOMIC FACTORS.  In  rendering its opinion,  Alex.
Brown  considered, among other factors, the condition of the U.S. stock markets,
particularly in  the real  estate  sector, and  the  current level  of  economic
activity.
 
    ANALYSIS  OF  OFFERS  ABSENT  CONSUMMATION OF  MERGERS.    Alex.  Brown also
examined the financial effects to the  Purchaser of consummating one or more  of
the  Offer or the Additional Offers without also consummating the related Merger
or Additional Merger. Alex.  Brown observed that while  a failure to  consummate
the  Merger or an Additional  Merger would result in  the assets of the relevant
partnership not  being  owned entirely  by  the  Purchaser and  certain  of  the
anticipated  combination synergies not being realized by the Purchaser, the cash
purchase price offered by the Purchaser in
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
each of the Offer and the Additional Offers generally would result in  accretion
to  the  Purchaser's  estimated  Funds  From Operations  on  a  per  Unit basis,
excluding nonrecurring  transaction costs,  regardless of  how many  Units  were
actually purchased.
 
    No  company used in the analysis of  other publicly traded companies nor any
transaction used in the analysis of selected mergers and acquisitions summarized
above is  identical  to  the  Purchaser  or  the  Partnerships  or  any  of  the
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions.  Accordingly, such  analyses must
take into account differences in the financial and operating characteristics  of
the  Selected Companies and the companies in the Selected Transactions and other
factors that would affect the public trading value and acquisition value of  the
Selected Companies and the Selected Transactions, respectively.
 
    While  the foregoing summary  describes all analyses  and factors that Alex.
Brown deemed  material  in  rendering the  Alex.  Brown  Opinion, it  is  not  a
comprehensive description of all analyses and factors considered by Alex. Brown.
The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process that involves various
determinations  as  to the  most appropriate  and  relevant method  of financial
analysis and the application  of these methods  to the particular  circumstances
and,  therefore,  the  process  of  preparing such  an  opinion  is  not readily
susceptible to summary description. Alex. Brown believes that its analyses  must
be  considered as a whole and that selecting portions of its analyses and of the
factors considered  by it,  without  considering all  analyses and  the  factors
considered  by it,  could create  an incomplete  view of  the evaluation process
underlying the Alex. Brown  Opinion. The analyses performed  by Alex. Brown  are
not  necessarily indicative  of actual  values or  future results,  which may be
significantly more  or less  favorable than  those suggested  by such  analyses.
Accordingly,  such analyses and estimates  are inherently subject to substantial
uncertainty. Additionally, analyses relating to the  value of a business do  not
purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which the business actually
may  be sold.  Furthermore, no opinion  is being  expressed as to  the prices at
which REIT Shares may trade at any future time.
 
    Pursuant to a letter agreement dated June 20, 1996 between the Purchaser and
Alex. Brown,  the fees  payable to  Alex. Brown  for rendering  the Alex.  Brown
Opinion  are $400,000. In addition, the  Purchaser has agreed to reimburse Alex.
Brown for  its reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses  incurred in  connection  with
rendering  financial advisory services, including  fees and disbursements of its
legal counsel.  The  Purchaser has  agreed  to  indemnify Alex.  Brown  and  its
directors,  officers,  agents,  employees and  controlling  persons  for certain
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages  and liabilities related to or  arising
out of its rendering of services under its engagement as financial advisor.
 
    The  Special Committee retained Alex. Brown to act as its advisor based upon
Alex. Brown having  acted as  managing underwriter of  a past  offering of  REIT
Shares and as financial advisor to a special committee of the Board of Directors
of  the Purchaser regarding its merger with Shurgard Incorporated and based upon
Alex. Brown's qualifications, reputation, experience and expertise. Alex.  Brown
is  an internationally  recognized investment banking  firm and,  as a customary
part of  its  investment  banking  business, is  engaged  in  the  valuation  of
businesses  and their  securities in  connection with  mergers and acquisitions,
negotiated underwritings, private placements and for other purposes. Alex. Brown
may actively trade the  equity securities of the  Purchaser for its own  account
and  for the account of  its customers and, accordingly, may  at any time hold a
long or short position in such securities. Alex. Brown maintains a market in the
REIT Shares and regularly publishes research reports regarding the REIT industry
and the businesses  and securities of  the Purchaser and  other publicly  traded
companies in the REIT industry.
 
                           THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the Acquisition
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Schedule 14D-1 and  the
Schedule  13E-3 and is  incorporated herein by reference.  This summary does not
purport  to  be  complete  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by   reference
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
to the full text of the Acquisition Agreement. For purposes of this section, the
Partnership is sometimes referred to as "IDS2," the Partnerships are referred to
individually  as  a "Partnership,"  the Merger  and  the Additional  Mergers are
collectively referred to as the "Merger" and the total consideration to be  paid
to  the limited partners and the general partner of each Partnership is referred
to as the "Merger Consideration" with respect to that Partnership.
 
THE TENDER OFFER
 
    The  Acquisition  Agreement  provides  that  the  Purchaser  will  use   its
reasonable  best efforts to  consummate this Offer and  the Additional Offers as
soon as legally permissible and, subject to the terms and conditions this  Offer
and  the Additional Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all Units tendered
promptly following the expiration of this  Offer and the Additional Offers.  The
Purchaser  may not change  the form of  the consideration, reduce  the amount of
consideration offered per Unit or amend any other material term of this Offer or
either of the  Additional Offers in  a manner  adverse to the  interests of  the
limited partners of any of the Partnerships without the prior written consent of
the general partner of the applicable Partnership.
 
THE MERGER
 
    Subject  to the  terms and conditions  of the Acquisition  Agreement, at the
effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") each Partnership as to which
the conditions to closing have been satisfied or waived (each, a  "Participating
Partnership"),  will  be  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  the separate
existence of the Participating Partnerships  will cease, and the Purchaser  will
continue as the surviving entity of the Merger.
 
    At the Effective Time, for each of the Participating Partnerships, each Unit
(other  than Units owned by the Purchaser) and the GP Interest will be converted
into the right to receive (i) that number of REIT Shares calculated by  dividing
(a) the Net Asset Value of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to
one  Unit or the GP  Interest, as the case  may be, if the  Net Asset Value were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  the  Partnership  in  accordance  with  its
partnership  agreement (a  "Dissolution") by (b)  the REIT Share  Price and (ii)
cash in lieu of a fractional REIT Share and Additional Consideration (as defined
below), if any, that would be allocated to  one Unit or the GP Interest, as  the
case  may be, if such cash payments were distributed in a Dissolution. All Units
owned by the Purchaser  will be cancelled upon  consummation of the Merger.  Net
Asset  Value  for  purposes of  determining  the Merger  Consideration  for each
Partnership was calculated in the same manner as Net Asset Value for purposes of
determining the Offer Price. See "Summary -- Determination of the Offer Price."
 
    Under the Acquisition Agreement, "REIT Share Price" is equal to the  average
of  the  per share  closing prices  on the  NYSE  of REIT  Shares during  the 20
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth  trading day prior to the date  the
general  partner of  the applicable Partnership  actually calls for  the vote to
approve the Merger. If the REIT Share Price, however, is less than $22.25,  then
for  purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in the
Merger, the REIT Share  Price will be  deemed to equal $22.25,  and if the  REIT
Share  Price is greater than $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the number
of REIT Shares to be issued in the  Merger, the REIT Share Price will be  deemed
to equal $27.75.
 
    In  the  event  the  REIT  Share  Price  exceeds  $28.50  for  a  particular
Partnership, the Purchaser has the right to terminate the Acquisition  Agreement
as  to that Partnership. In  the event the REIT Share  Price is less than $21.50
for a  particular  Partnership, the  general  partner of  that  Partnership  may
withdraw  its recommendation in favor of the applicable Merger and terminate the
Acquisition Agreement as to that  Partnership; provided, however, that prior  to
withdrawing  its recommendation or  terminating the Acquisition  Agreement as to
that Partnership, the general partner must adjourn the special meeting for  such
period  or  periods of  time as  the  Purchaser may  reasonably request  and the
general partner may not withdraw its  recommendation if the Purchaser agrees  to
pay  "Additional Consideration." "Additional  Consideration" means, with respect
to each Partnership, that amount of
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
cash equal to  the difference between  the REIT Share  Price calculated  without
regard  to the Share  Price Range and  $21.50, multiplied by  the number of REIT
Shares issuable pursuant to the applicable Merger.
 
    The Acquisition Agreement  provides that  in the  event the  payment of  the
Merger  Consideration pursuant to the Acquisition  Agreement would result in the
issuance by the Purchaser of more than 20% of the REIT Shares, the Purchaser may
elect to pay cash in lieu of REIT Shares in excess of such amount. The Purchaser
currently does not expect that the number of REIT Shares issued pursuant to  the
Acquisition Agreement will exceed 20% the REIT Shares.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    In the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has made various representations
and  warranties to  each Partnership,  including representations  and warranties
relating to (i) the due organization of the Purchaser and its authority to enter
into the  Acquisition  Agreement,  (ii)  the absence  of  the  need  (except  as
specified)  for third-party  or governmental consents  to the  Merger, (iii) the
Merger's nonviolation  of laws  and material  agreements, (iv)  the  Purchaser's
capitalization, (v) the due authorization of the REIT Shares to be issued in the
Merger,   (vi)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (vii)  financial
statements, (viii) full disclosure and (ix) the absence of material litigation.
 
    In  addition,  each  Partnership   has  made  various  representations   and
warranties  to  the  Purchaser,  including  (i)  the  due  organization  of  the
Partnership, (ii) its authority to  enter into the Acquisition Agreement,  (iii)
the  absence of the  need (except as specified)  for third-party or governmental
consents to  its Merger  and  its Merger's  nonviolation  of laws  and  material
agreements,  (iv)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (v) financial
statements, (vi)  full disclosure,  (vii) the  absence of  defaults of  material
agreements,  (viii) the absence of material litigation, (ix) title to assets and
properties and absence of environmental liabilities, and (x) payment of taxes.
 
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE EFFECTIVE TIME
 
    Each Partnership has agreed that, prior to the Effective Time or the earlier
termination of the Acquisition Agreement, it  will carry on its business in  the
ordinary  course in  substantially the same  manner as  previously conducted and
will use  its  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  intact  its  present  business
organization  and goodwill,  maintain permits,  licenses and  authorizations and
preserve its relationship with third parties. In addition, each Partnership  has
agreed  to  use its  best efforts  to  manage its  business, including,  but not
limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners if the General Partner
deems it advisable to do so, so  that the Partnership's Closing Net Asset  Value
(as  defined below) will not be less  than the Partnership's Net Asset Value. To
the extent  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net  Asset
Value,  a cash  distribution in the  amount of such  excess will be  made to the
Partnership's  pre-Merger  partners  in  accordance   with  the  terms  of   the
Partnership Agreement as soon as practicable following the Closing.
 
    "Closing  Net Asset Value" means, with  respect to each of the Partnerships,
(i) the sum of (a)  the Appraised Value, (b) the  cost, incurred to the date  of
Closing,  of unit conversions and buildouts, if  any, that were not reflected in
the Appraised Value,  and (c)  the book values  of the  non-real estate  assets,
except  for amortizable assets,  of the Partnership  as of the  date of Closing,
less (ii)  the sum  of (x)  such Partnership's  liabilities as  of the  date  of
Closing, (y) the estimated cost remaining to be incurred, if any, as of the date
of  Closing to complete the buildouts and unit conversions that were included in
the Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual Transaction  Expenses
and allocated portion of Shared Transaction Expenses.
 
S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement provides that  the Purchaser and the Partnerships
will  promptly  prepare  and  file  with  the  Commission  a  preliminary  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, together with a form of proxy, with respect to the special
meetings of the limited partners of the Partnerships at which they will be asked
to  vote  upon  and  approve  the  Acquisition  Agreement,  and  as  promptly as
practicable thereafter, subject to compliance  with the rules and regulation  of
the Commission, will prepare and
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
file  a definitive Proxy Statement/Prospectus and  form of proxy with respect to
such  meeting,  and  shall  use  all  reasonable  efforts  to  have  the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  cleared by the Commission  as promptly as practicable, and
promptly thereafter shall  mail the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  to the  limited
partners.  The Purchaser will, as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with
the Commission  a Registration  Statement  on Form  S-4 (the  "S-4  Registration
Statement")  containing the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus, in  connection with the
registration under the Securities  Act of the  REIT Shares to  be issued in  the
Merger.
 
MEETING OF LIMITED PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIP; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL
PARTNERS
 
    Promptly  after the consummation of this Offer and the Additional Offers and
the declaration  of effectiveness  by  the Commission  of the  S-4  Registration
Statement,  each Partnership will take all  action necessary, in accordance with
the WULPA and  its partnership agreement,  to convene a  special meeting of  its
limited  partners to  consider and vote  upon the Acquisition  Agreement and the
Merger. The Proxy  Statement/Prospectus will contain  the recommendation of  the
general  partners of  the Partnerships  that the  Unitholders vote  to adopt and
approve the Acquisition Agreement. The Purchaser intends to vote any Units owned
by it in favor of the Merger at the special meetings of limited partners.
 
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant to the GP  Agreement, the general partners  of the General  Partner
may  not have  authority to approve  the Merger  without the consent  of IPSC, a
limited partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with  the
Purchaser. IPSC reviewed the Acquisition Agreement and the form of this Offer to
Purchase,  the  registration statement  relating  to the  Merger,  including the
preliminary Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the draft Appraisal and the forms of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions, and retained independent legal counsel. IPSC did  not
conduct  any due diligence review of the  information contained in this Offer to
Purchase  and  has  not  participated  in  the  management  or  control  of  the
Partnership.  Based on its review of  documents, the General Partner's review of
alternatives  to  the  Transaction  and  the  Stanger  Fairness  Opinions,  IPSC
consented  to  the Merger.  IPSC has  significant conflicts  of interest  in the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions  because an affiliate of IPSC  plans
to  tender its Units in this  Offer and to tender its  units of IDS1 and IDS3 in
the Additional Offers and, as a result, will receive $136,752 for its tender  of
Units,  $79,156 for its  tender of units of  IDS1 and $18,480  for its tender of
units of IDS3. In addition, if  the Mergers are consummated, IPSC would  receive
(based  upon an assumed REIT Share Price of $25.00) approximately 21,500, 32,050
and 52,600 REIT Shares with respect to its limited partnership interests in  the
General  Partner, the general partner  of IDS1 and the  general partner of IDS3,
respectively. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
AMENDMENTS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS
 
    The partnership agreements  of the Partnership  and IDS3 currently  prohibit
the  sale of  any property  by those Partnerships  to their  general partners or
affiliates of their general partners. Approval of the Acquisition Agreement  and
the  transactions contemplated thereby by the  limited partners of IDS2 and IDS3
will also constitute approval  of the necessary  amendments to their  respective
partnership agreements to permit consummation of the Merger.
 
STANDSTILL AGREEMENT
 
    The  Purchaser has agreed  that, upon its admission  as a substitute limited
partner with respect to the Units it purchases in this Offer and the  Additional
Offers,  it will not, directly or  indirectly, without the prior written consent
of a majority of the general partners  of the general partner of the  applicable
Partnership  (i) acquire any  additional Units of  the Partnership, (ii) propose
any merger  or other  business combination  involving the  Partnership or  (iii)
propose  any other transaction pursuant to which it would control or acquire any
of the assets of the  Partnership. This provision is  referred to herein as  the
"Standstill Agreement."
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
NO SOLICITATION OF TRANSACTIONS
 
    Until the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, no Partnership will, nor
will  it permit its  partners (including any  general or limited  partner of its
general  partner),   agents  or   other  representatives   (including,   without
limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it) to,
directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit  or encourage, or, except as  required
by  law, including  fiduciary duties required  by law, engage  in discussions or
negotiations with or provide any information to any entity or group (other  than
the  Purchaser  or an  affiliate of  the  Purchaser) concerning  any acquisition
proposal, tender  offer,  exchange  offer,  merger,  consolidation,  sale  of  a
substantial  amount of assets, or sale of  securities or equity interests, or in
connection with a liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving such
Partnership. Subject to fiduciary duty  requirements of their general  partners,
the  Partnerships have  agreed to notify  the Purchaser immediately  if any such
inquiries or proposals are received by, any such information is requested  from,
or  any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or continued
with, the Partnerships, and  have agreed to keep  the Purchaser informed of  the
status and terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From  and after  the Effective Time,  the Purchaser will  indemnify and hold
harmless the general partner of each  of the Participating Partnerships and  its
general  and limited partners  to the same  extent that such  persons would have
been entitled  to  indemnification  by the  Partnership  under  its  partnership
agreement.
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MERGER
 
    The  consummation of a Merger as to  any Partnership is not conditioned upon
the consummation of a Merger as to any other Partnership. In the event that  the
conditions  to Closing have been satisfied or  waived with respect to one or two
Partnerships, the Merger may be effected with respect to such Partnerships,  and
in the event the conditions to Closing subsequently are satisfied or waived with
respect  to any additional Partnerships,  the Merger may be  effected as to such
Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS.  The respective obligations of  each
party  to effect the Merger are subject to the fulfillment on or before the date
of Closing of the following conditions: (i) the Acquisition Agreement shall have
been approved by the requisite vote of the limited partners of the Partnerships;
(ii) no injunctions relating to  the Merger or any  of the parties thereto  that
would  have a  material adverse effect  on the  Purchaser or on  the business or
properties of the Partnership, taken as  a whole or individually, or that  would
prevent consummation of the Merger, will have been issued or remain outstanding;
(iii)  the S-4 Registration  Statement will have been  declared effective by the
Commission  under  the  Securities  Act   and  no  stop  order  suspending   the
effectiveness of the S-4 Registration Statement shall have been issued; and (iv)
the  REIT Shares will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon official
notice of issuance.
 
    CONDITIONS TO  THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE PURCHASER.    In  addition  to  the
foregoing conditions, the obligation of the Purchaser to effect the Merger as to
each  Partnership is further subject to fulfillment or waiver before the date of
Closing of the following  conditions: (i) receipt of  a fairness opinion by  the
Purchaser from Alex. Brown as to the fairness to the Purchaser, from a financial
point  of view, of the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration; (ii) receipt of
a certificate from the General Partner as of the date of Closing certifying that
the Closing Net Asset Value of each  Partnership is not less than the Net  Asset
Value  of the Partnership; (iii) there will have been no material adverse change
in the Partnership's ability to consummate  the Merger, or in the  Partnership's
business,  operations, properties, assets or  condition, financial or otherwise,
since the  date  of the  Acquisition  Agreement; (iv)  the  representations  and
warranties  of the Partnerships will be true  in all material respects as of the
date of Closing;  (v) all necessary  consents and approvals  from third  parties
shall  have been obtained; and (vi) the Purchaser shall have received an opinion
from counsel to the Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE  PARTNERSHIPS.  The obligation of  each
of the Partnerships to effect the Merger is subject to the fulfillment or waiver
in writing by the applicable Partnership on or
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
before the date of Closing of the following conditions: (i) the Partnership will
have received an opinion from Stanger as to the fairness to the limited partners
of  the Partnership, from a financial point of  view, of the Offer Price and the
Merger Consideration; (ii) there has not been any material adverse change in the
Purchaser's ability  to pay  the  Merger Consideration,  or in  the  Purchaser's
business,  operations, properties, assets or  condition, financial or otherwise,
since the  date of  the  Acquisition Agreement;  (iii) the  representations  and
warranties  of the Purchaser contained in the Acquisition Agreement will be true
in all material respects as of the date of the Acquisition Agreement and on  the
Effective  Date; (iv) the Purchaser will have  performed or complied with in all
material respects all  obligations, agreements  and covenants  contained in  the
Acquisition Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or prior to the
Effective  Date; (v)  all necessary  consents and  approvals from  third parties
shall have  been obtained;  and  (vi) the  Partnership  shall have  received  an
opinion from counsel to the Purchaser.
 
TERMINATION
 
    With   respect  to  any  Partnership,   the  Acquisition  Agreement  may  be
terminated, and the  Merger may be  abandoned, at  any time before  the date  of
Closing,  notwithstanding approval of the Merger  by the limited partners of the
applicable Partnership:
 
        (a) by  the mutual  written consent  of the  Board of  Directors of  the
    Purchaser and the general partner of the Partnership;
 
        (b)  by either the  Purchaser or the  Partnership if the  Merger has not
    been consummated by March 31, 1997;
 
        (c) by either the Purchaser or  the Partnership if a court of  competent
    jurisdiction   or  governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative  agency  or
    commission shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or  ruling,
    or  taken any  other action  having the  effect of  permanently restraining,
    enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger between the Purchaser and  the
    Partnership;
 
        (d)  by either the Purchaser or the Partnership if the requisite vote of
    the limited partners  of the  Partnership shall  have not  been obtained  by
    March 31, 1997;
 
        (e)  by  the Purchaser  if (i)  the general  partner of  the Partnership
    withdraws or changes its approval of  the Acquisition Agreement in a  manner
    adverse  to the  Purchaser or  has resolved  to do  so; or  (ii) the general
    partner of  the  Partnership  recommends to  the  limited  partners  certain
    alternative  transactions; or (iii) any person  (other than the Purchaser or
    an affiliate of the Purchaser) will  have acquired voting rights to, or  the
    right  to acquire voting rights to, or any group will have been formed which
    has voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, 20% or  more
    of  the outstanding  Units of  such Partnership; or  (iv) if  the REIT Share
    Price, without taking into account the application of the Share Price Range,
    exceeds $28.50;
 
        (f) by the  Purchaser or the  Partnership if (i)  any representation  or
    warranty of the Partnership or the Purchaser, respectively, set forth in the
    Acquisition  Agreement shall be materially untrue  when made or shall become
    materially untrue or (ii) upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on  the
    part  of the  Partnership or the  Purchaser, respectively, set  forth in the
    Acquisition Agreement, such that certain conditions to the Merger would  not
    be  satisfied  (either  (i) or  (ii)  above being  a  "Terminating Breach");
    provided, however, that if such Terminating Breach is curable prior to March
    31, 1997 by the Purchaser  or the Partnership, as  the case may be,  through
    the exercise of its reasonable best efforts and for so long as the Purchaser
    or  the  Partnership,  as  the  case  may  be,  continues  to  exercise such
    reasonable  best  efforts,  neither  the  Partnership  nor  the   Purchaser,
    respectively, may terminate the Acquisition Agreement;
 
        (g)  by the Partnership or the Purchaser, if the Partnership enters into
    a definitive agreement accepting an alternative transaction; or
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
        (h) by the  Partnership if  the REIT  Share Price,  without taking  into
    account  the application of the  Share Price Range, is  less than $21.50 and
    the Purchaser has not agreed to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    Substantial expenses have been or will be incurred by the Purchaser and  the
Partnerships  in connection with the  Transaction. Those expenses, excluding the
Individual Transaction  Expenses  (as defined  below),  will be  shared  by  the
Purchaser   and  the  Partnerships  (the  "Shared  Transaction  Expenses").  The
"Individual Transaction  Expenses" include  legal fees  and expenses,  fees  and
expenses  of investment bankers  and other financial advisors,  the costs of the
Partnerships' respective  real estate  portfolio  appraisals and  transfer  fees
payable  by the  Purchaser for  the Units  acquired through  this Offer  and the
Additional Offers.  Individual Transaction  Expenses incurred  by the  Purchaser
will  be paid by the Purchaser and Individual Transaction Expenses incurred by a
Partnership will be paid by the Partnership.  The Purchaser will pay 50% of  the
Shared  Transaction Expenses and 50% of  the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
allocated (the "Allocated Transaction Expenses") among the Partnerships pro rata
based upon their relative Net Asset Value and will be paid by the Partnership to
which the expenses  have been  allocated if  the Transaction  is consummated.  A
Partnership's Allocated Transaction Expenses and Individual Transaction Expenses
will  be deducted from the assets of  the Partnership when computing the Closing
Net Asset Value and an estimate of such expenses was deducted from the assets of
the Partnership in computing the Net Asset Value. Since each Partnership will be
entitled to make  a cash distribution  to its pre-Merger  partners in an  amount
that will reduce the Closing Net Asset Value to an amount equal to the Net Asset
Value,   the  Partnership's   Allocated  Transaction   Expenses  and  Individual
Transaction Expenses will reduce the amount otherwise available for distribution
to the partners in the Partnership.
 
    Except  as  described  below,  in  the  event  the  limited  partners  of  a
Partnership  fail to approve the Merger of the Partnership, the Partnership will
be required to  pay, in addition  to its Individual  Transaction Expenses,  only
that percentage of its Allocated Transaction Expenses equal to the percentage of
the Units voted in favor of the Merger; the balance of the Allocated Transaction
Expenses will be paid by the Purchaser.
 
    The  Partnership and IDS3 will be  obligated under the Acquisition Agreement
to pay  a pro  rata portion  (based upon  the Partnership's  relative Net  Asset
Value)  of the Shared  Transaction Expenses and  Individual Transaction Expenses
otherwise  payable  by  the  Purchaser  if  (i)  the  Partnership  had  provided
information  to or  entered into  discussions with  another party  regarding the
acquisition of the Partnership, and prior to the date of the special meeting the
general partner of the Partnership does not reaffirm its approval of the Merger,
and the Unitholders fail to approve the  Merger by the requisite vote, (ii)  the
Purchaser  terminates the Acquisition  Agreement because the  general partner of
the Partnership withdraws its approval of the Merger, recommends an  alternative
transaction,  or third parties obtain voting rights to 20% or more of the Units,
or (iii)  if the  Partnership enters  into an  alternative transaction  and  the
Partnership  or the Purchaser terminates  the Acquisition Agreement. Because the
provisions of the IDS1 Partnership Agreement preclude IDS1 from reimbursing  the
Purchaser  for expenses if the Merger is not consummated, IDS1 will pay only its
Individual Transaction  Expenses  plus  its  pro  rata  portion  of  the  Shared
Transaction  Expenses if the Merger is not consummated for the reasons described
above.
 
    The parties  estimate  that  they will  incur  approximately  $1,685,000  in
aggregate  Shared  Transaction  Expenses,  of  which 50%  will  be  paid  by the
Purchaser and  18.8%, 12.6%  and 18.6%  will be  paid by  IDS1, IDS2  and  IDS3,
respectively,  assuming  the Merger  is  consummated with  each  Partnership. In
addition, the  Purchaser estimates  that  it will  incur and  pay  approximately
$1,410,000  in Individual Transaction Expenses and  IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 estimate
that they  will incur  and pay  approximately $623,000,  $418,000 and  $617,000,
respectively,  in Individual Transaction Expenses. See "The Offer" -- Section 10
("Fees and Expenses.")
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    If the Acquisition Agreement  is terminated, there will  be no liability  or
obligation  on  the part  of  any party  thereto  or its  respective affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders except (i) with respect to payment
of fees  and expenses  described  above, (ii)  with  respect to  the  Standstill
Agreement and (iii) to the extent that such termination results from the willful
breach  of a party thereto of  any of its representations, warranties, covenants
or agreements made in or pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    Neither the Acquisition Agreement nor  any provision thereof may be  waived,
modified,  amended, discharged  or terminated  except in  writing signed  by the
party against which  the enforcement  of such  waiver, modification,  amendment,
discharge  or termination is  sought, and then  only to the  extent set forth in
such instrument.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    Units held by limited partners who properly exercise dissenters' rights with
respect thereto  in  connection  with  the Merger  in  accordance  with  Section
25.10.900  et seq. of the WULPA will not  be converted into the right to receive
the Merger Consideration, but the unitholder will instead be entitled to receive
payment of the fair value of the Units in accordance with the provisions of  the
WULPA  unless and until the holder fails to perfect or has effectively withdrawn
or lost his or her rights to receive fair value under the WULPA.
 
GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    Concurrent with  the execution  of the  Acquisition Agreement,  the  General
Partner entered into the General Partner Undertaking pursuant to which it agreed
to  make  the recommendations  to limited  partners contained  in this  Offer to
Purchase, and agreed not to  withdraw such recommendations except in  accordance
with  the exercise of its fiduciary duties and as otherwise required by law. The
Purchaser acknowledged  that the  General  Partner is  entitled to  withdraw  or
change  its recommendation  in the  event that  the REIT  Share Price calculated
without regard to the Share  Price Range is less  than $21.50 and the  Purchaser
does not elect to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
TITLE INSURANCE
 
    At  the  time the  Partnership acquired  its  properties, it  received title
insurance policies.  As the  successor to  the Partnership  in the  Merger,  the
Purchaser  will be the  beneficiary under the  Partnership's title policies. The
title insurance policies  generally provide  coverage up  to the  amount of  the
original  purchase price of  the properties. In  many cases this  amount is less
than the current value of the properties.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Merger will be accounted for as a purchase under GAAP.
 
            EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
 
EFFECTS OF THE OFFER IF THE MERGER IS NOT CONSUMMATED
 
    CONTROL OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  After this  Offer, the Purchaser could be in  a
position to influence the policies and affairs of the Partnership. See "Fairness
of the Transaction; Position of the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the
General Partner -- Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership."
 
    TRADING  MARKET.  There is no established trading market for the Units, and,
therefore, a reduction in the  number of Unitholders as  a result of this  Offer
should  not  materially  further  restrict  the  Unitholders'  ability  to  find
purchasers for their Units. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
    PARTNERSHIP STATUS.  The  Purchaser believes that its  purchase of Units  in
this  Offer should  not adversely affect  the Partnership's  classification as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes or
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
the  characterization of the Partnership's income or loss as "passive" income or
loss. There is a risk, however, that this Offer may cause the Partnership to  be
treated  as  a  publicly traded  partnership,  thereby causing  income  and loss
allocated to the Unitholders  to be treated as  "portfolio" income or loss.  See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
    PARTNERSHIP  BUSINESS.  This Offer will  not materially affect the operation
of the properties owned by the  Partnership since such properties will  continue
to be managed by the Purchaser.
 
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION IF THE MERGER IS CONSUMMATED
 
    PARTNERSHIP BUSINESS.  As a result of the Merger, all assets and liabilities
of  the Partnership  would be  deemed to  be transferred  to and  assumed by the
Purchaser. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    UNITHOLDERS PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER.  Unitholders who participate in the
Merger will exchange  their Units  for REIT  Shares, which  represent an  equity
interest   in  the   Purchaser,  and,   in  certain   circumstances,  Additional
Consideration. The Merger will  be a taxable event  for Unitholders in which  no
special  distribution of cash will be made to the Unitholders for the payment of
tax. The value of the REIT Shares depends, in part, on the Purchaser's continued
qualification as a REIT.  See "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences." For  a
description  of the business  of the Purchaser, see  "Background and Purposes of
the  Transaction  --  The  Purchaser."  Certain  other  information  about   the
Purchaser,  including information  concerning the  Purchaser's operating results
and financial condition  and descriptions  of the Purchaser's  Common Stock  and
Preferred  Share Purchase Rights,  has been incorporated  by reference into this
Offer  to  Purchase  and   is  available  to   Unitholders  upon  request.   See
"Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference."
 
    UNITHOLDERS   EXERCISING  DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS.    Unitholders  who  properly
exercise dissenters'  rights available  under the  WULPA with  respect to  their
Units  in connection with the Merger  will not receive the Merger Consideration,
but will instead be entitled to receive  payment of the fair value of the  Units
in   accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  WULPA.  Unitholders  exercising
dissenters' rights will recognize taxable income or loss equal to the difference
between the amount  of cash  received by the  Unitholders and  the adjusted  tax
basis in their Units. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
                             MARKET PRICES OF UNITS
 
VOLUME OF SALES
 
    The  Units are not listed  on any national securities  exchange or quoted in
the over the counter market, and  there is no established public trading  market
for  the Units.  Secondary sales  activity for  the Units  has been  limited and
sporadic. The General Partner  monitors transfers of the  Units (i) because  the
admission  of the transferee as a  substitute Unitholder requires the consent of
the General Partner under the Partnership  Agreement and (ii) in order to  track
compliance  with safe harbor provisions to avoid treatment as a "publicly traded
partnership"  for  tax  purposes.  While  the  General  Partner  receives   some
information  regarding the  prices at which  secondary sale  transactions in the
Units have  been effectuated,  it  does not  receive or  maintain  comprehensive
information  regarding the activities of all  broker/dealers and others known to
facilitate  secondary  sales  of  the  Units.  It  should  be  noted  that  some
transactions may not be reflected on the records of the Partnership.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    The  General Partner estimates, based solely  on the transfer records of the
Partnership,  that  the  number  of   Units  transferred  in  secondary   market
transactions  (i.e.,  excluding  transactions  believed  to  be  between related
parties, family members or the same beneficial owner) was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NO. OF UNITS   % OF TOTAL UNITS        NO. OF
PERIOD                                              TRANSFERRED      OUTSTANDING       TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>                <C>
1992.............................................          178            .155%                  6
1993.............................................           96            .083                   5
1994.............................................          985            .856                  22
1995.............................................        1,232           1.070                  36
Three months ended March 31, 1996................          117            .102                   6
</TABLE>
 
SECONDARY MARKET INFORMATION
 
    Set forth  in the  following  table is  certain information  regarding  sale
transactions  in Units of  the Partnership, which was  obtained by the Purchaser
and the Partnership from Stanger. Stanger summarizes secondary market prices for
the Units based on  actual transactions during the  reporting periods listed  on
the  table below. The transactions reflected in the table represent only some of
the sale transactions in the Units. The following secondary market firms provide
price data  to  Stanger:  2nd  Market  Capital  Services;  American  Partnership
Services;   Bigelow  Management,  Inc.;  Chicago  Partnership  Board;  Cuyler  &
Associates; DCC  Securities  Corp.; Empire  Securities;  EquityLine  Properties;
Equity   Resources   Group;  Fox   &  Henry,   Inc.;  Frain   Asset  Management;
MacKenzie-Patterson  Securities;  Murillo  &  Company;  Nationwide   Partnership
Marketplace;   New  York   Partnership  Exchange;   Pacific  Partnership  Group;
Partnership Service Network; Raymond James & Associates; Secondary Income Funds;
Securities Planners,  Inc.;  SunPoint  Securities,  Inc.;  and  The  Partnership
Marketing Company.
 
    The information from Stanger set forth below is also reported in The Stanger
Report,  a  monthly  trade  publication. The  following  legend  accompanies the
secondary  market  information   included  in  The   Stanger  Report:   "Limited
partnerships  are designed as  illiquid, long-term investments. Secondary-market
prices generally do not reflect the current value of partnership assets, nor are
they indicative of total return since prior cash distributions and tax  benefits
received  by the original  investor are not reflected  in the price. Transaction
prices are not verified by Robert A. Stanger & Company."
 
    Because no assurances can  be given that the  prices reflected in the  table
below  represent the  true value  of the Units,  such information  should not be
relied upon as indicative of the ability of the
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Unitholders to sell  their Units  in secondary sale  transactions or  as to  the
prices  at which  such Units may  be sold. Therefore,  the information presented
should not necessarily be relied upon by a Unitholder in determining whether  to
tender Units.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TRANSACTION PRICE(1)
                                                                                  --------------------   NUMBER OF
REPORTING PERIOD                                                                     LOW       HIGH        UNITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
1992
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  126.00  $  132.00         130
  Quarter 2(2)..................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  100.00  $  132.20         114
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  119.58  $  130.00          96
1993
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  134.00  $  134.00          20
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  135.00  $  135.00          30
  Quarter 3(2)..................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  157.00  $  157.00          18
1994
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  154.05  $  154.05          28
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  150.00  $  163.90         434
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  129.16  $  168.00         664
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  150.00  $  180.00         382
1995
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  146.00  $  177.00         440
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  149.00  $  176.58         102
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  150.00  $  185.97         569
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  170.00  $  185.98         266
1996
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  162.00  $  185.00         192
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The Transaction Price is given on a per Unit basis. The General Partner does
    not   know  whether  the  transaction  prices  shown  are  before  or  after
    commissions. However, the  secondary-market firms  providing information  to
    Stanger are instructed that, if they act as "principals," the reported price
    per  Unit  should include  any mark-ups  and  if they  act as  "agents," the
    reported price per Unit should include any commissions, unless the firm acts
    as a  retail  broker.  The  firms are  further  instructed  not  to  include
    commissions paid by retail buyers or sellers to their retail brokers.
 
(2) No trade was reported to Stanger during this quarter.
 
                          INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
    In considering the recommendation of the General Partner with respect to the
Transaction,  Unitholders should be  aware that certain  partners of the General
Partner have  interests referred  to herein  that present  them with  actual  or
potential conflicts of interest in connection with the Transaction.
 
OVERLAPS BETWEEN AFFILIATES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF
THE PURCHASER
 
    Charles  K. Barbo, the Chairman of  the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of  the Purchaser,  is  an individual  general  partner of  the  General
Partner  and the sole shareholder and director of Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
("SGPI"), the corporate general partner of  the General Partner. As such, he  is
able  to control decisions made by the  general partners of the General Partner.
In addition, several executive  officers of the Purchaser  serve as officers  of
SGPI.  Specifically,  Harrell L.  Beck, Senior  Vice President,  Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of the Purchaser, serves as
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Treasurer of SGPI; Kristin H. Stred, Senior Vice President, General Counsel  and
Secretary of the Purchaser, serves as Secretary of SGPI; and Michael Rowe, Chief
Operating Officer of the Purchaser, serves as Vice President of SGPI.
 
OWNERSHIP OF UNITS BY THE PARTNERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    The   Purchaser,  which  is  a  limited  partner  of  the  General  Partner,
beneficially owns  2,038.3 of  the outstanding  Units (approximately  1.8%).  An
affiliate  of IPSC, also a limited  partner of the General Partner, beneficially
owns 616 of the outstanding Units (less than 1%), 308 units of IDS1 and 60 units
of IDS3. Due  to the IPSC  affiliate's internal policy  regarding investment  in
equity  securities, the IPSC affiliate intends to tender its Units in this Offer
and to tender  its units of  IDS1 and IDS3  in the Additional  Offers. The  IPSC
affiliate  will receive $136,752 for its tender of Units, $79,156 for its tender
of units of IDS1 and $18,480 for its tender of units of IDS3. The Purchaser  and
the IPSC affiliate participate in Partnership distributions on the same terms as
other  Unitholders in respect  of Units owned  by them. No  other partner of the
General Partner beneficially owns any Units.
 
GENERAL PARTNER'S INTEREST
 
    Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner is entitled to  a
percentage  of the  Partnership's cash  distributions based  upon the  amount of
distributions made to the Unitholders.  Initially, the General Partner  receives
5%  of all  Partnership distributions  until such  time as  the Unitholders have
received a  cumulative  amount  of  Partnership  distributions  equal  to  their
collective  capital contributions plus  a cumulative noncompounded  return of 9%
per annum on their adjusted capital contributions (such cumulative amount  being
referred  to  as  the  "Unitholders'  Preference").  Once  the  Unitholders have
received distributions  equal  to  their Unitholders'  Preference,  the  General
Partner  receives 20% of all further cash  distributions. As of the date of this
Offer, the Unitholders have not received Partnership cash distributions equal to
the Unitholders' Preference. Accordingly, the  General Partner has been  limited
to  receiving 5% of  Partnership cash distributions resulting  in the receipt of
such distributions by the  General Partner of $94,664,  $95,610 and $98,448  for
the  years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $24,612 for
the three months ended  March 31, 1996. The  Purchaser (or its predecessor)  and
IPSC  each received 40% of these amounts.  Messrs. Barbo and Buerk each received
9.9%, and  SGPI  received  .2%, of  these  amounts  in accordance  with  the  GP
Agreement.
 
    The  General Partner's percentage interest  in the Merger Consideration will
be based upon the above distribution principles.  As of the date of this  Offer,
the  Net Asset Value of the Partnership is  not expected to exceed the amount of
its undistributed Unitholders' Preference. Accordingly, the General Partner will
only be entitled to 5% of the Merger Consideration paid for the Partnership. See
Schedule X  ("Calculation  of  Net  Asset  Value")  for  additional  information
regarding  the portion of the  Net Asset Value allocated  to the General Partner
and upon which the  Merger Consideration to be  received by the General  Partner
will be based.
 
IPSC'S INTEREST
 
    An   affiliate  of  IPSC  owns  Units  in  the  Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships as  indicated in  "-- Ownership  of Units  by the  Partners of  the
General  Partner" above. For its limited partner interest in the General Partner
and in the general partners  of IDS1 and IDS3,  if the Mergers are  consummated,
IPSC  would  receive  (based  upon  an  assumed  REIT  Share  Price  of  $25.00)
approximately 21,500, 32,050 and 52,600 REIT Shares, respectively.
 
PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    The Partnership's  properties are  managed by  the Purchaser  pursuant to  a
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management  services, receives a monthly  fee of 6% of  gross revenues, plus $75
per month per facility for rendering  advertising services. For the years  ended
December  31, 1993, 1994 and  1995, the Purchaser (or  the predecessor under the
Management  Services  Agreement)  received  $224,321,  $249,459  and   $265,453,
respectively, and
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
$67,368  for the  three months  ended March  31, 1996,  from the  Partnership in
payment of  such property  management  and advertising  fees. In  addition,  the
Purchaser  is  reimbursed at  cost by  the Partnership  for certain  expenses it
incurs as property manager.
 
PAYMENTS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
 
    In connection with  the Consolidation,  the Purchaser paid  an affiliate  of
IPSC  a quarterly fee  of $12,000 for  each quarter commencing  July 1, 1994 and
ending June  30, 1996  for expenses  in connection  with certain  administrative
services.  In addition, the Purchaser will  reimburse the IPSC affiliate for its
expenses  incurred  for  similar  services  provided  in  connection  with   the
Transaction  and the Additional Transactions.  The IPSC affiliate estimates that
such expenses will not exceed $50,000.
 
OWNERSHIP OF PURCHASER COMMON STOCK BY AFFILIATES OF GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Charles K. Barbo and Arthur W. Buerk, each an individual general partner  of
the  General Partner, are  stockholders of the  Purchaser. As of  March 1, 1996,
Messrs.  Barbo  and   Buerk  beneficially   owned  approximately   3%  and   2%,
respectively, of the Purchaser's outstanding Common Stock.
 
CONTINGENT SHARE AGREEMENT
 
    Pursuant  to the  Contingent Share  Agreement, Charles  K. Barbo,  Arthur W.
Buerk and certain executive officers of  the Purchaser will receive REIT  Shares
if  any of the Mergers are consummated.  Assuming the REIT Share Price is $25.00
and that the Merger and the  Additional Mergers are consummated, Mr. Barbo,  Mr.
Buerk  and the executive officers will  receive approximately 19,025, 11,575 and
4,450 REIT Shares, respectively, as a result of such Contingent Share Agreement.
 
                           SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all  Units
validly tendered pursuant to this Offer up to the maximum number of Units it may
acquire  pursuant to this Offer will be approximately $10.9 million and that the
funds required to purchase all validly tendered limited partnership units in the
Other Partnerships up  to the  maximum number  of units  it may  acquire in  the
Additional  Offers  will  be  approximately $32.7  million.  The  Purchaser also
estimates that the other  costs and expenses allocable  to the Purchaser of  the
Transaction  and  the Additional  Transactions  and will  be  approximately $2.3
million. The Purchaser expects to  obtain approximately $46 million required  to
finance  the Transaction and  the Additional Transactions  from the borrowing of
funds pursuant  to two  revolving credit  facilities (the  "Credit  Facilities")
under  which it  is authorized to  borrow up to  $100 million, on  the terms and
conditions provided in (i) the Loan Agreement among the Purchaser, Seattle-First
National Bank, Key Bank of  Washington and West One  Bank dated August 19,  1994
(the  "First Loan  Agreement") and (ii)  the Revolving Loan  Agreement among the
Purchaser, SSC Acquisitions  Inc. and  Nomura Asset  Capital Corp.  dated as  of
December  23, 1994  (the "Second Loan  Agreement," and, together  with the First
Loan  Agreement,  the  "Loan  Agreements").  Neither  the  Transaction  nor  the
Additional Transactions are subject to any financing contingency and neither the
Purchaser  nor  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of  the  Purchaser  must  secure
additional financing  in  connection  with the  Transaction  or  the  Additional
Transactions.
 
    The  First  Loan Agreement  provides  for financing  of  up to  $50 million,
secured by certain real estate assets, bearing  interest at a rate per annum  of
either  the lender's prime or LIBOR plus  175 basis points and matures on August
18, 1996. The Purchaser  is currently engaged in  negotiations to refinance  its
obligations  under the First Loan Agreement.  The Second Loan Agreement provides
for financing of  $50 million, secured  by certain real  estate assets,  bearing
interest  at a rate per annum of either LIBOR plus 175 basis points or the prime
rate of Citibank, N.A. minus  50 basis points, requires a  draw fee of 25  basis
points  of  the amount  drawn,  and matures  on  December 30,  1996.  The amount
available under each  of the Credit  Facilities is a  function of the  quarterly
income performance of the properties securing the respective Credit Facility and
the quarterly debt service payments for such Credit Facility.
 
    Copies  of the Loan  Agreements have been  filed with the  Commission by the
Purchaser as  exhibits  to  the  Schedule 13E-3  and  the  Schedule  14D-1.  The
foregoing  summary  of the  Credit Facilities  is qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to the Loan Agreements.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                         ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS
 
    To assist a Unitholder in estimating the federal income tax consequences  of
this  Offer and the Merger with respect solely to the Partnership, the following
table, prepared by the  General Partner, sets forth  the estimated gain or  loss
that may be recognized by a Unitholder either participating in this Offer or the
Merger. These estimates assume that the fair market value of the REIT Shares and
amount  of cash paid as  Additional Consideration or in  lieu of fractional REIT
Shares in the Merger will equal the amount of cash paid per Unit in this  Offer.
The  Merger  Consideration  and  the  Offer  Price  may  not  be  the  same and,
accordingly, the resulting taxable  gain or loss for  these transactions may  be
different. In addition to the effect that the value of the REIT Shares will have
on  the amount of gain or loss, other factors will also affect the actual amount
and timing of gain or loss recognized by each Unitholder, including the adjusted
tax basis of the Partnership's  assets as of the date  of Closing of the  Merger
and  the adjusted tax basis of the  Unitholder's Units when they are sold. These
estimates assume that the Unitholder acquired  his or her Units in the  original
offering  and not through the secondary market. In connection with this Offer, a
purchaser of Units on the secondary market will recognize a different amount  of
gain  or loss depending upon the difference between his or her adjusted basis in
the Units  and  the amount  estimated  below.  In connection  with  the  Merger,
however,  a purchaser of Units on  the secondary market may recognize additional
gain to the extent that the fair market  value of the REIT Shares and amount  of
cash  received as Additional Consideration or  in lieu of fractional REIT Shares
exceeds such Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis in his  or her Units (adjusted  to
reflect his or her allocable share of Partnership gain or loss recognized in the
Merger).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSIDERATION   TAX BASIS   ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN
PER UNIT (1)   PER UNIT(2)       PER UNIT (3)
- -------------  -----------  ----------------------
<S>            <C>          <C>
      $222          $220               $2
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) With respect to this Offer, the "Consideration Per Unit" is equal to the net
    cash  price per Unit paid by the  Purchaser. With respect to the Merger, the
    "Consideration Per Unit"  is computed by  dividing that portion  of the  Net
    Asset  Value allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in the Partnership and assumes that the REIT Share Price is within the Share
    Price Range.
 
(2) "Tax Basis Per Unit" is computed  by dividing the adjusted tax basis of  the
    Partnership's assets net of the Partnership's liabilities as of December 31,
    1995 that is allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in  the Partnership. The  adjusted tax basis  per Unit will  differ from the
    above amounts depending upon the timing of this Offer and the Merger.
 
(3) "Estimated Taxable Gain Per Unit"  is computed by subtracting the tax  basis
    per Unit from the Offer Price or the Merger Consideration per Unit.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  following summary is a general discussion of certain federal income tax
consequences to  Unitholders  as a  result  of the  sale  of the  Units  to  the
Purchaser pursuant to this Offer, as well as a summary of certain federal income
tax  consequences  associated with  the Merger.  The summary  is based  upon the
Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), Treasury  Regulations
thereunder,  rulings and the pronouncements, and decisions now in effect, all of
which are subject to change.
 
    The following discussion is  limited to the material  income tax aspects  of
this  Offer or the Merger  for a holder of Units  who (except as mentioned under
"--Information Return and  Filing Requirements  Relating to  Withholding") is  a
citizen  or resident of the United States and  who holds the Units as a "capital
asset" (generally, property held for the investment) within the meaning of  Code
Section  1221.  The  summary does  not  discuss  all aspects  of  federal income
taxation that may be relevant  to a person disposing of  Units in this Offer  or
participating  in  the  Merger in  light  of such  person's  personal investment
circumstances or to certain types of persons subject to special treatment  under
the  federal income  tax laws  (for example,  trusts, life  insurance companies,
financial institutions,
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
S corporations, foreign corporations or partnerships, and, except to the limited
extent described  below,  tax-exempt  organizations  and  persons  who  are  not
citizens  of the United States) and does not discuss any aspects of state, local
or foreign tax laws.
 
RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    A Unitholder selling his or her  Units pursuant to the Offer will  recognize
taxable  gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized by the
Unitholder from  such sale  and the  Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis  for  such
Units.  The amount realized by a Unitholder on a sale of his or her Units equals
the amount of cash  received in this  Offer plus the  Unitholder's share of  the
Partnership's  liabilities  as  determined  pursuant to  Code  Section  752. The
Unitholder's adjusted  tax  basis of  his  or her  Units  used for  purposes  of
calculating  such  gain or  loss will  be adjusted  to reflect  the Unitholder's
allocable share of  Partnership taxable  income or  loss for  the fiscal  period
ending  on the  effective date  of the purchase  as provided  in the Partnership
Agreement. Pursuant to the Partnership  Agreement, assignments of Units will  be
recognized  and  effective on  and as  of the  first day  of the  first calendar
quarter following the closing date of this Offer. Prior to this effective  date,
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the tendering Unitholder will continue to
be allocated his or her share of Partnership taxable income and loss, including,
without limitation, any gain or loss realized by the Partnership attributable to
the  Merger if the Merger closes prior to  the effective date of the transfer of
Units pursuant to this Offer. Any income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to a
tendering Unitholder for periods after the closing date will, however,  increase
the  Unitholder's  adjusted  tax basis  in  his  or her  tendered  Units thereby
offsetting and  reducing the  gain  or increasing  the  loss recognized  by  the
Unitholder   tendering  his  or  her  Units  pursuant  to  this  Offer.  If  the
Unitholder's adjusted  tax  basis  in  his  or  her  Units  is  less  than  such
Unitholder's  allocable share of Partnership liabilities (e.g., as a result of a
Unitholder being allocated Partnership net losses (in excess of Partnership  net
income)  and receiving Partnership distributions in  excess of the cost basis of
his or her Units), the Unitholder's gain would exceed the cash proceeds realized
upon the sale of  Units. Assuming that  the Partnership assets  are held by  the
Partnership  for trade or business purposes and not for sale to customers in the
ordinary course of a  trade or business, a  tax-exempt Unitholder that does  not
hold  an  interest in  the Partnership  either  as a  dealer under  Code Section
512(b)(5)(B) or as "debt-financed property"  within the meaning of Code  Section
514,  and is  not an  organization described  in Code  Section 501(c)(7) (social
clubs), 501(c)(9)  (voluntary  employee  beneficiary  associations),  501(c)(17)
(supplemental  unemployment benefit trusts) or 501(c)(20) (qualified group legal
services plans)  should  not  recognize unrelated  business  taxable  income  in
tendering  its  Units. The  four classes  of exempt  organizations noted  in the
previous sentence may recognize a material  amount of gain or loss by  tendering
their Units.
 
CHARACTERIZATION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    Generally,  gain or loss  recognized by a  Unitholder on the  sale of a Unit
held for more than 12 months will be taxable as long-term capital gain or  loss.
However,  a Unitholder will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount equal
to the  difference  between  (i) the  portion  of  the amount  realized  by  the
Unitholder  that  is  attributable to  his  or  her share  of  the Partnership's
"unrealized  receivables"  and   "substantially  appreciated  inventory   items"
(including  depreciation recapture), as  such terms are  defined in Code Section
751, and (ii) the portion of the Unitholder's tax basis in his or her Units that
is attributable to such Section 751 property of the Partnership. The Partnership
believes  that  an  insignificant  portion   of  its  property  is  subject   to
depreciation  recapture and that  substantially all of  the gain or  loss on the
sale of the Units should be treated as capital gain or loss, although there  can
be  no assurance  that other  assets of the  Partnership will  not be considered
Section 751 property.
 
TAX BASIS IN UNITS
 
    The Internal Revenue Service  (the "IRS") has ruled  that a partner has  one
tax  basis for his or  her entire interest in a  partnership even if the partner
bought partnership interests in different transactions. Upon a sale of a portion
of such aggregate interest  (e.g., in a  partial tender of  Units caused by  the
tender  of more Units  than offered to  be purchased pursuant  to this Offer), a
Unitholder would be
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
required to allocate his or her aggregate  tax basis between the Units sold  and
the  Units retained by some equitable apportionment method, such as the relative
fair market value of such Units on the date of sale.
 
TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS/CAPITAL LOSSES AND ORDINARY INCOME
 
    As described above, any  gain or loss  recognized on the  sale of the  Units
should  be characterized as  capital gain or  loss (except to  the extent of any
gain or  loss  associated with  Section  751 property).  The  maximum  long-term
capital  gains tax rate for individual  Unitholders (or individuals owning their
Units through pass-through entities such as partnerships, limited  partnerships,
or  limited liability companies)  is currently 28%.  The maximum ordinary income
tax  rate  for  such  individual  Unitholders,  however,  is  39.6%.   Corporate
Unitholders  do not currently  have a capital  gain preferred rate. Accordingly,
the maximum corporate  rate for both  capital gains and  ordinary income tax  is
35%.  Legislative changes  to the  tax rates  for both  individual and corporate
taxpayers have recently  been proposed  to Congress  and there  is currently  no
certainty  with respect  to the  tax rates  that may  be applied  to this Offer.
Unitholders are encouraged to consult their  tax advisers to discuss the  status
of any proposed tax legislation and the effect that such legislation may have on
this Offer.
 
    Capital  losses generally are deductible only to the extent of capital gains
plus, in the case of noncorporate  Unitholders, up to $3,000 of ordinary  income
($1,500  in the case of married  individuals filing separate returns). Losses in
excess of  these amounts  may  be carried  forward by  noncorporate  Unitholders
indefinitely.  In  general,  corporate  Unitholders  may  carry  back unutilized
capital losses for three years and carry over such losses for five years.
 
EFFECT OF PASSIVE LOSS RULES
 
    Upon the sale by a  Unitholder of all of his  or her Units pursuant to  this
Offer,  any net losses of the Partnership  that were suspended under the passive
loss rules of the Code may be used to offset income and gain on such sale. If  a
Unitholder's suspended passive losses exceed the gain on the sale of Units, such
loss  may be applied against  any passive income or  gain of the Partnership for
the current  year  and thereafter  may  be  applied against  any  other  passive
activity  income of  such Unitholder  in the  current year.  Finally, any excess
suspended losses from prior  years will be available  to offset income and  gain
from  any other sources. If the Unitholder does not sell all of his or her Units
in this Offer, however, suspended passive losses remain suspended to the  extent
such  losses exceed the gain recognized on  the partial tender and any allocable
income from the Partnership for the year of tender.
 
PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP CHARACTERIZATION
 
    A partnership will be characterized as a publicly traded partnership if  its
interests  are  readily  tradable  on  a  secondary  market  or  the substantial
equivalent thereof.  If a  partnership  is characterized  as a  publicly  traded
partnership,  it  will be  taxed as  a corporation  unless at  least 90%  of the
partnership's gross income  is attributable to  passive sources, including  real
estate  rentals. If a publicly traded  partnership satisfies this passive income
requirement, however, allocations of partnership income and loss would be  taxed
as  "portfolio" income or loss for passive income and loss purposes. A secondary
market is generally  indicated by the  existence of a  person standing ready  to
make  a  market  in the  partnership  interest.  A substantial  equivalent  of a
secondary market exists if there is not an identifiable market maker but  either
(a)  the holder  of an  interest has  a readily  available, regular  and ongoing
opportunity to  sell  or exchange  such  interests  through a  public  means  of
obtaining  or providing information of offers to buy, sell or exchange interests
or (b)  buyers  and  sellers have  the  opportunity  to buy,  sell  or  exchange
interests in a timeframe and with a regularity and continuity that the existence
of  a market  maker would provide.  When determining whether  a secondary market
exists, however,  the IRS  provides  safe harbors  that permit  partnerships  to
disregard  certain private, incidental or occasional transfers. Although failing
to meet a safe harbor does not presume the existence of a secondary market, if a
partnership satisfies a  safe harbor it  will not be  considered to be  publicly
traded. As of the date of this Offer, there is no established or regular trading
market for the Units, nor is there a reliable standard for determining the value
of  the Units. Although several secondary  market firms maintain price data with
respect to the Units, prior trading of  Units has been monitored and limited  by
the
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
General  Partner to  comply with  the IRS  safe harbors.  See "Market  Prices of
Units." Furthermore,  although this  Offer does  not come  within one  of  these
specified  safe  harbors, it  does  not, in  and  of itself,  create  an ongoing
secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof on which Units may be traded.
The General Partner therefore believes that the Units have not been and are  not
being readily traded, pursuant to this Offer or otherwise, on a secondary market
or  a substantial equivalent thereof. Accordingly, the Partnership should not be
characterized as a  publicly traded  partnership. Because  the determination  of
whether  this  Offer  constitutes the  creation  of  a secondary  market  or its
substantial equivalent  is based  upon a  variety of  factors, there  can be  no
certainty with respect to this issue. If the Partnership were characterized as a
publicly  traded partnership,  the Partnership  will continue  to be  taxed as a
partnership because more than  90% of its gross  income is attributable to  real
estate  rentals. Nonetheless,  if so  characterized, allocations  of Partnership
income or loss to Unitholders would be treated as "portfolio" income or loss for
passive income or loss  purposes. Accordingly, a Unitholder  would be unable  to
shelter  his or her share  of Partnership income with  losses from other passive
activities and such Unitholder's share of  Partnership losses could not be  used
to shelter passive income from other passive activities.
 
INFORMATION RETURN AND FILING REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO WITHHOLDING
 
    No  reporting  requirements apply  with respect  to  a sale  of Units  by an
individual who is a  U.S. citizen and  who effects such  sale through a  broker,
dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee. A Unitholder who sells
Units pursuant to  this Offer other  than through a  broker, dealer,  commercial
bank,  trust company or other nominee or who  is not a U.S. citizen is, however,
required to notify the  Partnership in writing of  such sale. Completion of  the
Letter  of Transmittal  will constitute such  notice for  Unitholders who tender
their Units in this Offer.  In turn, the Partnership  is required to notify  the
IRS of such sale and to furnish the transferor with certain information.
 
    The tender of Units pursuant to this Offer constitutes a sale of a U.S. real
property  interest under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980
("FIRPTA"). Under FIRPTA,  any foreign Unitholder  selling his or  her Units  in
this Offer will be subject to U.S. taxation at regular U.S. rates on the gain on
the  sale of such Units. A foreign Unitholder  should consult his or her own tax
advisors as  to the  treatment  of this  Offer and  the  Merger under  the  laws
applicable  to him or her. Furthermore, the  Purchaser is required to deduct and
withhold 10%  from the  amount paid  to any  tendering Unitholder  who fails  to
provide  a nonforeign  affidavit to the  Purchaser. The amount  withheld will be
advanced to the IRS and may be applied against the income tax otherwise owed  by
the foreign Unitholder on the sale of his or her Units.
 
NO CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    Under  Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Partnership will be considered to have
been terminated if within a 12-month period  there is a sale or exchange of  50%
or  more of the total interest in  Partnership capital and profits. Because this
Offer is  limited  to  less than  45%  of  the Units  of  the  Partnership,  the
Partnership  believes  that any  sales  of Units  pursuant  to this  Offer, when
combined with other  sales and  exchanges of Units  during the  past 12  months,
should not result in the termination of the Partnership.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER
 
    If a Unitholder does not tender his or her Units pursuant to this Offer, the
Unitholder  will  need  to consider  the  tax  consequences of  the  Merger when
deciding whether to approve the Merger. Accordingly, the tax consequences of the
Merger should  be considered  by  Unitholders prior  to determining  whether  to
tender their Units. The Merger involves numerous federal income tax consequences
to the Unitholders. Although a complete analysis of the federal tax consequences
associated  with the Merger is  beyond the scope of  this Offer to Purchase, set
forth below is a  summary of the material  tax consequences associated with  the
Merger.
 
    MERGER  AS A TAXABLE EVENT.  All Unitholders participating in the Merger who
are subject to income tax will be involved in a taxable transaction resulting in
the  recognition  of  either  taxable  income  or  loss  and  no  special   cash
distribution   will  be   made  for   the  payment   of  any   tax.  Solely  for
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
federal income tax purposes,  the Merger will be  treated as if the  Partnership
transferred its assets to the Purchaser in exchange for the Merger Consideration
and  immediately  thereafter  distributed  the  Merger  Consideration  among the
General Partner and Unitholders in liquidation of the Partnership.  Accordingly,
the  Merger will result  in the recognition  of gain or  loss to the Partnership
based on the difference  between (i) the  sum of the fair  market value of  REIT
Shares  and  the  amount  of  any  cash  paid  by  the  Purchaser  as Additional
Consideration or in lieu of fractional REIT Shares and the amount of liabilities
of the Partnership assumed  or pertaining to properties  deemed acquired by  the
Purchaser  in the Merger  and (ii) the  Partnership's adjusted tax  basis in its
assets  exchanged   therefor.  Each   Unitholder  (except   certain   tax-exempt
Unitholders) generally will recognize his or her allocable share of such gain or
loss in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement. Any gain or loss
realized  from the Merger generally will be  treated as arising from the sale of
assets used in a trade or business and will be characterized as capital gain  or
loss  or ordinary  income or  loss depending on  the amount  of the Unitholder's
other gains or losses  attributable to any  sales of assets used  in a trade  or
business.  Furthermore,  such  Unitholder  will  recognize  gain  on  the deemed
distribution of the REIT Shares or cash  to the Unitholder to the extent of  the
excess  of the  fair market  value of  the REIT  Shares and  the amount  of cash
received by the  Unitholder in the  Merger over such  Unitholder's adjusted  tax
basis  in  his  or  her  Units  (as  adjusted  after  taking  into  account such
Unitholder's allocable share of  gain or loss recognized  by the Partnership  in
the  Merger). Any gain recognized on the  deemed distribution of the REIT Shares
or cash will be treated substantially  as capital gain. Gain or loss  recognized
by the Unitholders should be treated as passive income or loss. It is uncertain,
however, whether the Unitholders receiving REIT Shares will be treated as having
disposed  of their entire interest in the Partnership's activity for purposes of
"freeing up" suspended passive losses from such activity, and, thus, Unitholders
may not be permitted to deduct  suspended Partnership losses in connection  with
the Merger.
 
    QUALIFICATION  OF PURCHASER  AS A  REIT.   Unitholders participating  in the
Merger will own REIT Shares. The Purchaser has made an election to be taxed as a
REIT under Code Sections 856 through 860, commencing with its taxable year ended
December 31, 1994. The Purchaser believes that, commencing with its taxable year
ended December 31, 1994, it has been organized and has operated in such a manner
as to qualify for taxation  as a REIT under the  Code. The Purchaser intends  to
continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that it will
operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified.
 
    Qualification  as a  REIT involves the  application of  highly technical and
complex  Code  provisions  for  which   there  are  only  limited  judicial   or
administrative interpretations. The determination of various factual matters and
circumstances not entirely within the Purchaser's control may affect its ability
to  qualify as  a REIT. If  the Purchaser qualifies  for taxation as  a REIT, it
generally will  not be  subject to  federal corporate  income taxes  on its  net
income   that  is   currently  distributed   to  stockholders.   This  treatment
substantially eliminates the "double taxation" (at the corporate and stockholder
levels)  of  income  that  generally  results  from  investment  in  a   regular
corporation.  The Purchaser, however, will be  subject to various federal income
and excise  taxes  generally  designed  to  enforce  compliance  with  the  REIT
qualification tests. For any taxable year that the Purchaser fails to qualify as
a REIT, it will be taxed as a corporation. Consequently, because it would not be
entitled  to a deduction  for dividends paid to  its stockholders in calculating
its  taxable  income,  assets  of   the  Purchaser  and  distributions  to   the
stockholders  would be substantially reduced or perhaps eliminated to the extent
necessary to pay any resulting tax liability of the Purchaser.
 
    TAX TREATMENT OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  As long as the Purchaser qualifies  as
a  REIT,  distributions  made to  the  Purchaser's taxable  stockholders  out of
current or accumulated earnings and profits (and not designated as capital  gain
dividends) will be taken into account by them as ordinary income and will not be
eligible  for the  dividends received deduction  for corporations. Distributions
that are designated as capital gain dividends will be taxed as long-term capital
gain (to the extent they do not  exceed the Purchaser's actual net capital  gain
for the taxable year) without regard to the period for which the stockholder has
held  its  shares.  However, corporate  stockholders  may be  required  to treat
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income. Distributions in
excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to  a
stockholder  to the  extent that they  do not  exceed the adjusted  basis of the
stockholder's shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such  shares.
To   the  extent  that  such  distributions  exceed  the  adjusted  basis  of  a
stockholder's shares they will be included  in income as long-term capital  gain
(or  short-term capital gain if the shares have  been held for one year or less)
assuming the shares are a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder.  Unlike
partnerships,  taxable losses  generated by  a REIT do  not pass  through to its
stockholders.
 
    CHARACTERIZATION OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions paid to  stockholders
will  constitute  portfolio  income (i.e.,  income  from dividends  that  is not
derived in the  ordinary course of  a trade  or business) for  purposes of  Code
Section  469 and  not passive  activity income. The  IRS has  ruled that amounts
distributed as  dividends  by  a  qualified REIT  do  not  constitute  unrelated
business taxable income ("UBTI") when received by a tax-exempt entity.
 
    DISPOSITION OF REIT SHARES.  Gain or loss recognized by a stockholder who is
not  a dealer in securities on  the sale of shares that  have been held for more
than one  year will  generally be  taxable as  long-term capital  gain or  loss.
Furthermore, if a stockholder sells shares that were held for six months or less
(after  applying  certain holding  period  rules) and  with  respect to  which a
capital gain distribution was received, any loss on the sale up to the amount of
the capital  gain  distribution  will  be treated  as  long-term  capital  loss.
Finally,  income from the  sale of shares  will not constitute  UBTI unless such
tax-exempt stockholder has held such  shares as "debt-financed property"  within
the meaning of Code Section 514 or is a dealer under Code Section 512(b)(5)(B).
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE ADVISED  TO CONSULT  THEIR OWN  TAX ADVISORS  REGARDING THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM RESULTING FROM THE TRANSACTION, INCLUDING  THE
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY POTENTIAL
CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                                   THE OFFER
 
    1.  TERMS OF  THE OFFER.  Upon  the terms and subject  to the conditions  of
this  Offer, the  Purchaser will  accept for payment  and purchase  up to 49,000
Units which are validly tendered prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the
following sentence) and not properly withdrawn in accordance with "The Offer" --
Section 5 ("Withdrawal Rights").  The term "Expiration  Date" means 11:59  p.m.,
New York City time, on Wednesday, July 31, 1996, unless and until the Purchaser,
in  its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which this Offer is
open, in which event the term "Expiration  Date" means the latest time and  date
at  which this Offer, as so extended  by the Purchaser, expires. See "The Offer"
- -- Section 6 ("Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment") for  a
description  of the Purchaser's rights to extend the period of time during which
this Offer is open and to terminate this Offer.
 
    If more than 49,000 Units are validly tendered prior to the Expiration  Date
and  not withdrawn,  Units so  tendered and not  withdrawn will  be accepted for
payment on a pro rata  basis according to the  number of Units validly  tendered
and  not  withdrawn in  accordance with  "The Offer"  -- Section  5 ("Withdrawal
Rights") by  the Expiration  Date. If  proration would  result in  a  Unitholder
owning  fewer Units than  the "minimum subscription  requirement," the Purchaser
will not accept any Units tendered by such Unitholder in this Offer. The minimum
subscription requirement is 10 Units or, in the case of tax-exempt  Unitholders,
four  Units. For Minnesota Unitholders,  the minimum subscription requirement is
eight for IRAs  and 10 for  all other Minnesota  tax-exempt Unitholders. In  the
event that proration of tendered Units is required, the Purchaser will determine
the final proration factor as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
 
    In  the  event that  proration  is required,  because  of the  difficulty of
determining the precise number of Units validly tendered and not withdrawn,  the
Purchaser  does not expect to announce the  final results of proration or to pay
for  any   Units   until  at   least   five   NYSE  trading   days   after   the
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
Expiration  Date. Preliminary  results of proration  will be  announced by press
release as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date. Unitholders may obtain
such preliminary  information from  the Information  Agent and  may be  able  to
obtain such information from their brokers.
 
    Unitholders  may tender  all or any  portion of their  Units, provided that,
after giving  effect to  partial tenders,  a Unitholder  will own  at least  the
number of Units constituting the applicable "minimum subscription requirement."
 
    The Partnership will provide the Purchaser with the Partnership's Unitholder
list,  a  nonobjecting beneficial  owners list,  if  any, and  security position
listings for the purpose of disseminating this Offer to Unitholders. This  Offer
to  Purchase  and  the related  Letter  of  Transmittal will  be  mailed  by the
Purchaser to record holders of Units and will be furnished to beneficial owners,
brokers, dealers, commercial  banks, trust companies  and similar persons  whose
names,  or the names  of whose nominees, appear  on the Partnership's Unitholder
list or, if applicable,  who are listed as  participants in a clearing  agency's
security  position listing, for  subsequent transmittal to  beneficial owners of
Units.
 
    2.  ACCEPTANCE FOR PAYMENT  AND PAYMENT OF PURCHASE  PRICE.  Upon the  terms
and  subject  to the  conditions  of this  Offer  (including, if  this  Offer is
extended or  amended,  the  terms  and  conditions  of  any  such  extension  or
amendment),  the Purchaser  will accept  for payment,  and will  pay for,  up to
49,000 Units validly  tendered prior  to the  Expiration Date  and not  properly
withdrawn  promptly after the later to occur of (i) the Expiration Date and (ii)
the satisfaction or waiver  of the conditions  to this Offer  set forth in  "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    For  purposes of this Offer, the Purchaser  shall be deemed to have accepted
for payment (and thereby purchased) all Units properly tendered to the Purchaser
and not withdrawn if, as and when the Purchaser gives oral or written notice  to
the Depositary of the Purchaser's acceptance of those Units for payment pursuant
to  this Offer. Payment  for Units accepted  for payment pursuant  to this Offer
will be made through the Depositary, which  will act as agent for the  tendering
Unitholders  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  payment  from  the  Purchaser and
transmitting payments to tendering Unitholders.
 
    UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL  INTEREST BE PAID ON  THE PURCHASE PRICE OF  THE
UNITS  TO BE PAID BY  THE PURCHASER, REGARDLESS OF  ANY DELAY IN MAKING PAYMENT.
UPON THE DEPOSIT OF FUNDS WITH THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING PAYMENTS
TO TENDERING UNITHOLDERS, THE PURCHASER'S  OBLIGATION TO MAKE PAYMENTS SHALL  BE
SATISFIED   AND  TENDERING  UNITHOLDERS  MUST  THEREAFTER  LOOK  SOLELY  TO  THE
DEPOSITARY FOR PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS OWED TO  THEM BY REASON OF THE ACCEPTANCE  FOR
PAYMENT OF UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER.
 
    If any tendered Units are not accepted for payment pursuant to the terms and
conditions  of this Offer, the  Letter of Transmittal with  respect to Units not
purchased will be destroyed  by the Depositary. If,  for any reason  whatsoever,
acceptance  for payment of, or payment for,  any Units tendered pursuant to this
Offer is delayed or the Purchaser is  unable to accept for payment, purchase  or
pay  for Units tendered pursuant  to this Offer, then,  without prejudice to the
Purchaser's rights  under  this  Offer  (but subject  to  compliance  with  Rule
14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act), the Depositary may, nevertheless, on behalf of
the  Purchaser, retain tendered Units, subject  to any limitations of applicable
law, and such Units may not be withdrawn except to the extent that the tendering
Unitholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described in this Offer.
 
    If, on  or  prior  to  the Expiration  Date,  the  Purchaser  increases  the
consideration  offered  to Unitholders  pursuant  to this  Offer,  the increased
consideration will be  paid to  all Unitholders  that are  accepted for  payment
pursuant to this Offer.
 
    The Purchaser reserves the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part,
to  one or more affiliates or direct  or indirect subsidiaries of the Purchaser,
the right to purchase Units tendered
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
pursuant to this Offer, but no transfer or assignment will relieve the Purchaser
of its  obligations  under this  Offer  or  prejudice the  rights  of  tendering
Unitholders  to  receive payment  for Units  validly  tendered and  accepted for
payment pursuant to this Offer.
 
    3.  PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTING THE OFFER  AND TENDERING UNITS.  In order for  a
Unitholder  to  validly  tender Units  pursuant  to  this Offer,  the  Letter of
Transmittal, properly  completed  and duly  executed,  together with  any  other
documents  required  by  the Letter  of  Transmittal,  must be  received  by the
Depositary at its address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to  Purchase
on  or prior to the Expiration Date, which is 11:59 p.m., New York City Time, on
July 31, 1996 (unless extended).
 
    The signature(s)  on the  Letter of  Transmittal must  be guaranteed  by  an
eligible   guarantor  institution   (a  bank,  stockbroker,   savings  and  loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    THE  METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING UNITHOLDER. IF DELIVERY  IS
BY   MAIL,  REGISTERED  MAIL  WITH  RETURN  RECEIPT  REQUESTED  IS  RECOMMENDED.
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO  ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY TO THE  DEPOSITARY.
EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE  PROVIDED IN  THE  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL,  THE DELIVERIES
REFERRED TO  ABOVE  WILL BE  DEEMED  MADE ONLY  WHEN  ACTUALLY RECEIVED  BY  THE
DEPOSITARY.
 
    By  executing  the Letter  of Transmittal  as set  forth above,  a tendering
Unitholder irrevocably appoints designees of  the Purchaser as the  Unitholder's
attorneys-in-fact  and proxies,  each with  full power  of substitution,  in the
manner set  forth in  the Letter  of Transmittal,  to the  full extent  of  such
Unitholder's  rights with  respect to the  Units tendered by  the Unitholder and
accepted for payment by the Purchaser. All powers of attorney and proxies  shall
be  considered coupled with  an interest in the  tendered Units. The appointment
will be effective when, and only to  the extent that, the Purchaser accepts  the
Units for payment. Upon acceptance for payment, all prior powers of attorney and
proxies  given by  such Unitholder  with respect  to the  Units will  be revoked
without further action,  and no  subsequent proxies nor  any subsequent  written
consent  executed by the Unitholder  with respect thereto may  be given (and, if
given or executed, will  not be deemed  to be effective).  The designees of  the
Purchaser  will,  with  respect  to  the  Units  for  which  the  appointment is
effective, be  empowered  to  exercise  all  voting  and  other  rights  of  the
Unitholder  as they in their  sole discretion may deem  proper at any meeting of
the Partnership's Unitholders, by written consent in lieu of any such meeting or
otherwise.
 
    A tender of  Units pursuant to  any of the  procedures described above  will
constitute  a tendering Unitholder's  acceptance of the  terms and conditions of
this Offer and  a binding  agreement between  the tendering  Unitholder and  the
Purchaser upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Offer.
 
    UNDER  THE BACKUP  WITHHOLDING PROVISIONS  OF THE  FEDERAL INCOME  TAX LAWS,
UNLESS  AN  EXCEPTION  APPLIES  UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS,   THE
DEPOSITARY  WILL BE REQUIRED TO WITHHOLD 31%  OF THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE
TO UNITHOLDERS PURSUANT  TO THIS  OFFER. TO  PREVENT FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  BACKUP
WITHHOLDING  WITH RESPECT  TO PAYMENT OF  THE PURCHASE PRICE  OF UNITS PURCHASED
PURSUANT TO  THIS OFFER,  A  UNITHOLDER MUST  PROVIDE  THE DEPOSITARY  WITH  THE
UNITHOLDER'S  CORRECT  TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER  AND  CERTIFY  THAT  THE
UNITHOLDER IS NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING BY COMPLETING
THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 IN THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL. SEE INSTRUCTION 8 OF  THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
    4.   DETERMINATION OF VALIDITY; REJECTION OF  UNITS; WAIVER OF DEFECTS.  All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt)  and
acceptance  for  payment  of any  tender  of  Units will  be  determined  by the
Purchaser in  its  sole  discretion,  which determination  shall  be  final  and
binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance for payment of which
may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. The Purchaser also reserves the
absolute  right  to  waive  any  condition  of  this  Offer,  or  any  defect or
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
irregularity in  the tender  of any  Units  of any  Unitholder, whether  or  not
similar  defects or irregularities are waived  in the case of other Unitholders.
No tender of Units will  be deemed to have been  validly made until all  defects
and  irregularities  have  been cured  or  waived.  None of  the  Purchaser, the
Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty  to
give  notification  of any  defects or  irregularities in  tenders or  incur any
liability  for  failure   to  give  any   such  notification.  The   Purchaser's
interpretation  of the terms and conditions  of this Offer (including the Letter
of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and binding.
 
    5.  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.   Tenders of  Units made pursuant  to this Offer  are
irrevocable,  except that the  Units may be  withdrawn at any  time prior to the
Expiration Date and, unless  theretofore accepted for  payment by the  Purchaser
pursuant to this Offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after August 31, 1996.
If the Purchaser extends this Offer, is delayed in its acceptance for payment of
Units  or is unable to  accept Units for payment pursuant  to this Offer for any
reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights under this Offer,  the
Depositary  may nevertheless, on behalf of the Purchaser, retain tendered Units,
and the  Units  may  not  be  withdrawn except  to  the  extent  that  tendering
Unitholders  are entitled to  withdrawal rights as described  in this Section 5,
subject to  Rule  14e-1(c)  under the  Exchange  Act.  Any such  delay  will  be
accompanied by an extension of this Offer to the extent required by law.
 
    For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice
of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at its address set forth
on  the back cover page of this Offer to Purchase. Any such notice of withdrawal
must specify  the  name(s)  of  the  person(s) who  tendered  the  Units  to  be
withdrawn, the number of Units to be withdrawn and the name(s) of the registered
holder(s)  of such Units, if  different from that of  the person(s) who tendered
such Units. The signature(s) on the  notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed  by
an  eligible  guarantor  institution  (a  bank,  stockbroker,  savings  and loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any
notice  of  withdrawal  will  be  determined  by  the  Purchaser,  in  its  sole
discretion,  whose  determination  will  be  final  and  binding.  None  of  the
Purchaser,  the Depositary,  the Information Agent  or any other  person will be
under any duty  to give  notification of any  defects or  irregularities in  any
notice  of  withdrawal or  incur  any liability  for  failure to  give  any such
notification.
 
    Any Units properly  withdrawn will  thereafter be  deemed not  to have  been
validly  tendered for  purposes of this  Offer. However, withdrawn  Units may be
re-tendered at any time prior to the Expiration Date by following the procedures
described in "The Offer"  -- Section 3 ("Procedure  for Accepting the Offer  and
Tendering Units").
 
    6.  EXTENSION OF THE OFFER PERIOD; TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.  The Purchaser
expressly  reserves  the  right  (but  will  not  be  obligated),  in  its  sole
discretion, at any  time or  from time  to time, to  extend the  period of  time
during  which  this Offer  is  open by  giving oral  or  written notice  of such
extension to  the  Depositary  and  by making  a  public  announcement  of  such
extension.  During any  such extension,  all Units  previously tendered  and not
accepted for payment or withdrawn will remain  subject to this Offer and may  be
accepted for payment by the Purchaser at the conclusion of this Offer, except to
the  extent such Units may be withdrawn as set forth in "The Offer" -- Section 5
("Withdrawal Rights").  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Purchaser  will
exercise  its  right  to extend  this  Offer.  In addition,  this  Offer  may be
extended, amended or terminated  upon the occurrence of  any event described  in
"The Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    If  the Purchaser decides, in its sole discretion, to decrease the number of
Units being sought  or to increase  the consideration offered  in this Offer  to
Unitholders  and, at the time that notice  of such decrease or increase is first
published, sent or  given to  Unitholders in  the manner  specified below,  this
Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the expiration of a period
ending  on the tenth business  day following, and including,  the date that such
notice is first so published,  sent or given, then  this Offer will be  extended
until the expiration of such period of ten business days.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The  Purchaser also expressly reserves the right (i) to terminate this Offer
and not accept for  payment or pay  for any Units  not theretofore accepted  for
payment  or paid for or to delay the  acceptance for payment of, or payment for,
any Units validly tendered and not withdrawn, upon the occurrence of any of  the
conditions  specified in  "The Offer" --  Section 7 ("Certain  Conditions of the
Offer"), by giving oral or  written notice of such  termination or delay to  the
Depositary  and (ii) at any time,  or from time to time,  to amend this Offer in
any respect. Any extension, delay in  payment, termination or amendment will  be
followed  as  promptly  as  practicable  by  public  announcement  thereof, such
announcement in the case of an extension  to be issued no later than 9:00  a.m.,
New  York City  time, on  the next business  day after  the previously scheduled
Expiration Date in accordance with the public announcement requirements of  Rule
14d-4(c)  and  Rule  14d-6(d)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Without  limiting the
obligations of  the  Purchaser under  such  rules or  the  manner in  which  the
Purchaser  may choose to  make any public  announcement, the Purchaser currently
intends to make announcements by issuing a release to the Dow Jones New  Service
and making any appropriate filing with the Commission.
 
    If  the Purchaser extends this  Offer or if the  Purchaser is delayed in its
acceptance for payment  of, or payment  for, Units  or is unable  to accept  for
payment  or pay for Units  pursuant to this Offer  for any reason, then, without
prejudice to the Purchaser's  rights pursuant to  this Offer (including  without
limitation,  as set forth in  "The Offer" -- Section  6 ("Extension of the Offer
Period; Termination and Amendment")  and Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of  the
Offer"),  the Depositary  may nevertheless, on  behalf of  the Purchaser, retain
tendered Units  subject to  withdrawal rights  as described  in "The  Offer"  --
Section  5 ("Withdrawal Rights"). The ability  of the Purchaser to delay payment
for Units which it has  accepted for payment is  limited by Rule 14e-1(c)  under
the  Exchange Act, which  requires any person  making a tender  offer to pay the
consideration offered  or  return the  tendered  securities promptly  after  the
termination or withdrawal of a tender offer.
 
    7.   CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE  OFFER.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Offer and subject to the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the Purchaser will not be required to accept for purchase any Units,
may postpone the acceptance for purchase of Units tendered and may terminate  or
amend  this Offer if prior to the time of  purchase of any such Units any of the
following events  shall  occur  or  the Purchaser  shall  have  learned  of  the
occurrence of any such events:
 
    (a)  There  shall  be  threatened,  instituted  or  pending  any  action  or
proceeding before any domestic or foreign court or governmental agency or  other
regulatory   or  administrative   agency  or  commission   (i)  challenging  the
acquisition by the Purchaser of the  Units, seeking to restrain or prohibit  the
making  or consummation of this Offer, seeking to obtain any material damages or
otherwise directly or  indirectly relating to  the transactions contemplated  by
this  Offer, (ii) seeking  to prohibit or restrict  the Purchaser's ownership or
operation of any material portion of  the Purchaser's business or assets, or  to
compel  the Purchaser to dispose of or hold separate all or any material portion
of its business or assets as a result  of this Offer, (iii) seeking to make  the
purchase  of, or payment for, some or all  of the Units illegal or invalid, (iv)
resulting in a delay in  the ability of the Purchaser  to accept for payment  or
pay  for some or all of the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations on
the ability of the Purchaser effectively to acquire or hold or to exercise  full
rights  of ownership of  the Units, including, without  limitation, the right to
vote the Units purchased by the  Purchaser on all matters properly presented  to
the  Unitholders of the  Partnership, (vi) which  could materially and adversely
affect the treatment of this Offer for federal income tax purposes, (vii)  which
otherwise is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the Partnership or
value  of the Units or (viii)  which imposes any material condition unacceptable
to the Purchaser;
 
    (b) Any statute, rule,  regulation or order  shall be enacted,  promulgated,
entered or deemed applicable to this Offer, any legislation shall be pending, or
any  other action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any domestic
government or governmental authority or by any court, domestic or foreign, which
is likely, directly or indirectly, to result in any of the consequences referred
to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    (c) There shall have occurred (i)  any general suspension of, or  limitation
on  prices for,  trading in securities  on the  NYSE, (ii) the  declaration of a
banking moratorium or  any suspension  of payments in  respect of  banks in  the
United  States,  (iii) the  commencement of  a war,  armed hostilities  or other
international or national calamity materially affecting the United States,  (iv)
any  limitation  by  any governmental  authority  or  any other  event  which is
reasonably likely to affect  the extension of credit  by banks or other  lending
institutions  in the United States, (v)  any material decline in security prices
on the NYSE or (vi) in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time  of
this Offer, any material worsening thereof;
 
which, in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with respect
to  each and every matter referred to above,  in any such case and regardless of
the circumstances (including  any action  or inaction by  the Purchaser)  giving
rise  to any such condition  makes it inadvisable to  proceed with this Offer or
such acceptance for purchase.
 
    The foregoing conditions are for the  sole benefit of the Purchaser and  may
be  asserted by the Purchaser regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such conditions (including any  action or inaction by  the Purchaser) or may  be
waived by the Purchaser in whole or in part. The failure by the Purchaser at any
time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any
such  right, and  each right  shall be  deemed a  continuing right  which may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
    8.  CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS AND REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Except as described  in
this  Section 8, the Purchaser  is not aware of  any license or other regulatory
permit which appears to be material to  the business of the Partnership and  its
subsidiaries  taken as a whole  and which is likely  to be adversely affected by
the Purchaser's acquisition of Units pursuant  to this Offer or of any  approval
or other action by any domestic or foreign governmental or administrative agency
that  would  be required  prior to  the  acquisition of  Units by  the Purchaser
pursuant to this  Offer. Should any  approval or other  action be required,  the
Purchaser presently intends to seek such approval or take such action (except as
described  below under "State Takeover Laws").  The Purchaser does not presently
intend to delay the  purchase of Units tendered  pursuant to this Offer  pending
the  outcome of  any such  action or  receipt of  such approval  (subject to the
Purchaser's right to decline to purchase Units if any of the conditions in  "The
Offer"  -- Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of the  Offer") shall have occurred).
There can be no assurance that any such approval or action, if needed, would  be
obtained,  or,  if  obtained,  that  it  will  be  obtained  without substantial
conditions. The Purchaser's obligations under this Offer are subject to  certain
conditions,  among them conditions which might not  be satisfied if there were a
failure to obtain regulatory approval and  such failure were material. See  "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    STATE  TAKEOVER  LAWS.   The Partnership  conducts business  in a  number of
states throughout the United States, some  of which have enacted takeover  laws.
The  Purchaser does  not know whether  any of  these laws will,  by their terms,
apply to this Offer. Should any person seek to apply any state takeover law, the
Purchaser will take  such action as  then appears desirable,  which may  include
challenging  the validity  or applicability of  any such  statute in appropriate
court proceedings. In the event it is  asserted that one or more state  takeover
laws  is applicable to this  Offer, and an appropriate  court does not determine
that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to this Offer, the Purchaser might
be required to  file certain information  with, or receive  approvals from,  the
relevant  state authorities.  In addition, if  enjoined, the  Purchaser might be
unable to accept for payment  any Units tendered pursuant  to this Offer, or  be
delayed  in continuing or  consummating this Offer. In  such case, the Purchaser
may not be obligated to accept for  payment any Units tendered. See "The  Offer"
- -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    ANTITRUST.   Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1986,
as amended (the "HSR Act") and  the rules that have been promulgated  thereunder
by  the Federal Trade  Commission (the "FTC"),  certain acquisition transactions
may not be consummated  unless information has been  furnished to the  Antitrust
Division   of  the  Department  of  Justice  and  the  FTC  and  waiting  period
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
requirements have been satisfied. The Purchaser believes that this Offer is  not
subject  to the HSR Act and that this Offer will not violate the antitrust laws.
However, there can be no assurance that  a challenge to this Offer on  antitrust
grounds  will not be made, or if such  a challenge is made, what the result will
be. See "The Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer") for certain
conditions of this Offer,  including conditions with  respect to litigation  and
certain governmental actions.
 
    MARGIN  REQUIREMENTS.    The Units  are  not "margin  securities"  under the
regulations of  the  Board of  Governors  of  the Federal  Reserve  System  and,
accordingly, such regulations generally are not applicable to this Offer.
 
    9.    DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS  AND  INVESTOR  LISTS.    Neither  the Partnership
Agreement nor Washington law  provides any right for  Unitholders to have  their
respective Units appraised or redeemed in connection with or as a result of this
Offer.  Each Unitholder  has the opportunity  to make an  individual decision on
whether or not  to tender in  this Offer. Under  the Partnership Agreement,  any
Unitholder  is entitled to inspect  the books and records  of the Partnership at
reasonable times and upon two business days' notice to the General Partner.  Any
Unitholder,  upon paying the cost  of duplicating and mailing,  is entitled to a
copy of  the list  of names  and addresses  of Unitholders  of the  Partnership,
including the number of Units held by each of them.
 
    10.  FEES AND EXPENSES.   Except as set forth  below, the Purchaser will not
pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person for soliciting
tenders of Units pursuant to this  Offer. The Purchaser will reimburse  brokers,
dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for customary handling and mailing
expenses incurred in forwarding this Offer to Purchase to their customers.
 
    The  costs  and  fees listed  below  are  estimates of  the  aggregate costs
expected to  be  incurred  by  the Purchaser,  the  Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships as a result of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions. The
"Shared  Transaction Costs"  listed below will  be shared by  the Purchaser, the
Partnership, and  the  Other Partnerships  in  accordance with  the  Acquisition
Agreement.  The "Individual Transaction Costs" listed below will be borne by the
entity that incurred the expense. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Shared Transaction Costs:
  Printing and Mailing.................................................  $  500,000
  Accounting Fees......................................................     255,000
  Real Estate Transaction Costs........................................     165,000
  Information Agent/Inspector of Elections.............................     425,000
  Other................................................................     340,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          1,685,000
Individual Transaction Costs:
  Legal Fees...........................................................  $1,811,000
  Investment Banking Fees..............................................     955,000
  Partnership Transfer Fees for Tendered Units.........................     210,000
  Appraisal Fee........................................................      92,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          3,068,000
                                                                         ----------
Total Transaction Costs................................................  $4,753,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    If the Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, of the  Individual
Transaction  Costs,  approximately $418,000  will be  borne by  the Partnership,
approximately $623,000 will  be borne  by IDS1, approximately  $617,000 will  be
borne  by IDS3 and approximately  $1,410,000 will be borne  by the Purchaser. If
the Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, the Purchaser expects  to
incur  total costs of approximately $2.3  million and the Partnership expects to
incur total costs of approximately $630,000.  The remaining costs and fees  will
be incurred by the Other Partnerships.
 
    The  Purchaser has retained D.F. King &  Co., Inc. to act as the Information
Agent and  Gemisys Corporation  to act  as Depositary  in connection  with  this
Offer. The Information Agent may contact
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
holders of Units by mail, telephone, telex, telegraph and personal interview and
may  request brokers, dealers and other nominee Unitholders to forward materials
relating to this Offer to beneficial owners of the Units. The Information  Agent
and  the Depositary each will receive  reasonable and customary compensation for
their services  in connection  with this  Offer, will  be reimbursed  for  their
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  and  will  be  indemnified  against certain
liabilities and  expenses  in  connection with  this  Offer,  including  certain
liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
    11.  MISCELLANEOUS.    This Offer  is  being  made to  all  Unitholders. The
Purchaser is not aware of any state where the making of this Offer is prohibited
by administrative  or  judicial action  pursuant  to  a state  statute.  If  the
Purchaser  becomes  aware of  any state  where the  making of  this Offer  is so
prohibited, the Purchaser will make a good faith effort to comply with any  such
statute  or seek to have  such statute declared inapplicable  to this Offer. If,
after such good faith  effort, the Purchaser cannot  comply with any  applicable
statute, this Offer will not be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on
behalf of) the Unitholders in such state.
 
    No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  make  any
representation on behalf of the Purchaser  not contained in this Offer, and,  if
given  or made, such  information or representation  must not be  relied upon as
having been authorized.  In those  jurisdictions where securities,  blue sky  or
other  laws require this Offer  to be made by a  licensed broker or dealer, this
Offer shall be  deemed to  be made on  behalf of  the Purchaser by  one or  more
registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE I
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  name,  business  address, principal
occupation or employment at the present time and during the last five years, and
the  name,  principal  business  and   address  of  any  corporation  or   other
organization  in which such occupation or employment is or was conducted, of the
directors and executive officers of the  Purchaser, all of whom are citizens  of
the  United  States.  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  address  of  each such
corporation or  organization listed  and  the business  address of  each  person
listed  is the address of the Purchaser, 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle,
Washington 98101.  Except as  otherwise noted,  the principal  business of  each
corporation  or organization  listed is real  estate investment  and each person
listed has had the principal occupation  or employment listed for more than  the
past five years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
Charles K. Barbo      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1995-present);
                                                                     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                                                     Executive Officer (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Chairman of the Board;
                                                                     President (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                                                     Officer (1972-1995)
Harrell L. Beck       Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1993-present);
                                                                     President (1993-1995);
                                                                     Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                     Treasurer (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Treasurer (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chief Financial Officer (1990-1995)
Michael Rowe          Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Chief Operating Officer
                                                                     (March 19, 1996-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Vice President (1994-present);
                                                                     Treasurer (1991-1992)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Storage Operations (1987-1993)
Kristin H. Stred      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Secretary and General Counsel (1992-1995)
                      The Boeing Company                             Attorney (1991-1992)
                      (aerospace and defense)
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
David K. Grant        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Director of European Operations (May 14,
                                                                     1996-present)
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Real Estate Investments
                                                                     (1985-1995)
Donald W. Lusk        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      Lusk Consulting Group                          President
                      P.O. Box 3235
                      Redmond, WA 98087
                      (general management consulting)
Wendell J. Smith      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      W.J.S. & Associates                            Founder
                      1301 Gary Way
                      Carmichael, CA 95608
                      (advisory and consulting services)
Howard Johnson        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      Howard Johnson & Company                       Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                      375 Park Avenue                                Officer
                      New York, NY 10152
                      (independent consulting)
Greenlaw Grupe        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      The Grupe Company                              Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                      3255 W. March Lane, 4th Floor
                      Stockton, CA 95219
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE II
                       SUMMARY PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL REPORT
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
                              Schedule II - Page 1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Letter of Transmittal......................................................................................           3
Identification of Subject Portfolio........................................................................           5
Property Ownership and History.............................................................................           5
Purpose of Appraisal.......................................................................................           5
Function of Appraisal......................................................................................           5
Scope of Appraisal.........................................................................................           5
Date of Valuation..........................................................................................           6
Value Definition...........................................................................................           6
Valuation Methodology......................................................................................           6
  Site Inspections and Data Gathering......................................................................           7
  Income and Expense Analysis..............................................................................           8
  Income Approach Analysis.................................................................................           8
  Sales Comparison Analysis................................................................................           9
  Reconciliation...........................................................................................          10
Portfolio Value Conclusion ................................................................................          10
Portfolio Summary..........................................................................................          11
Assumptions and Limiting Conditions........................................................................          12
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule II - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   June 26, 1996
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P. II (the "Partnership") has engaged
Robert A. Stanger & Co.,  Inc. ("Stanger") to estimate  the market value of  the
portfolio of self-storage facilities (the "Portfolio") owned by the Partnership.
Such  appraisals reflect the estimated market  value of the fee simple interests
or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in the Portfolio as of December  31,
1995,  assuming the Portfolio to be free and clear of any existing debt or other
encumbrances (the "Portfolio Valuation").
 
    This summary appraisal report  is prepared in  accordance with an  agreement
between  Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership dated March 8, 1996.
In accordance  with the  agreement,  Stanger has  been  engaged to  perform  the
appraisal  on a limited scope basis  in conformity with the departure provisions
of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the standards of
the Appraisal Institute as  they relate to limited  scope appraisal reports.  We
have  relied upon the Income Approach and Sales Comparison Approach to value and
have been engaged to deliver to the Partnership a summary appraisal report  that
is  not  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Title  XI  of  the Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA").
 
    The Portfolio Valuation is based in part upon information supplied to us  by
the  Partnership  and  the  property manager,  including,  but  not  limited to:
descriptions of the subject properties  (the "Properties"), unit mix,  operating
statements  of the  Properties, property  tax bills,  expense details, occupancy
reports, rent rolls and other supporting data. We have also received information
from interviews of property and Partnership management personnel. We have relied
upon such information and have assumed that the information provided is accurate
and complete. We have not attempted to independently verify such information.
 
    We are advised by the  Partnership that the purpose  of the appraisal is  to
estimate the value of the fee interests in the Portfolio under market conditions
as  of the appraisal date, and that  the Portfolio Valuation will be used solely
in connection with a proposed tender offer for Partnership interests and  merger
of  the  Partnership  with  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.  ("SSCI"). Stanger
understands that the Portfolio  Valuation will be reviewed  and utilized by  the
Partnership in connection with the above transactions, and Stanger agrees to the
use  of  the Portfolio  Valuation  for this  purpose  subject to  the  terms and
conditions of the agreements related  thereto. For these purposes, this  summary
appraisal  report  was prepared  stating our  opinion as  to the  aggregate fair
market value of the Partnership's interests in the Portfolio as of December  31,
1995.  Portions  of this  report may  be  summarized and  referenced in  a proxy
statement or other offering materials  relating to the transactions, subject  to
prior  review by Stanger. However, the  attached summary appraisal report should
be reviewed  in its  entirety and  is subject  to the  assumptions and  limiting
conditions  contained  herein. Background  information  and analysis  upon which
value conclusions are based has been retained in our files.
 
    Our review was undertaken solely for the purpose of providing an opinion  of
market  value, and we make  no representation as to  the adequacy of such review
for any other purpose. Our opinion is
 
                              Schedule II - Page 3
<PAGE>
expressed with  respect to  the total  market value  of the  Portfolio.  Neither
Stanger nor the undersigned have any present or contemplated future financial or
ownership interest in the Properties, the Partnership or SSCI.
 
    The  Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis in
conformity with the
departure provisions of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice
of the Appraisal Institute,  in accordance with an  agreement between Robert  A.
Stanger  & Co., Inc. and  the Partnership dated March  8, 1996. Pursuant to that
agreement, Stanger  has relied  upon the  Income Approach  and Sales  Comparison
Approach to value and did not employ the Cost Approach.
 
    The  appraisal is  only an estimate  of the  market value of  the fee simple
interests or, where appropriate, leasehold interests in the Portfolio as of  the
date  of valuation and should not be relied  upon as being the equivalent of the
price that  would necessarily  be  received in  the event  of  a sale  or  other
disposition of the Portfolio. Changes in corporate financing rates or changes in
real  estate  property markets  may result  in  higher or  lower values  of real
property. The use  of other valuation  methodologies might produce  a higher  or
lower  value. Our opinion is subject  to the assumptions and limiting conditions
set forth herein. We have used methods and assumptions deemed appropriate in our
professional  judgment;  however,  future   events  may  demonstrate  that   the
assumptions  were incorrect or that other,  different methods or assumptions may
have been more appropriate.
 
    This summary appraisal report provides our value conclusion with respect  to
the  Portfolio, definitions of  value, discussions of  the valuation methodology
employed, assumptions, and  limiting conditions.  The attached  exhibits are  an
integral part of this report.
 
    Based  upon the review described  herein, it is our  opinion that the market
value of  the  fee  simple  interests or,  where  appropriate,  the  leased  fee
interests  in the Portfolio  of Properties owned by  IDS/ Shurgard Income Growth
Partners L.P. II as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
            THIRTY MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED AND TWENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $30,520,000
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                          Sincerely,
                                          Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
                                          Shrewsbury, New Jersey
 
                              Schedule II - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      IDENTIFICATION OF SUBJECT PORTFOLIO
 
    The subject  of this  summary  appraisal report  is  the portfolio  of  real
properties  (the "Portfolio") in which  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
II own interests. The Portfolio  is comprised of eight self-storage  properties,
aggregating  approximately  534,000  square  feet, located  in  five  states. (A
summary description of the Portfolio is provided elsewhere in this report.)
 
                         PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND HISTORY
 
    All the properties in the Portfolio are owned by IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth
Partners L.P. II and were purchased by the Partnership between 1988 and 1991.
 
                              PURPOSE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  purpose of  the appraisal is  to estimate  the market value  of the fee
simple interests or, where  appropriate, leased fee  interests in the  Portfolio
under market conditions as of December 31, 1995.
 
                             FUNCTION OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  function of the  appraisal is to  provide a current  estimate of market
value of the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in
the Portfolio for use  solely by the Partnership  in connection with a  proposed
tender offer for interests in the Partnership and merger of the Partnership with
Shurgard  Storage Centers, Inc. No representation is  made as to the adequacy of
this appraisal for any other purpose.
 
                               SCOPE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis  in
conformity   with  the  departure   provisions  of  the   Uniform  Standards  of
Professional Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal Institute, in accordance  with
an  agreement between Robert  A. Stanger &  Co., Inc. and  the Partnership dated
March 8, 1996. Pursuant  to that agreement, Stanger  has relied upon the  Income
Approach  and Sales  Comparison Approach  to value and  did not  employ the Cost
Approach (as described below).
 
    In estimating the value of  a property, appraisers typically consider  three
approaches  to value: the  Cost Approach, the Sales  Comparison Approach and the
Income Approach.  The type  and age  of a  property, market  conditions and  the
quantity  and quality  of data  affect the applicability  of each  approach in a
specific  appraisal  situation.  The  value  estimated  by  the  Cost   Approach
incorporates  separate estimates of  the value of the  unimproved site under its
highest and best use  and the value of  the improvements, less observed  accrued
depreciation  resulting  from  physical  wear  and  tear  and  functional and/or
economic obsolescence. The Market Data  or Sales Comparison Approach involves  a
comparative  analysis of the subject property with other similar properties that
have sold recently or  that are currently  offered for sale  in the market.  The
Income  Approach  involves an  economic analysis  of the  property based  on its
potential to provide future net annual income.
 
    Pursuant to  the  terms  of  our engagement,  the  Portfolio  Valuation  was
performed  using  the Income  Approach and  Sales  Comparison Approach.  Since a
primary buyer group for the type of property appraised herein is investors,  the
Income  Approach and Sales Comparison Approach were deemed appropriate valuation
methodologies. Further, given the primary criteria used by buyers of the type of
property appraised herein, the Cost  Approach was considered less reliable  than
either of the Income Approach or Sales Comparison Approach.
 
    Changes  in corporate financing  rates generally or  in real estate property
markets may result in higher or lower values of real property. The use of  other
valuation  methodologies might produce  a higher or lower  value. Our opinion is
subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions set forth herein.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 5
<PAGE>
    DEPARTURES -- UNIFORM STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE -- With respect  to
the  limited appraisal,  the departure  provisions of  the Uniform  Standards of
Professional Appraisal Practice permit  departures from the specific  guidelines
of Standard 1. In this report the following departures were taken:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>
Standard Rule 1-4 (b)  Details   relating  to  comparable  sales  and  rental  data  and
                       reconciliations of value for  each property are not  specifically
                       described  or set forth in this  report but have been retained in
                       our files.
</TABLE>
 
                               DATE OF VALUATION
 
    The date of valuation for the Portfolio is December 31, 1995.
 
                                VALUE DEFINITION
 
    Market value, as used in this report and defined by the Appraisal Institute,
is the most probable price as of a specified date, in cash, in terms  equivalent
to  cash, or in other precisely revealed terms, for which the specified property
rights should sell after reasonable exposure  in a competitive market under  all
conditions  requisite to  a fair  sale, with  the buyer  and seller  each acting
prudently, knowledgeably and  for self-interest,  and assuming  that neither  is
under undue duress.
 
    Implicit  in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified
date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
 
    (a) buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
    (b) both parties  are well  informed or  well advised,  and each  acts in  a
       manner he considers in his own best interest;
 
    (c) a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
    (d)  payment  is made  in  terms of  cash  in U.S.  dollars  or in  terms of
       financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
    (e) the  price represents  the normal  consideration for  the property  sold
       unaffected  by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted
       by anyone associated with the sale.
 
(Source: THE APPRAISAL OF REAL ESTATE, Tenth Edition.)
 
    The property rights appraised in this report consist of fee simple interests
or, where appropriate, leased  fee interests. Due  to the generally  short-term,
month  to month tenancies in self-storage  facilities, a fee simple interest was
deemed appropriate  for  such facilities.  Fee  simple interest  is  defined  as
absolute  ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate subject only to
the limitations of eminent domain, escheat, police power and taxation.
 
    Leased fee interest is defined as  an ownership interest held by a  landlord
with  the right to  use and occupancy  conveyed by lease  to others, and usually
consists of the  right to  receive rent  and the  right to  repossession at  the
termination of the lease.
 
    The  appraisal includes the value of land, land improvements such as paving,
fencing, on-site sewer  and water lines,  and the buildings  as of December  31,
1995.  The appraisal does not include  supplies, materials on hand, inventories,
furniture, equipment or other personal property, company records, or current  or
intangible  assets  that  may  exist.  The  appraisal  pertains  only  to  items
considered as real estate.
 
                             VALUATION METHODOLOGY
 
    Pursuant to the terms of this engagement, Stanger has estimated the value of
the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, the leased fee interests in  the
Portfolio's  Properties  based  on  the  Income  Approach  and  Sales Comparison
Approach   to    valuation.   (Appraisers    typically   use    up   to    three
 
                              Schedule II - Page 6
<PAGE>
approaches in valuing real property: the Cost Approach, the Income Approach, and
the Sales Comparison Approach. The type and age of a property, market conditions
and  the quantity and quality of data  affect the applicability of each approach
in a specific appraisal situation.)
 
    The Income Approach is based on the assumption that the value of a  property
or  portfolio  of properties  is dependent  upon  the property's  or portfolio's
ability to produce income. The  Income Approach estimates a property's  capacity
to  produce income through an analysis  of the rental market, operating expenses
and net operating income.  Net income may then  be processed into value  through
either  (or a combination  of) two methods:  direct capitalization or discounted
cash flow  analysis.  In  this  Portfolio  Valuation,  a  direct  capitalization
analysis  and a discounted cash flow ("DCF")  analysis are used to determine the
value of the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in
each Property. The indicated value by the Income Approach represents the  amount
an  investor may pay for the expectation of receiving the net cash flow from the
Properties and proceeds from the ultimate sale of the Properties.
 
    The direct capitalization analysis is based upon the estimated net operating
income of each Property capitalized at an appropriate capitalization rate  based
upon  property characteristics and competitive position and market conditions as
of the date of the appraisal.
 
    In applying  the DCF  analysis,  Stanger utilized  pro forma  statements  of
operations for each Portfolio Property including revenues and expenses projected
over a ten-year period. Each Portfolio Property is assumed to be sold at the end
of  the ten-year holding period. The  reversion value of each Portfolio Property
which can be realized  upon sale at  the end of the  ten-year holding period  is
estimated based on capitalization of the estimated net income of the property in
the year of sale, utilizing a capitalization rate deemed appropriate in light of
the  age,  anticipated  functional  and  economic  obsolescence  and competitive
position of  the property  at  the time  of sale.  Net  proceeds to  owners  are
determined  by deducting appropriate  costs of sale.  The discount rate selected
for the DCF analysis is based upon  estimated target rates of return for  buyers
of  self-storage properties. Total estimated  value for the Portfolio Properties
is arrived at by summing  the discounted present value  of the cash flow  stream
from operations and net proceeds from sale for each property.
 
    The  Sales Comparison Approach utilizes indices of value derived from actual
or proposed  sales  of  comparable  properties to  estimate  the  value  of  the
Portfolio  Property. Price  per square  foot --  a unit  of comparison typically
analyzed for  self-storage facilities  --  was utilized  in applying  the  Sales
Comparison Approach to the Portfolio Properties.
 
    The  following  describes more  fully the  steps  involved in  the valuation
methodology utilized.
 
SITE INSPECTIONS & DATA GATHERING
 
    In conducting the Portfolio Valuation, representatives of Stanger  performed
a site inspection of each Portfolio Property during March 1996. In the course of
these  site visits,  the physical  facilities of  each property  were inspected,
current rental and occupancy information for the property was obtained,  current
market   rental  rates  for  competing  properties  were  investigated,  primary
competing properties were visited, information on the local market was gathered,
and the  on-site manager  or assistant  manager was  interviewed concerning  the
property  and other factors. Information gathered during the site inspection was
supplemented  by  a  review   of  published  information  concerning   economic,
demographic and real estate trends in local or regional and national markets.
 
    In  conducting  the  appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied upon
Partnership and property management personnel to obtain information relating  to
the  condition  of each  property, including  any deferred  maintenance, capital
budgets, known environmental  conditions, status  of on-going  or newly  planned
property  additions, reconfigurations, improvements, and other factors affecting
the physical condition of the property improvements.
 
    In addition, Stanger  interviewed district and/or  regional managers of  the
Portfolio  Properties,  SSCI  management  personnel  and  Partnership management
personnel. Such interviews included
 
                              Schedule II - Page 7
<PAGE>
discussions of  competitive  conditions  in local  markets,  area  economic  and
development  trends affecting  the subject  properties, historical  and budgeted
operating  revenues  and  expenses   and  occupancies.  Stanger  also   reviewed
historical  operating statements and  1996 operating budgets  for each Portfolio
Property, and  reviewed  surveys  of local  self-storage  markets  conducted  by
property management personnel.
 
    To  define the occupancy, rental  rate and expense escalators  to be used in
developing operating projections, Stanger reviewed the acquisition criteria  and
projection parameters in use in the marketplace by major self-storage investors,
owners and operators. In addition, Stanger reviewed other
published  information  concerning  acquisition  criteria  in  use  by  property
investors at or around the valuation date. Further, Stanger interviewed  various
sources in local markets to identify recent sales of self-storage properties and
to  derive certain valuation  indicators. Sources for  transaction data included
local appraisers, property owners, real estate brokers, tax assessors, and  real
estate research firms.
 
    In  addition, Stanger reviewed the  acquisition criteria and parameters used
by self-storage real  estate investors. Such  review included a  search of  real
estate  data sources and  publications concerning real  estate buyer's criteria,
and  direct  telephonic  interviews  with  major  national  investors,   owners,
managers,   brokers  and  appraisers  of  self-storage  property  portfolios  to
investigate the interaction of such factors as required rates of return, initial
capitalization rate requirements, and property type or geographical preferences.
 
    Stanger also  compiled data  on actual  transactions involving  self-storage
properties  from  which  acquisition  criteria  and  parameters  were extracted.
Stanger reviewed publicly available information on acquisitions of  self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies and contacted various
industry sources for relevant data.
 
INCOME AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS
 
    During  the  course  of  the  site  inspections,  competing  properties were
identified and data on  local market rental rates  and occupancy were  obtained.
Such  data was  compared to  national averages  for self-storage  properties and
posted rental  rates, the  rent  roll and  occupancy  reports for  each  subject
property,  as  available. Historical  and  budgeted effective  gross  income and
income from ancillary sources  was also reviewed for  each subject property.  In
addition,  discussions  were conducted  with  relevant Partnership  and property
management personnel  concerning  property  and market  trends  and  competitive
conditions.  After  assessing  the  above  factors,  an  effective  gross income
estimate was  prepared for  each  property based  upon the  unit  configuration,
market rental rates, market occupancy rate and estimates of ancillary income.
 
    Historical  and budgeted data on expenses were obtained from the Partnership
for each  property.  In addition,  property  tax  bills were  obtained  and  tax
assessments   were  confirmed  with  local  municipalities.  Expenses  for  each
individual property were  estimated based on  historical and budgeted  operating
expenses, discussions with management and certain industry expense guidelines.
 
    Estimated  expenses  were  then  deducted  from  estimated  income  for each
property to arrive at each properties' estimated net operating income.  Expenses
relating solely to investor reporting and accounting were excluded.
 
    During  the course  of the  site inspections,  any deferred  maintenance was
observed.  Historical  and  budgeted  capital  expenditures  were  reviewed  and
discussed  with management, and appropriate capital expenditures were considered
in the analysis.
 
INCOME APPROACH ANALYSIS
 
    Stanger then employed  both direct capitalization  and discounted cash  flow
analysis   to  estimate  the  value  of   the  subject  properties.  The  direct
capitalization rate  used  was  based  on  current  acquisition  criteria  among
self-storage  investors  and  reflected in  specific  sales  transactions. Where
appropriate, the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property  was
adjusted to reflect valuation factors
 
                              Schedule II - Page 8
<PAGE>
unique  to the  property, such as  overall quality, recent  buildouts, and other
unique valuation  facts  affecting  the individual  properties.  Where  deferred
maintenance  or extraordinary capital expenditures were required the capitalized
value was adjusted accordingly.
 
  -   DIRECT CAPITALIZATION  ANALYSIS --  Based upon  the net  operating  income
estimated in accordance with the analyses of effective gross income and expenses
described above, an estimate of value was derived for each Portfolio Property by
capitalizing  the  estimated  net  operating  income  at  a  rate  determined in
accordance with surveys of buyers of self-storage properties, as confirmed by  a
review  of  comparable  sales  transactions, and  deemed  appropriate  given the
characteristics of each  property. Capitalization  rates ranging  from 9.25%  to
10.25%  were applied  to the  projected net  operating income  from each  of the
Portfolio Properties which were considered to be at stabilized occupancy  during
the twelve-month period following the valuation date.
 
  -  DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS -- In applying discounted cash flow analysis,
projections  of cash flows from each property (assuming no indebtedness thereon)
for a ten-year  period ending December  31, 2005 were  developed. The base  year
projection  of  net operating  income was  prepared  consistent with  the direct
capitalization analysis based upon  the analysis of  effective gross income  and
expenses  described above. Income and expense  escalators used in developing the
projections were based on projection parameters in use as of the Valuation  Date
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for  each property, and inflation rates. Income escalators generally were 3%. In
highly  competitive  markets  or  where  a  property's  operations  were   below
stabilized  levels,  income escalators  were adjusted  as deemed  appropriate or
until  stabilized  operations  were   achieved.  Effective  expense   escalators
generally ranged from 2.8% to 3.3%.
 
    To  determine  the  residual value  for  each  property at  the  end  of the
projection period, the estimated  net operating income of  the property for  the
twelve  months ending December 2006 was capitalized at a rate deemed appropriate
for the property. Terminal capitalization  rates generally ranged from 10.0%  to
10.25%.  The residual  value was discounted  to a present  value after deducting
appropriate sales expenses using the same discount rate applied to the stream of
annual cash flows. The discount rate  employed was based on current  acquisition
criteria among self-storage investors, commercial/industrial property investors'
target  rates of return,  and the historical  spread in rates  of return between
real estate and other investments. Discount rates utilized ranged from 12.0%  to
12.25%.
 
    The  results  of each  analysis (direct  capitalization and  discounted cash
flow)  then  were  correlated  to  arrive  at  a  final  income  approach  value
determination.
 
SALES COMPARISON ANALYSIS
 
    In  the course of performing the  Portfolio Valuation, Stanger compiled data
on actual transactions  involving properties  similar in type  to the  Portfolio
Properties.  To gather such  data, Stanger interviewed  various sources in local
markets to identify recent sales  of self-storage or office/storage  properties,
reviewed   publicly  available  information   on  acquisitions  of  self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies, reviewed information
provided by management, and contacted various industry sources for data.
 
    For each Portfolio Property, the data was grouped into local and/or regional
transactions. Where  local  transactions  sample  sizes  were  small  or  dated,
regional and/or national data was relied upon.
 
    Utilizing  such data,  an index  of value was  derived based  upon price per
square foot. The index of value was applied to each property to estimate  value.
Price per square foot as estimated by reference to comparable sales transactions
was  multiplied by  the rentable  square footage of  each property  to derive an
estimated range of value.
 
    In addition,  Stanger  conducted  a  statistical  analysis  of  self-storage
property  transaction data  to determine  value indicators  reflective of recent
market conditions. Due to  the relatively low number  of recent transactions  in
any specific local or regional market from which to extract reliable statistical
 
                              Schedule II - Page 9
<PAGE>
indicators,  Stanger  utilized  a  sample  of  recent  national  transactions. A
regression analysis  was performed  to determine  the relationship  between  the
price  per square foot paid in recent  transactions and the net operating income
of the property acquired. Based on this analysis, a probable range of value  per
square  foot was derived for each  property. The resulting indicated values were
reconciled.
 
SALES COMPARISON APPROACH AND INCOME APPROACH RECONCILIATION
 
    The estimated  values  resulting from  the  Sales Comparison  Approach  were
reconciled  with the values estimated resulting from the Income Approach (direct
capitalization and discounted cash flow  analyses) for each Portfolio  Property,
and  the resulting values  were summed to  determine the estimated  value of the
Portfolio.
 
    The Income  Approach  reflects  the  quality, durability  and  risk  of  the
estimated income stream. Properties such as the subject Portfolio Properties are
typically purchased and sold based upon their income characteristics. The Income
Approach  was given primary consideration based upon the income producing nature
of the Portfolio Properties and their appeal to investors. The Sales  Comparison
Approach was given secondary consideration.
 
    Where  necessary, Stanger adjusted  the value conclusion  for each Portfolio
Property to reflect any deferred maintenance items, excess land associated  with
the Property, and joint venture interests, if any.
 
                           PORTFOLIO VALUE CONCLUSION
 
    Based  upon the review as described above, it is our opinion that the market
value of  the  fee  simple  interests or,  where  appropriate,  the  leased  fee
interests  in the Portfolio owned by IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
            THIRTY MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED AND TWENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $30,520,000
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             Schedule II - Page 10
<PAGE>
                               PORTFOLIO SUMMARY
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         RENTABLE
                                                                                                          SQUARE
 NUMBER                                 PROPERTY ADDRESS                                     TYPE         FOOTAGE
- ---------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------
<S>        <C>                                                                          <C>              <C>
2-1        Shurgard of Orange                                                           Self-Storage        89,600
           623 West Collins Ave., Orange, CA
2-2        Shurgard of Sterling Heights                                                 Self-Storage       103,800
           36260 Van Dyke Ave., Sterling Heights, MI
2-3        Shurgard of T.C. Jester                                                      Self-Storage        64,000
           2100 North Loop West, Houston, TX
2-4        Shurgard of Newport News North                                               Self-Storage        59,100
           13142 N. Jefferson Ave., Newport News, VA
2-5        Shurgard of Chesapeake                                                       Self-Storage        58,400
           940 Professional Place, Chesapeake, VA
2-6        Shurgard of Leesburg                                                         Self-Storage        27,600
           11 Lawson Road SE., Leesburg, VA
2-7        Shurgard of Kennydale                                                        Self-Storage/       66,500
           1755 NE 48th Street, Renton, WA                                              Retail
2-8        Shurgard of Bellefield                                                       Self-Storage        65,100
           1111 118th Avenue SE., Bellevue, WA
</TABLE>
 
                             Schedule II - Page 11
<PAGE>
                      ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS
 
    This summary appraisal  report is  subject to the  assumptions and  limiting
conditions as set forth below.
 
    1.  No responsibility is assumed for matters of a legal nature affecting the
Portfolio Properties or the titles thereto. Titles to the properties are assumed
to  be good and marketable and the properties  are assumed free and clear of all
liens unless otherwise stated.
 
    2.  The Portfolio Valuation assumes (a) responsible ownership and  competent
management  of the properties; (b) there  are no hidden or unapparent conditions
of the properties' subsoil or structures that render the properties more or less
valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging  for
engineering  studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance
with all applicable federal,  state and local  zoning, access and  environmental
regulations  and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in
the Appraisal;  and (d)  all required  licenses, certificates  of occupancy  and
other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use
on which the value estimate contained in the Portfolio Valuation is based.
 
    3.  The Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony or appear in court
because  of  having  made  the  appraisal with  reference  to  the  portfolio in
question, unless arrangements have been previously made therefore.
 
    4.  The information contained in  the Portfolio Valuation or upon which  the
Portfolio  Valuation  is based  has been  provided by  or gathered  from sources
assumed to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information has been  provided
by  the owner of the properties. The  Appraiser shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or  completeness  of such  information,  including the  correctness  of
estimates,  opinions,  dimensions,  exhibits  and  other  factual  matters.  The
Portfolio Valuation and the opinion  of value stated herein  are as of the  date
stated in the Portfolio Valuation. Changes since that date in property, external
and market factors can significantly affect portfolio value.
 
    5.   Disclosure of the  contents of the appraisal  report is governed by the
Bylaws and Regulations of the professional appraisal organization with which the
Appraiser is affiliated.
 
    6.  Neither all, nor any part of the content of the report, or copy  thereof
(including  conclusions  as  to  the  portfolio's  value,  the  identity  of the
Appraiser, professional designations,  reference to  any professional  appraisal
organizations,  or the firm with which the Appraiser is connected) shall be used
for any  purpose  by anyone  other  than the  client  specified in  the  report,
including,  but not limited  to, the mortgagee or  its successors and assignees,
mortgage insurers, consultants, professional appraisal organizations, any  state
or   federally  approved  financial  institution,   any  department,  agency  or
instrumentality without the previous written consent of the Appraiser; nor shall
it be conveyed by  anyone to the public  through advertising, public  relations,
news  sales or  other media,  without the  written consent  and approval  of the
Appraiser.
 
    7.  On  all appraisals subject  to completion, repairs  or alterations,  the
appraisal  report and  value conclusions are  contingent upon  completion of the
improvements in a workmanlike manner.
 
    8.  The physical condition of  the improvements considered by the  Portfolio
Valuation   is  based   on  visual   inspection  by   the  Appraiser   or  other
representatives of Stanger and on representations by the owner. Stanger  assumes
no  responsibility for the soundness of  structural members or for the condition
of mechanical equipment,  plumbing or electrical  components. The Appraiser  has
made no surveys of the Portfolio Properties.
 
    9.   The  projections of  income and  expenses and  the valuation parameters
utilized are not  predictions of the  future. Rather, they  are the  Appraiser's
best estimate of current market thinking relating to future income and expenses.
The  Appraiser makes no warranty or  representations that these projections will
materialize. The real estate market  is constantly fluctuating and changing.  It
is not the Appraiser's task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a
future  real estate market;  the Appraiser can only  reflect what the investment
community, as of the date of the Appraisal,
 
                             Schedule II - Page 12
<PAGE>
envisions for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and  demand.
We  have used  methods and  assumptions deemed  appropriate in  our professional
judgment; however,  future  events may  demonstrate  that the  assumptions  were
incorrect  or that  other different  methods or  assumptions may  have been more
appropriate.
 
    10.  The  Portfolio  Valuation  represents  normal  consideration  for   the
Portfolio's Properties based on a cash purchase and unaffected by special terms,
services, fees, costs, or credits incurred in the transaction.
 
    11.  Unless  otherwise  stated in  the  report, the  existence  of hazardous
materials, which may or may not be present on the Portfolio Properties, was  not
disclosed  to the Appraiser by the owner.  The Appraiser has no knowledge of the
existence of such  materials on  or in  the Portfolio  Properties. However,  the
Appraiser is not qualified to detect such substances. The presence of substances
such  as  asbestos,  ureaformaldehyde  foam  insulation,  oil  spills,  or other
potentially hazardous  materials may  affect  the value  of the  Portfolio.  The
Portfolio  Value estimate is predicated on the  assumption that there is no such
material on or in the Portfolio Properties that would cause a loss of value.  No
responsibility  is  assumed  for  such  conditions,  or  for  any  expertise  or
engineering knowledge required to discover them.  The client is urged to  retain
an expert in this field, if desired.
 
    12.  For purposes of this report, it is assumed that each Portfolio Property
is free  of  any  negative  impact with  regard  to  the  Environmental  Cleanup
Responsibility Act (ECRA) or any other environmental problems or with respect to
non-compliance  with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). No investigation
has been made by  the Appraiser with respect  to any potential environmental  or
ADA  problems. Environmental and ADA compliance studies are not within the scope
of this report.
 
    13. Pursuant to the Engagement  Agreement, the Portfolio Valuation has  been
prepared  on a limited scope  basis using a summary  report format in conformity
with the departure provisions of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal
Practice and the Standards of  Professional Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal
Institute,  relying  on the  income approach  and  sales comparison  approach to
value. Further, the engagement calls for delivery of a summary appraisal  report
in  which the content has  been limited to that  data presented herein. As such,
the summary appraisal report is not  designed to meet the requirements of  Title
XI of the Federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989. Therefore, federally regulated institutions should not rely on this report
for financing purposes.
 
    14.  The Portfolio Valuation reported herein  may not reflect the premium or
discount a potential buyer may assign to an assembled portfolio of properties or
to  a  group  of  properties  in  a  particular  local  market  which   provides
opportunities  for enhanced market presence  and penetration. In addition, where
properties are owned  jointly with  other entities affiliated  with the  general
partner, minority interest discounts were not applied.
 
    15.  The appraisal is solely for the purpose of providing our opinion of the
value of the Portfolio, and we make no representation as to the adequacy of such
review for  any  other  purpose.  The owner  has  directed  that  the  Portfolio
Properties be valued assuming the properties are free and clear of any debt. The
use of other valuation methodologies might produce a higher or lower value.
 
    16.  In addition to  these general assumptions  and limiting conditions, any
assumptions or conditions applicable to  specific properties have been  retained
in our files.
 
                             Schedule II - Page 13
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
    We  have been informed  by IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. II (the
"Partnership") that  the Partnership  is contemplating  a transaction  in  which
Shurgard  Storage Centers,  Inc. ("SSCI"),  an affiliated,  publicly traded real
estate investment  trust which  currently manages  the properties  owned by  the
Partnership,  is offering  to purchase up  to 49,000 of  the outstanding limited
partnership interests in the Partnership (the "Offer"). In the Offer the limited
partners of the Partnership (the "Limited Partners") will be offered cash  equal
to  the Partnership's estimated net asset  value per unit of limited partnership
interest as  of March  31, 1996  as determined  by the  general partner  of  the
Partnership (the "General Partner") in accordance with the Partnership Agreement
and  based in part on an independent appraisal  of the value of the portfolio of
properties  owned   by  the   Partnership   as  of   December  31,   1995   (the
"Consideration"). We have been further advised that the Consideration to be paid
in the Offer will be $222 per unit.
 
    The  General  Partner  has requested  that  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co., Inc.
("Stanger") provide its opinion as to the fairness to the Limited Partners, from
a financial point of view, of the Consideration to be paid in the Offer.
 
    In the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among  other
things:
 
    - Reviewed  a draft of (i) the Offer to Purchase statement to be included in
      Form 14(d)-1  related to  the Offer,  and (ii)  the Acquisition  Agreement
      between  the Partnership,  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P., and
      IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. III  (the "Other  Partnerships")
      and  SSCI relating to the Offer and a subsequent merger of the Partnership
      with and  into  SSCI,  which  drafts management  of  the  Partnership  has
      indicated  to be  in substantially the  form intended to  be finalized and
      filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
    - Reviewed the Partnership's annual reports filed with the SEC on Form  10-K
      for  the  fiscal  years  ending  December 31,  1993,  1994  and  1995, and
      quarterly reports filed with  the SEC on Form  10-Q for the period  ending
      March 31, 1996;
 
    - Performed  an  appraisal  of  the portfolio  of  properties  owned  by the
      Partnership as of December 31,  1995 (the "Portfolio Valuation")  pursuant
      to  a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for the
      Partnership;
 
    - Reviewed  information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of   self-storage
      properties  by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior 12-month
      period and other  information available relating  to acquisition  criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnership of the current  net liquidation value  of the Partnership  and
      projections  of cash flow from operations and going-concern values for the
      Partnership, which were based in part on the Portfolio Valuation;
 
                             Schedule III - Page 1
<PAGE>
    - Discussed with members of  senior management of  the Partnership and  SSCI
      conditions  in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market for
      sales/acquisitions  of   properties  similar   to  those   owned  by   the
      Partnership,  current and projected  operations and performance, financial
      condition and future prospects of the properties and the Partnership; and
 
    - Conducted other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as  we
      deemed appropriate.
 
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of  all financial and  other information contained  in the Offer  to Purchase or
that was furnished or otherwise communicated to us by the Partnership and  SSCI.
We have not performed an independent appraisal of the non-real estate assets and
liabilities  of the  Partnership and  have relied  upon the  balance sheet value
determinations and  the  adjustments thereto  made  by the  General  Partner  to
determine  the net asset  value of the  Partnership. We have  also relied on the
assurance of the Partnership  and SSCI that the  calculations made to  determine
allocations  within  the Partnership  between  the General  Partner  and Limited
Partners are consistent with the  provisions of the Partnership Agreement;  that
any   pro  forma  financial  statements,   projections,  budgets,  estimates  of
environmental liability,  or value  estimates or  adjustments contained  in  the
Offer  to Purchase or  otherwise provided or comunicated  to us, were reasonably
prepared on bases consistent with  actual historical experience and reflect  the
best  currently available estimates  and good faith  judgments; that no material
changes  have  occurred  in  the  appraised  value  of  the  properties  or  the
information  reviewed between the date of the Portfolio Valuation or the date of
the other  information  provided and  the  date of  this  letter; and  that  the
Partnership  and SSCI are not aware of any information or facts that would cause
the information supplied to  us to be incomplete  or misleading in any  material
respect.
 
    We  have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the method
of determining  the  Consideration  to be  paid  in  the Offer;  (ii)  make  any
recommendation  to the  Limited Partners  with respect  to whether  to accept or
reject the Offer; or (iii) express any opinion as to the business decisions made
by the Partnership in response  to the Offer or  alternatives to the Offer,  tax
factors  resulting from the Offer,  the impact of the  Offer on Limited Partners
who do not accept the  Offer, the allocation of  expenses relating to the  Offer
and  subsequent merger  between the  Partnership and SSCI,  or any  terms of the
Offer other than the Consideration. Our opinion is based on business,  economic,
real  estate and securities markets, and other  conditions as of the date of our
analysis and addresses the Offer in  the context of information available as  of
the date of our analysis. Events occurring after that date may materially affect
the assumptions used in preparing the opinion.
 
    Based  upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our
opinion that as of the date of this letter the Consideration to be paid per unit
of limited partnership  interest in the  Offer is fair  to the Limited  Partners
from a financial point of view.
 
    The  preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is not
necessarily susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We  have
advised  the Partnership that our entire analysis  must be considered as a whole
and that selecting portions  of our analysis and  the factors considered by  us,
without  considering all analyses and facts,  could create an incomplete view of
the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have  been  advised  that  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth
Partners  L.P.  III  (collectively,  the  "Partnerships")  are  contemplating  a
transaction  (the "Merger")  in which  one or more  of the  Partnerships will be
merged with and  into Shurgard  Storage Centers, Inc.  ("SSCI"), an  affiliated,
publicly  traded  real  estate  investment  trust,  pursuant  to  an acquisition
agreement (the "Acquisition  Agreement") between the  Partnerships and SSCI.  In
the  Merger, the limited  partners of the  Partnerships (the "Limited Partners")
will be  asked to  approve the  Merger with  SSCI pursuant  to which  they  will
receive  as consideration newly issued shares of SSCI Class A Common Stock ( the
"Shares") and, in  the case  of fractional shares,  cash. We  have been  further
advised  that the Consideration to be received  in the Merger by the partners of
each Partnership will be  that number of  Shares and cash  such that the  market
value  of the  Shares and  cash will  be equal  to $40,066,700  for IDS/Shurgard
Income Growth Partners L.P., $26,861,846 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
L.P. II, and $39,649,643 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III, which
amounts represent the estimated net asset value of each Partnership as of  March
31,  1996 (collectively, the "Consideration"). To the extent a Partnership's net
asset value as of  the closing date  of the Merger exceeds  the net asset  value
indicated  above, the Partnership will distribute  such excess amount in cash to
the partners of such Partnership as  soon as practicable after the closing  date
of the Merger. For the purposes of determining the number of Shares to be issued
to each Partnership in the Merger, we have been advised that the market value of
the  Shares (the "Share Value")  will be based on  the average per share closing
prices on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  of  the  Shares  during  the  twenty
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the
meeting  of  limited partners  of the  applicable Partnership  on which  day the
general partner of such Partnership actually  calls for the vote of the  Limited
Partners  to approve the Merger, subject to  the condition that such Share Value
falls within the range of $22.25 to $27.75 per Share (the "Share Value Range").
 
    The general  partners of  the  Partnerships have  requested that  Robert  A.
Stanger  & Co., Inc. ("Stanger")  provide its opinion as  to the fairness to the
Limited Partners of  each Partnership, from  a financial point  of view, of  the
Consideration to be received in the Merger by each respective Partnership.
 
    In  the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among other
things:
 
    - Reviewed a draft of (i) the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) Offer to  Purchase
      for  each Partnership related to  a tender offer by  SSCI for interests in
      each Partnership, and (iii) the Proxy Statement/Prospectus related to  the
      Merger, which drafts management of the Partnerships has indicated to be in
      substantially  the  form  intended  to be  finalized  and  filed  with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
    - Reviewed the Partnerships' and SSCI's annual reports filed with the SEC on
      Form 10-K for the  fiscal years ending December  31, 1993, 1994 and  1995,
      and  quarterly reports  filed with  the SEC  on Form  10-Q for  the period
      ending March 31, 1996;
 
                             Schedule III - Page 3
<PAGE>
    - Reviewed the SSCI pro forma  financial statements and pro forma  schedules
      prepared by the Partnerships' management and SSCI's management;
 
    - Performed  appraisals  of  the  portfolios  of  properties  owned  by each
      Partnership as of December 31, 1995 (the "Portfolio Valuations")  pursuant
      to  a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for the
      Partnerships;
 
    - Reviewed  information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of   self-storage
      properties  by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior 12-month
      period and other  information available relating  to acquisition  criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnerships of the current net liquidation value of each Partnership  and
      projections of going-concern values for each Partnership, which were based
      in part on the Portfolio Valuations;
 
    - Discussed  with members of senior management  of the Partnerships and SSCI
      conditions in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market  for
      sales/acquisitions   of  properties   similar  to   those  owned   by  the
      Partnerships, current and  projected operations and  performance, and  the
      financial  condition and future  prospects of the  properties owned by the
      Partnerships, the Partnerships and SSCI;
 
    - Reviewed historical market prices, trading  volume and dividends for  SSCI
      Common Stock; and
 
    - Conducted  other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as we
      deemed appropriate.
 
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of all financial and other information  contained in each Offer to Purchase  and
the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus or that  was furnished or otherwise communicated
to us  by  the Partnerships  and  SSCI. We  have  not performed  an  independent
appraisal of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnerships, and
we  have relied upon the balance  sheet value determinations and the adjustments
thereto made by the general  partners to determine the  net asset value of  each
Partnership.  We have also relied on the  assurance of the Partnerships and SSCI
that the allocation  of the  Consideration within each  Partnership between  the
general  partner and Limited  Partners is consistent with  the provisions of the
Partnership Agreements; that  any pro forma  financial statements,  projections,
budgets, estimates of environmental liability, or value estimates or adjustments
contained  in  the  Offers to  Purchase  and the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus or
otherwise provided  or communicated  to us,  were reasonably  prepared on  bases
consistent  with  actual historical  experience and  reflect the  best currently
available estimates  and good  faith judgments;  that no  material changes  have
occurred  in the appraised  value of the properties  or the information reviewed
between the  date  of  the  Portfolio  Valuations  or  the  date  of  the  other
information  provided and the date of this letter; and that the Partnerships and
SSCI are not aware of any information or facts that would cause the  information
supplied to us to be incomplete or misleading in any material respect.
 
    We  have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the method
of  determining  the  Consideration  offered  in  the  Merger;  (ii)  make   any
recommendation  to  the Limited  Partners of  the  Partnerships with  respect to
whether to approve or reject  the Merger, or whether  to select the cash  tender
offer  made by SSCI  or the Shares offered  in the Merger;  or (iii) express any
opinion as to the  business decision to effect  the Merger, alternatives to  the
Merger, tax factors resulting from the Merger, the fairness of the Consideration
to  be received in  the Merger at  a Share Value  outside of the  low end of the
Share Value Range,  the allocation of  expenses associated with  the Merger  and
related  tender offers between and among the Partnerships and SSCI, or any terms
of the Merger other  than the Consideration. Our  opinion is based on  business,
economic,  real estate  and securities markets,  and other conditions  as of the
date of our  analysis and  addresses the Merger  in the  context of  information
available  as of the date of our  analysis. Events occurring after that date may
materially affect the assumptions used in preparing the opinion.
 
                             Schedule III - Page 4
<PAGE>
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is  our
opinion  that as of the date of this  letter the Consideration to be received in
the Merger by  the Limited  Partners is  fair to  the Limited  Partners of  each
respective Partnership from a financial point of view.
 
    The  preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is not
necessarily susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We  have
advised  each of the Partnerships that our entire analysis must be considered as
a whole and that selecting portions  of our analysis and the factors  considered
by  us, without considering  all analyses and facts,  could create an incomplete
view of the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 5
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IV
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                          JULY 1, 1996
 
Special Committee of the Board of Directors
  of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
c/o Latham & Watkins
650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
 
Dear Sirs:
 
    We understand that Shurgard  Storage Centers, Inc.  (the "Company") and  IDS
Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P.  ("IDS I"),  IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth
Partners L.P. II ("IDS  II") and IDS/ Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P.  III
("IDS III"; each of IDS I, IDS II and IDS III may be referred to separately as a
"Partnership"  or collectively  as the "Partnerships")  intend to  enter into an
Acquisition Agreement  (the  "Agreement") pursuant  to  which the  Company  will
commence  a cash tender offer  for (i) up to 65,000  of the outstanding units of
limited partnership of  IDS I, (ii)  up to  49,000 of the  outstanding units  of
limited  partnership of IDS II, and (iii)  up to 52,000 of the outstanding units
of limited  partnership of  IDS III  (collectively, the  "Tender Offers").  Upon
completion of the Tender Offers and if certain conditions have been satisfied or
waived,  including the receipt  of requisite approval by  the holders of limited
partnership units of each Partnership, each Partnership will be merged with  and
into  the  Company  (the  "Mergers") and  the  general  and  limited partnership
interests in each  of the  Partnerships will be  converted into  that number  of
shares  of Class A Common Stock, par  value $.001 per share ("Common Stock"), of
the Company obtained  by dividing (i)  the Net  Asset Value (as  defined in  the
Agreement)  of the respective Partnerships allocable to such interests by (ii) a
20 trading day average of the per  share closing prices for the Common Stock  on
the  New York  Stock Exchange (subject  to a  minimum and maximum  of $22.25 and
$27.75, respectively). You have requested our opinion, as investment bankers, as
to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the consideration to be paid
in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers.
 
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated ("Alex. Brown"), as a customary part of  its
investment banking business, is engaged in the valuation of businesses and their
securities   in   connection   with   mergers   and   acquisitions,   negotiated
underwritings, private placements and valuations for estate, corporate and other
purposes. We have  acted as financial  advisor to the  Special Committee of  the
Board of Directors in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers and have
received a fee for our services. We have also acted as a managing underwriter of
a past offering of the Common Stock and advised a special committee of the Board
of  Directors of  the Company regarding  its merger  with Shurgard Incorporated.
Alex. Brown regularly publishes research  reports regarding the real estate  and
real  estate investment  trust industries and  the businesses  and securities of
publicly owned companies  in those  industries. In  the ordinary  course of  our
business,  we may  actively trade the  Common Stock  of the Company  for our own
account and for the account of our  customers and, accordingly, may at any  time
hold a long or short position in the Company's Common Stock.
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 1
<PAGE>
    In  connection with our  opinion, we have reviewed  drafts of the Agreement,
the Offer to Purchase and the Registration Statement of the Company on Form  S-4
(the  "Registration  Statement")  with  respect to  the  Tender  Offers  and the
Mergers, as well as certain publicly available information and certain  internal
financial  and  other  information  furnished  to  us  by  the  Company  and the
Partnerships.  We  have  also  held  discussions  with  members  of  the  senior
management  of the Company  and a general partner  of each Partnership's general
partner  regarding  the  business   and  prospects  of   the  Company  and   the
Partnerships.  In addition, we have (i)  reviewed the reported price and trading
activity for the Common Stock and each Partnership's limited partnership  units,
(ii)  compared certain financial  and stock market  information for certain real
estate companies  whose  securities  are publicly  traded,  (iii)  reviewed  the
financial  terms  of  certain  recent acquisitions  in  the  public self-storage
industry and (iv) performed such other studies and analyses and considered  such
other factors as we deemed appropriate.
 
    In  conducting our review and in rendering our opinion, we have assumed that
the definitive Agreement, Offer to Purchase and Registration Statement will not,
when executed or filed, as the case may be, differ in any material respect  from
the  drafts thereof which  we have reviewed. We  have not independently verified
the information described above  and for purposes of  this opinion have  assumed
the  accuracy, completeness  and fairness  thereof. With  respect to information
relating to the prospects of the  Company and the Partnerships, we have  assumed
that  such  information  reflects  the best  currently  available  estimates and
judgments of the Company's management  and of a general  partner of each of  the
Partnership's  general partner as to the  likely future financial performance of
the Company and the Partnerships. In addition,  we have not made or obtained  an
independent  evaluation  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  the  assets  of the
Partnerships or  reviewed  environmental issues  relating  to the  Company,  the
Partnerships,  the Tender Offers or the Mergers. Our opinion is based on market,
economic and other conditions as they exist and can be evaluated as of the  date
of this letter.
 
    Based  upon and subject  to the foregoing,  it is our  opinion as investment
bankers that, as of the date of this letter, the consideration to be paid by the
Company in each of the Tender Offers  and the Mergers is fair, from a  financial
point of view, to the Company.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          Alex, Brown & Sons Incorporated
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE V
                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                        1995            1994
                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................................   $    367,914   $      455,167  $      384,867
  Storage centers, net...........................................     24,748,826       24,965,503      25,126,512
  Other assets...................................................        193,561          155,712         174,768
  Amortizable assets, less accumulated amortization of $368,442,
   $350,718 and $279,821.........................................         91,253          108,977         179,874
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Assets...............................................   $ 25,401,554   $   25,685,359  $   25,866,021
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Liabilities:
    Accounts payable and other accrued expenses..................   $    270,026   $      256,049  $      169,033
    Construction payable.........................................                                         173,572
    Unearned rent and tenant deposits............................                         132,881         118,132
    Line of credit...............................................        470,000          470,000
    Notes payable................................................      2,849,503        2,867,661       2,938,331
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Liabilities..........................................      3,589,529        3,726,591       3,399,068
  Partners' equity (deficit):
    Limited partners.............................................     22,001,034       22,140,440      22,623,217
    General partner..............................................       (189,009)        (181,672)       (156,264)
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Partners' Equity.....................................     21,812,025       21,958,768  $   22,466,953
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Liabilities and Partners' Equity.....................   $ 25,401,554   $   25,685,359  $   25,866,021
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 1
<PAGE>
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                            1996           1995           1995           1994           1993
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental..............................  $   1,092,790  $   1,013,765  $   4,308,603  $   4,037,720  $   3,617,849
  Interest Income.....................          5,234          2,041         11,044         19,765          3,549
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Revenue.....................      1,098,024      1,015,806      4,319,647      4,057,485      3,621,398
EXPENSES:
  Operating...........................        249,832        230,097        943,532        875,926        786,459
  Property management fees............         65,568         60,791        258,253        242,259        217,121
  Depreciation........................        216,677        209,318        848,364        832,554        814,883
  Real estate taxes...................         89,667         92,368        324,450        327,337        337,741
  Interest............................         69,817         65,103        254,026        237,962        166,036
  Amortization........................         17,724         17,725         70,897         70,835         78,580
  Administrative......................         43,236         45,305        159,326        130,467        126,103
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Expenses....................        752,521        720,707      2,858,848      2,717,340      2,526,923
EARNINGS..............................  $     345,503  $     295,099  $   1,460,799  $   1,340,145  $   1,094,475
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
EARNINGS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        2.85  $        2.44  $       12.06  $       11.06  $        9.03
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
DISTRIBUTIONS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        4.06  $        4.06  $       16.25  $       15.78  $       15.62
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 2
<PAGE>
                    STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' EQUITY [DEFICIT]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        LIMITED        GENERAL
                                                                        PARTNERS       PARTNER         TOTAL
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1993...........................................  $   23,925,497  $    (87,721) $   23,837,776
Distributions......................................................      (1,798,591)      (94,664)     (1,893,255)
Earnings...........................................................       1,039,751        54,724       1,094,475
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1993.........................................      23,166,657      (127,661)     23,038,996
Distributions......................................................      (1,816,578)      (95,610)     (1,912,188)
Earnings...........................................................       1,273,138        67,007       1,340,145
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1994.........................................      22,623,217      (156,264)     22,466,953
Distributions......................................................      (1,870,536)      (98,448)     (1,968,984)
Earnings...........................................................       1,387,759        73,040       1,460,799
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1995.........................................      22,140,440      (181,672)     21,958,768
Distributions (unaudited)..........................................        (467,634)      (24,612)       (492,246)
Earnings (unaudited)...............................................         328,228        17,275         345,503
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Balance, March 31, 1996 (unaudited)................................  $   22,001,034  $   (189,009) $   21,812,025
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                                     --------------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 3
<PAGE>
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                           31,                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                --------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
                                                    1996          1995           1995            1994            1993
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Earnings....................................  $    345,503  $    295,099  $    1,460,799  $    1,340,145  $    1,094,475
  Adjustments to reconcile earnings to net
   cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............       234,401       227,043         919,261         903,389         893,463
    Changes in operating accounts:
      Other assets............................       (37,849)       17,474          19,056         (41,692)        (22,696)
      Accounts payable and other accrued
       expenses...............................      (119,524)       12,185          87,016          (1,861)       (212,815)
      Unearned rent and tenant deposits.......           620         6,696          14,749          11,414          (1,796)
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
  Net cash provided by operating activities...       423,151       558,497       2,500,881       2,211,395       1,750,631
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Construction of and improvements to storage
   centers....................................       --           (497,809)       (860,927)       (430,410)       (809,619)
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from (payments on) line of
   credit.....................................                     185,000         470,000      (1,250,000)      1,250,000
  Payment of loan costs.......................                                                     (38,021)         (2,671)
  Payment on notes payable....................       (18,158)      (16,318)        (70,670)        (66,982)        (38,555)
  Proceeds from notes payable.................                                                   1,250,000
  Distributions to partners...................      (492,246)     (492,246)     (1,968,984)     (1,912,188)     (1,893,255)
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
  Net cash used in financing activities.......      (510,404)     (323,564)     (1,569,654)     (2,017,191)       (684,481)
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash
 equivalents..................................       (87,253)     (262,876)         70,300        (236,206)        256,531
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
 year.........................................       455,167       384,867         384,867         621,073         364,542
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......  $    367,914  $    121,991  $      455,167  $      384,867  $      621,073
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during year for interest..........  $     69,817  $     65,103  $      254,026  $      237,962  $      166,036
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Liabilities incurred in connection with the
   improvement and construction of storage
   centers....................................  $    --       $    --       $     --        $      173,572  $     --
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 4
<PAGE>
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    GENERAL:   IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II (the Partnership) was
organized under the laws  of the State  of Washington on  November 15, 1988,  to
serve  as a vehicle for investments in and ownership of a professionally managed
real estate  portfolio  consisting  of self  storage  properties  which  provide
month-to-month  leases  for  business  and personal  use.  The  Partnership will
terminate December 31, 2030, unless terminated  at an earlier date. The  general
partner is Shurgard Associates L.P. II, a Washington limited partnership.
 
    As of March 31, 1996, there were approximately 4,200 limited partners in the
Partnership.  There  were  approximately 115,100  units  of  limited partnership
interest outstanding at a contribution of $250 per unit.
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during  the
reporting period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    The  interim financial statements included in  this report are unaudited. In
the opinion of the Company, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
such financial statements have been included. Such adjustments consisted only of
normal recurring  items.  Interim  results are  not  necessarily  indicative  of
results for a full year.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Cash equivalents consist of money market instruments with
original maturities of 90 days or less.
 
    STORAGE  CENTERS:  Storage centers, including land, buildings and equipment,
are recorded at cost. Depreciation on  buildings and equipment is recorded on  a
straight-line  basis over their estimated useful lives which range from three to
thirty years.
 
    AMORTIZABLE ASSETS:    Amortizable  assets, consisting  of  loan  costs  and
non-compete  covenants, are amortized over their  expected useful lives of three
to eight years.
 
    RENTAL REVENUE:    Rental revenue  is  recognized as  earned  under  accrual
accounting principles.
 
    TAXES  ON INCOME:  The  financial statements do not  reflect a provision for
Federal income taxes because such taxes are the responsibility of the individual
partners.
 
    LITIGATION:  The Partnership has a  policy of accruing for probable  losses,
which  if any, could be material to  the future financial position or results of
operations. As of March 31, 1996, there are currently no known probable  losses,
therefore, no such accruals have been made.
 
    EARNINGS  PER UNIT  OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST:  Earnings  per unit of
limited partnership  interest is  based  on earnings  allocated to  the  limited
partners  divided by the number of  limited partnership units outstanding during
the year (115,110 units for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995  and
three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995).
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  PER UNIT OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST:  Distributions per
unit of limited partnership interest is based on the total amount distributed to
limited partners divided by the number of limited partnership units  outstanding
during  the year (115,110 units  for each of the  three years ended December 31,
1995 and three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995).
 
    VALUATION OF LONG LIVED ASSETS:   The Partnership, using its best  estimates
based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, reviews storage
centers   and  other  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances have indicated that the carrying  amounts of its assets might  not
be recoverable. Impaired assets are reported at the lower of cost or fair value.
At March 31, 1996, no assets had been written down.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 5
<PAGE>
NOTE B -- STORAGE CENTERS
 
    Storage centers consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ------------------------------
                                                                    1995            1994
                                               MARCH 31, 1996  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Land.........................................  $    6,014,514  $    6,014,514  $    5,848,181
Building.....................................      22,762,245      22,762,245      22,381,990
Equipment....................................         872,980         872,980         732,213
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                   29,649,739      29,649,739      28,962,384
Less accumulated depreciation................      (4,900,913)     (4,684,236)     (3,835,872)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               $   24,748,826  $   24,965,503  $   25,126,512
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Construction  in progress was $625,437 at  December 31, 1994 and is included
in buildings.
 
NOTE C -- TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    In connection  with the  management  of both  the  storage centers  and  the
Partnership,   the  Partnership   has  paid  or   accrued  management  expenses,
reimbursements and  a  monthly  property  management fee  equal  to  6%  of  the
properties  gross revenue to Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., an affiliate of the
general partner. On March  24, 1995 Shurgard  Incorporated merged with  Shurgard
Storage  Centers, Inc. Prior to the merger  date such fees were paid to Shurgard
Incorporated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------------
                                                             1995         1994         1993
                                              MARCH 31,   -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                1996
                                             -----------
                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Partnership management expenses and
 reimbursement at cost.....................   $  13,300   $    54,700  $    64,800  $    83,700
Property management fees...................      65,568       258,253      242,259      217,121
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D -- NOTES PAYABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ----------------------------
                                                                      1995           1994
                                                     MARCH 31,    -------------  -------------
                                                       1996
                                                   -------------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Note payable to a commercial bank. Secured by
 real estate and payable in monthly installments
 of $15,056, including principal and interest at
 8%, due October 1999. The note reprices in
 September 1997 and can be fixed for various
 periods at the Partnership's option.............  $   1,656,457  $   1,668,337  $   1,713,603
Note payable to a commercial bank. Secured by
 real estate and payable in monthly installments
 of $10,837, including principal and interest at
 8.25%, due March 2001. The note reprices in
 September 1996 and can be fixed for various
 periods at the Partnership's option.............      1,193,046      1,199,324      1,224,728
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   $   2,849,503  $   2,867,661  $   2,938,331
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule V - Page 6
<PAGE>
    Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Partnership for bank
loans with similar  terms and average  maturities, the fair  value of the  fixed
rate  long-term debt which matures October,  1999 is estimated to be $1,765,000.
The note maturing March 2001 reprices  to market every six months,  accordingly,
the recorded value approximates fair value.
 
    The approximate maturities of principal on these notes payable over the next
five years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
1996.................................               $    78,207
1997.................................                    84,856
1998.................................                    92,071
1999.................................                    99,899
2000.................................                   108,395
thereafter...........................                 2,404,233
                                                    -----------
                                                    $ 2,867,661
                                                    -----------
                                                    -----------
</TABLE>
 
    On  May 1, 1995, the Partnership  obtained an $850,000 non-revolving line of
credit with interest rate  of prime plus  one half percent  (9% at December  31,
1995),  maturing May 1, 1997. During the  year, the Partnership drew $470,000 on
the line of credit in order to fund the Chesapeake expansion.
 
NOTE E -- LEASE
 
    The Partnership leases  retail space at  the Kennydale storage  center to  a
single tenant under a
noncancellable  operating lease  which expires  October 31,  2003. The  lease is
renewable at current market  rates at that time.  Future minimum lease  receipts
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
1996.................................               $   131,818
1997.................................                   136,948
1998.................................                   137,938
1999.................................                   126,084
2000.................................                   126,084
2001 to 2003.........................                   378,252
                                                    -----------
                                                    $ 1,037,124
                                                    -----------
                                                    -----------
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule V - Page 7
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
General Partner and Limited Partners
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
Seattle, Washington
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying  balance sheets  of  IDS/Shurgard Income
Growth Partners  L.P. II  as of  December 31,  1995 and  1994, and  the  related
statements  of earnings, partners' equity (deficit),  and cash flows for each of
the three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  These  financial
statements   are  the  responsibility  of   the  Partnership's  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, such  financial statements present  fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 1995  and
1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years  in  the  period ended  December  31,  1995 in  conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
March 1, 1996
 
                              Schedule V - Page 8
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VI
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                          AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND 1995
 
    REVENUES:   The Partnership's performance continued to improve with earnings
up $50,400  or 17%  over the  same  quarter of  1995. Rental  revenue  increased
$79,000 or 8% in the first quarter of 1996 compared to the corresponding quarter
of  1995. The  increase resulted  primarily from  a 6%  increase in  the average
rental rate per  square foot as  well as  the increase in  revenue from  storage
center  expansions. Kennydale, Newport  News North and  Leesburg storage centers
contributed the largest revenue  gains in your  Partnership of $25,800  $15,600,
and  $12,500, respectively. Occupancies decreased two percentage points from 89%
at March 31, 1995 to 87% at March 31, 1996.
 
    EXPENSES:   Total expenses  rose 4%  for the  quarter compared  to the  same
quarter  of 1995.  Operating and administrative  expenses increased  6% over the
first quarter of 1995.  The majority of this  increase resulted from  additional
hours  worked by the store mangers and increased salaries. Interest expense also
rose 7% due  to the additional  borrowings on the  Partnership's line of  credit
since March 31, 1995.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    REVENUE:   The  Partnership's rental revenue  rose $271,000  and $420,000 in
1995 and 1994, respectively. These increases resulted primarily from the rise in
the average rental rate per square foot from  $7.78 in 1993 to $8.08 in 1994  to
$8.59  in  1995 as  well as  storage  center expansions.  Additionally, earnings
increased $120,000 in 1995 and $246,000  in 1994. The average occupancy for  all
of the Partnership's storage centers was 87%, 90%, and 91% at December 31, 1995,
1994  and 1993, respectively. Although the average occupancy for the Partnership
decreased three  percentage points  during 1995,  total revenue  increased as  a
result  of the  Partnership seeking  to maximize  revenue by  adjusting rents to
match demand. Store managers evaluate their store's rental rates, based on  unit
demand,  unit availability and competitors' rental rates. The Partnership trains
its store managers in revenue optimization and empowers them to adjust  marginal
rental  rates based on their "on the ground" analysis of demand and availability
at their  particular  store. In  addition,  the use  of  month-to-month  leases,
combined  with customer turnover,  allows rents to be  quickly adjusted to match
current demand in a flexible manner.
 
    EXPENSES:  Operating  expenses increased  $68,000 in 1995  after an  $89,000
increase  in 1994. Operating  expenses for 1995 rose  primarily due to increased
hours worked  by store  managers,  higher postage  and supply  costs,  increased
payout  of tenant  claims and foreclosure  expenses and the  increase in utility
expense at the Chesapeake storage center due to the new expansion. Increases  in
1994  were primarily  attributable to repair  and maintenance costs  for the air
conditioning  unit  at  T.C.  Jester  and  higher  salary  cost  throughout  the
Partnership's storage centers.
 
    Real  estate  expense decreased  each  year from  1993  to 1995.  The slight
decrease in 1995 was  due to a tax  refund received in 1995  as a result of  the
successful  real estate tax appeal of the Sterling Heights storage center's 1994
assessed value. The  decrease in  real estate taxes  in 1994  was accredited  to
winning  an appeal for Kennydale's 1993 and  1994 assessed value. The refund due
for 1993 taxes was offset  against the taxes due  in 1994. The Partnership  does
not expect to be able to continue to decrease real estate taxes in the future.
 
    Additionally,  interest expense rose  $16,000 and $72,000  in 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The  increase in  1995 was  due to  additional borrowings  on  the
Partnership's  line of credit  to fund the  Chesapeake expansion as  well as the
slight rise  in interest  rates from  8.125% at  December 31,  1994 to  8.5%  at
December  31, 1995 on the commercial bank note totaling $1,200,000. The increase
in 1994 was due to the Partnership borrowing on their line of credit to  finance
the expansion of Newport News North which was subsequently refinanced.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 1
<PAGE>
    Administrative  expenses rose  $29,000 in  1995 after  a slight  increase in
1994. The 1995 increase was primarily due to the increase in printing costs  for
the Partnership's quarterly and annual reports.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    TRANSACTION  COSTS:    The  Partnership  continues  to  investigate  various
alternatives to provide the limited partners with greater liquidity. During  the
first  quarter of 1996,  costs incurred by the  Partnership in exploring various
alternative transactions  totaled approximately  $61,000. Whether  and when  the
Partnership  will reach  agreement regarding  the implementation  of any  of the
various alternatives  will  depend on  a  number of  factors.  There can  be  no
assurance  that  any  agreement  will  be  reached,  or  if  reached,  that  the
transactions contemplated thereby will be consummated.
 
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES:    The  Partnership  invested  approximately  $475,000
during the first quarter of 1995 to expand the Chesapeake center.
 
    FINANCING  ACTIVITIES:  During the March  1995 quarter, the Partnership drew
$185,000 on their  $1,500,000 line  of credit in  order to  fund the  Chesapeake
buildout. On May 1, 1995 the Partnership converted the $1,500,000 line of credit
to an $850,000 non-revolving line of credit, maturing May 1, 1997.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  TO PARTNERS:  The annualized distribution rate was 6.50%, for
the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    CASH FROM OPERATIONS:  Cash from operations increased by $460,800 from  1993
to  1994 and $289,500  from 1994 to  1995, reflecting the  increase in earnings.
These fluctuations reflect changes in earnings adjusted by the timing of certain
expense payments and payments due  to affiliates. Management believes that  cash
balances  and cash flow from  operations will be adequate  to support the future
operating needs of the Partnership.
 
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES:    During  1994  and  1995  the  Partnership  invested
approximately  $1,200,000 to expand the  Chesapeake storage center. This project
entailed the  construction  of  two, one-story  buildings  adding  approximately
26,000  square feet of  storage space, as  well as the  addition of 2,400 square
feet of RV parking. The new expansion opened the beginning of April 1995 and  is
currently  76% occupied.  The expenditures during  1994 and  1995 were primarily
funded from operating  cash flow  and cash  reserves; the  remaining costs  were
funded  from the  line of  credit. The  expansion of  the Partnership's existing
facilities provide  an opportunity  to increase  revenue without  a  significant
increase  in operating costs. In 1993 the Partnership completed the expansion at
Newport News North  at a cost  of $763,000. This  expansion added 26,000  square
feet  to  the  existing 33,000  square  feet  of storage.  The  additional space
includes both climate controlled and non-climate controlled units.
 
    Additionally,  investments  in  the  remaining  storage  centers  have  been
$69,000,  $51,000, and $47,000  in 1995, 1994, and  1993, respectively. In 1995,
investments included  pavement  work  at the  Sterling  Heights  and  Bellefield
storage  centers as well as security upgrades  at the Orange storage center. The
majority of  improvement  in 1994  were  security  upgrades at  the  Orange  and
Sterling Heights storage centers. During 1993 improvements included new pavement
at  the Bellefield  and Sterling  Heights storage centers  as well  as new doors
installed at  the Orange  storage center.  Planned improvements  for 1996  total
approximately  $91,000  and are  expected to  be funded  from operations  of the
Partnership.
 
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES:  On May 1, 1995, the Partnership obtained an  $850,000
non-revolving  line of credit with interest rate of prime plus one half percent,
maturing May 1, 1997. During 1995, the Partnership drew $470,000 on the line  of
credit in order to fund the Chesapeake expansion. The Partnership intends to pay
off  or refinance this line of credit from operating cash flow over the next two
years. Additionally, in 1994, the  Partnership converted its $1,250,000 line  of
credit into a seven year note which will mature in March of 2001.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  TO PARTNERS:  Annualized  distribution rates were 6.5%, 6.31%
and 6.25% for 1995, 1994 and  1993, respectively. Distributions are expected  to
continue  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  will  reflect  the  Partnership's future
operating results and cash position.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VII
                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,
1996 and unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of net income for the  three
month period ended March 31, 1996 set forth the effect of the Transaction on the
Purchaser's  historical balance sheet  and historical statement  of income as of
and for the same dates as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The following unaudited consolidated  statement of net  income for the  year
ended  December  31,  1995 sets  forth  the  effect of  the  Transaction  on the
Purchaser's pre-Merger pro forma consolidated  statement of income for the  year
then ended as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The Purchaser's pre-Merger pro forma consolidated statement of net income is
based on the Purchaser's historical financial statements adjusted to reflect the
consummation of the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1,
1995:  (i) the merger of Shurgard Incorporated, (ii) the acquisition of Shurgard
Evergreen Limited  Partnership,  (iii) the  sale  of approximately  4.9  million
shares  of common stock of the Purchaser,  and (iv) the acquisition of 4 storage
centers.  Any  additional   net  income  resulting   from  the  assumption   and
consummation  of these transactions on  January 1, 1995 is  assumed to have been
distributed to shareholders during 1995.
 
    These pro  forma  consolidated financial  statements  are presented  in  two
scenarios:  (a)  the  purchase  by  the  Purchaser  through  the  Offer  and the
Additional Offers of 29,640, 23,022 and 23,843 of the outstanding units of IDS1,
IDS2 and  IDS3,  respectively  (representing  approximately  20%  of  the  total
outstanding  units) and (b) the purchase by  the Purchaser of 65,000, 49,000 and
52,000  of  the  outstanding  units   of  IDS1,  IDS2  and  IDS3,   respectively
(representing  the  maximum number  of  units to  be  acquired by  the Purchaser
through the  Offer and  the  Additional Offers).  These pro  forma  consolidated
financial  statements have been  formatted to show the  pro forma adjustments to
the Purchaser's  pre-Merger  pro  forma and  historical  consolidated  financial
statements  related to  the Purchaser and  to the Partnerships  in four separate
columns so that the Unitholder can evaluate the Merger of any one, two or  three
of the Partnerships with the Purchaser.
 
    The   pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are  not  necessarily
indicative of  what the  Purchaser's  actual financial  position or  results  of
operations  would have been as of the date  or for the periods indicated, nor do
they purport  to represent  the  Purchaser's financial  position or  results  of
operations  as of or for any future period. The pro forma consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with all financial statements  included
elsewhere herein or incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 1
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PURCHASER
                                 PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)   IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                  HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Storage centers, net..........   $ 537,732     $             $  42,476(3)  $  30,520(3)  $  50,688(3)  $ 661,416
Other real estate
 investments..................      22,169        20,054        (9,810)(4)     (5,104)(5)     (7,136)(5)     20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and
 other assets.................      58,027         2,300         1,088(6)        562(6)        754(6)     62,731
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total assets..............   $ 617,928     $  22,354     $  33,754    $  25,978    $  44,306    $ 744,320
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Accounts payable and other
 liabilities..................   $  43,854     $      --     $   1,300(7)  $   1,371(7)  $   2,779(  (8)  $  49,304
Notes payable.................     132,247        22,354            --        2,850       10,384      167,835
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities.........     176,101        22,354         1,300        4,221       13,163      217,139
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity..........     441,827            --        32,454(9)     21,757(9)     31,143(9)    527,181
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity.....   $ 617,928     $  22,354     $  33,754    $  25,978    $  44,306    $ 744,320
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect the  purchase of 29,640,  23,022 and 23,843  Units of IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively  ("Tendered  Units"), as  if such  occurred  on
    January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance the purchase of the
    Tendered  Units, and the Purchaser's estimated  costs related to the Mergers
    and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals. IDS1 includes  only 70% of  the step-up to  market value of  SJP
    II's  storage centers as the remaining 30%  was owned by the Purchaser prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4) Historical amounts have  been adjusted to eliminate  the Tendered Units  and
    the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate the Tendered Units.
 
(6)  Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets which
    were specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per  the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to include estimated liabilities for
    Partnership transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for  IDS1,
    IDS2  and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees and
    Expenses"),
 
(8) Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated  costs
    to  complete the expansion  of Dobson Ranch,  the market value  of which was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9) Amount reflects Net Asset Value less the value of the Tendered Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 2
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE      PURCHASER    PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
DATA)                           HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    23,531     $      --      $   1,622    $   1,093    $   1,807   $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................          434           287           (186)(3)        (66)(4)       (101)(4)         368
Property management revenue...          854            --           (109)(5)        (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       24,819           287          1,327          952        1,587        28,972
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............        6,926            --            403          255          468         8,052
Depreciation and
 amortization.................        5,085            21            333(6)        216(6)        350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes.............        2,081            --            127           90          135         2,433
General and administrative....        1,082            --             34(5)         29(5)         28(5)       1,173
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       15,174            21            897          590          981        17,663
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........        9,645           266            430          362          606        11,309
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....           95            --             10            5            9           119
Interest expense..............       (2,427)         (461)            --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,161)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (2,332)         (461)            10          (54)        (205)       (3,042)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).............  $     7,313     $    (195)     $     440    $     308    $     401   $     8,267
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      0.32                                                          $      0.31
                                -----------                                                          -----------
                                -----------                                                          -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    12,196     $     (16)     $     724    $     479    $     686   $    14,070
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,196,858            --      1,276,961(9)    856,799(9)  1,275,199(9)  26,605,817
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of  such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt   incurred  to  finance  the  purchase   of  the  Tendered  Units,  and
    depreciation of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the  Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4) Historical  amounts  have  been  adjusted to  eliminate  earnings  from  the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 3
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PURCHASER                                                         PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER       PRE-MERGER   PURCHASER (1)  IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)            PRO FORMA   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    94,381   $       --    $   6,465    $   4,309    $   7,225   $   112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................        1,397        1,111         (739)(3)       (278)(4)       (358)(4)       1,133
Property management revenue...        3,780           --         (443)(5)       (313)(5)       (490)(5)       2,534
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       99,558        1,111        5,283        3,718        6,377       116,047
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............       26,194           --        1,516          958        1,820        30,488
Depreciation and
 amortization.................       18,059           84        1,331(6)        863(6)      1,399(6)      21,736
Real estate taxes.............        7,727           --          466          324          506         9,023
General and administrative....        5,543           --          138(5)         90(5)         94(5)       5,865
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       57,523           84        3,451        2,235        3,819        67,112
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........       42,035        1,027        1,832        1,483        2,558        48,935
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....          507           --          107           11           36           661
Interest expense..............      (10,170)      (1,844)          --         (235)(7)       (857)(7)     (13,106)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (9,663)      (1,844)         107         (224)        (821)      (12,445)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income.............  $    32,372   $     (817)   $   1,939    $   1,259    $   1,737   $    36,490
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      1.40                                                       $      1.37
                                -----------                                                       -----------
                                -----------                                                       -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    49,236   $      (61)   $   3,058    $   1,947    $   2,850   $    57,031
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,193,921           --    1,276,961(9)    856,799(9)  1,275,199(9)  26,602,880
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt  incurred  to  finance  the   purchase  of  the  Tendered  Units,   and
    depreciation  of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4)  Historical  amounts  have  been adjusted  to  eliminate  earnings  from the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships' financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PURCHASER
                                  PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)   IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                   HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Storage centers, net...........   $ 537,732     $      --     $  42,476(3)  $  30,520(3)  $  50,688(3)  $ 661,416
Other real estate
 investments...................      22,169        43,560       (18,892)(4)    (10,863)(5)    (15,801)(5)     20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and
 other assets..................      58,027         2,300         1,088(6)        562(6)        754(6)     62,731
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total assets...............   $ 617,928     $  45,860     $  24,672    $  20,219    $  35,641    $ 744,320
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Accounts payable and other
 liabilities...................   $  43,854     $      --     $   1,300(5)  $   1,371(7)  $   1,609(  (8)  $  48,134
Notes payable..................     132,247        45,860            --        2,850       10,384      191,341
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities..........     176,101        45,860         1,300        4,221       11,993      239,475
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity...........     441,827            --        23,372(9)     15,998(9)     23,648(9)    504,845
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity......   $ 617,928     $  45,860     $  24,672    $  20,219    $  35,641    $ 744,320
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect the  purchase of 65,000,  49,000 and 52,000  Units of IDS1,
    IDS2 and IDS3, respectively ("Maximum  Tendered Units"), as if the  purchase
    of such occurred on January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance
    the  purchase of  the Tendered  Units, and  the Purchaser's  estimated costs
    related to the Mergers and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals. IDS1 includes  only 70% of  the step-up to  market value of  SJP
    II's  storage centers as the remaining 30%  was owned by the Purchaser prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4) Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to eliminate  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  eliminate the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
(6) Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets  which
    were  specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7) Historical amounts have been  adjusted to include estimated liabilities  for
    Partnership  transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees  and
    Expenses").
 
(8)  Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated costs
    to complete the  expansion of Dobson  Ranch, the market  value of which  was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9)  Amount reflects  Net Asset  Value less  the value  of the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 5
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER        PURCHASER    PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)           HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    23,531     $      --      $   1,622    $   1,093    $   1,807   $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................          434           623           (329)(3)       (140)(4)       (220)(4)         368
Property management revenue...          854            --           (109)(5)        (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       24,819           623          1,184          878        1,468        28,972
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............        6,926            --            403          255          468         8,052
Depreciation and
 amortization.................        5,085            21            333(6)        216(6)        350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes.............        2,081            --            127           90          135         2,433
General and administrative....        1,082            --             34(5)         29(5)         28(5)       1,173
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       15,174            21            897          590          981        17,663
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........        9,645           602            287          288          487        11,309
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....           95            --             10            5            9           119
Interest expense..............       (2,427)         (945)            --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,645)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (2,332)         (945)            10          (54)        (205)       (3,526)
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).............  $     7,313     $    (343)     $     297    $     234    $     282   $     7,783
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      0.32                                                          $      0.30
                                -----------                                                          -----------
                                -----------                                                          -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    12,196     $      23      $     522    $     355    $     491   $    13,587
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,196,858            --        913,700(9)    626,436(9)    928,582(9)  25,665,576
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------        ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such occurred  on January  1, 1995,  interest (at  8.25% per  annum) on  the
    additional  debt  incurred  to  finance the  purchase,  and  depreciation of
    estimated costs  related to  the Mergers  and the  Offers assuming  all  the
    Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Maximum Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings  of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity; nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 6
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PURCHASER                                                         PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER        PRO FORMA   PURCHASER (1)  IDS1 (2)     IDS2 (2)     IDS3 (2)    POST-MERGER
SHARE AND SHARE DATA)           PRE-MERGER   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Rental revenue................  $    94,381   $       --    $   6,465    $   4,309    $   7,225   $   112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..................        1,397        2,414       (1,306)(3)       (591)(4)       (781)(4)       1,133
Property management revenue...        3,780           --         (443)(5)       (313)(5)       (490)(5)       2,534
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.............       99,558        2,414        4,716        3,405        5,954       116,047
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expense.............       26,194           --        1,516          958        1,820        30,488
Depreciation and
 amortization.................       18,059           84        1,331(6)        863(6)      1,399(6)      21,736
Real estate taxes.............        7,727           --          466          324          506         9,023
General and administrative....        5,543           --          138(5)         90(5)         94(5)       5,865
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses............       57,523           84        3,451        2,235        3,819        67,112
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations........       42,035        2,330        1,265        1,170        2,135        48,935
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest and other income.....          507           --          107           11           36           661
Interest expense..............      (10,170)      (3,784)          --         (235)(7)       (857)(7)     (15,046)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total other income
     (expense)................       (9,663)      (3,784)         107         (224)        (821)      (14,385)
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).............  $    32,372   $   (1,454)   $   1,372    $     946    $   1,314   $    34,550
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income per share..........  $      1.40                                                       $      1.35
                                -----------                                                       -----------
                                -----------                                                       -----------
FFO (8).......................  $    49,236   $       91    $   2,239    $   1,437    $   2,089   $    55,092
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of
 shares.......................   23,193,921           --      913,700(9)    626,436(9)    928,582(9)  25,662,639
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such  occurred on  January 1,  1995, interest  (at 8.25%  per annum)  on the
    additional debt incurred  to finance  the purchase of  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units,  and depreciation of  estimated costs related to  the Mergers and the
    Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Maximum  Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 7
<PAGE>
                                 SCHEDULE VIII
                           PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS.  The following table sets forth the distributions
paid  per Unit (original purchase price $250  per Unit) in the periods indicated
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                               DISTRIBUTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
1990
  First Quarter..................................................................    $    1.31
  Second Quarter.................................................................         4.13
  Third Quarter..................................................................         3.60
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         3.91
1991
  First Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Second Quarter.................................................................         3.91
  Third Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         3.91
1992
  First Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Second Quarter.................................................................         3.91
  Third Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         3.91
1993
  First Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Second Quarter.................................................................         3.91
  Third Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         3.91
1994
  First Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Second Quarter.................................................................         3.91
  Third Quarter..................................................................         3.91
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         4.06
1995
  First Quarter..................................................................         4.06
  Second Quarter.................................................................         4.06
  Third Quarter..................................................................         4.06
  Fourth Quarter.................................................................         4.06
1996
  First Quarter..................................................................         4.06
</TABLE>
 
                             Schedule VIII - Page 1
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IX
                              PROPERTY INFORMATION
 
    The following table  sets forth  certain information regarding  each of  the
Partnership's  self storage centers,  including occupancy at  December 31, 1993,
1994, 1995 and March 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NET                     OCCUPANCY AT
                                                                         RENTABLE                      DEC. 31
     PROPERTY NAME        PROPERTY LOCATION    OWNED SINCE  YEAR BUILT  SQUARE FEET    ACREAGE          1993
- -----------------------  --------------------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                      <C>                   <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Orange                   Orange, CA                  1989      1985         90,000          2.8              91
Sterling Heights         Sterling Heights, MI        1988      1986        105,000          8.9              95
Newport News North       Newport News, VA            1989      1986         59,000          3.8           *
Chesapeake               Chesapeake, VA              1989   1986/1995       58,000          5.2         *
Leesburg                 Leesburg, VA                1989      1986         28,000          1.6         *
T.C. Jester              Houston, TX                 1990      1990         64,000          2.8              92
Bellefield               Bellevue, WA                1990   1978/1986       67,000          2.9              92
Kennydale                Renton, WA                  1991      1991         67,000          2.8              91
                                                                        -----------         ---
Total                                                                      538,000         30.8
 
<CAPTION>
                           OCCUPANCY AT       OCCUPANCY AT       OCCUPANCY AT
                              DEC. 31            DEC. 31            MAR. 31
     PROPERTY NAME             1994               1995               1996
- -----------------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>
Orange                              92                 86                 86
Sterling Heights                    88                 80                 84
Newport News North               *                *                  *
Chesapeake                     *                  *                  *
Leesburg                       *                  *                  *
T.C. Jester                         92                 87                 85
Bellefield                          93                 93                 93
Kennydale                           91                 87                 88
Total
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
 *   These properties are individually less than 10% of historical cost of total
     storage centers  for  the  Partnership.  The  average  occupancy  of  these
     properties  was  88%, 87%  and 88%  at  December 31,  1993, 1994  and 1995,
     respectively, and 87% at March 31, 1996.
 
    The following table presents the  average occupancy per net rentable  square
foot  and average rental rate per net rentable square foot for the Partnership's
properties for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994  and 1995 and the  three
months ended March 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           FOR THE THREE
                                                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   -------------------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                      1993         1994         1995           1996
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Average occupancy................................................         87%          91%          88%             86%
Average rate per square foot.....................................  $    7.78    $    8.08    $    8.59       $    8.88
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule IX - Page 1
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE X
                                 CALCULATION OF
                                NET ASSET VALUE
 
              CALCULATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Appraised value of real estate assets.........................................  $30,520,000
<S>                                                                             <C>
Balance sheet adjustments:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................................................      367,914
  Other assets................................................................      193,561
  Mortgages, lines of credit and other liabilities............................   (3,589,529)
  Estimated transaction costs.................................................     (630,100)
                                                                                -----------
Total balance sheet adjustments...............................................   (3,658,154)
                                                                                -----------
Net Asset Value of Partnership................................................  $26,861,846
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
      ALLOCATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AMONG GENERAL PARTNER AND UNITHOLDERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net Asset Value allocable to General Partner..................................  $ 1,343,092
<S>                                                                             <C>
Net Asset Value allocable to Unitholders......................................  $25,518,754
Net Asset Value per Unit......................................................  $       222
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule X - Page 1
<PAGE>
    A  Letter of Transmittal and any other  required documents should be sent or
delivered by each  Unitholder or  his or  her broker,  dealer, commercial  bank,
trust  company or other  nominee to the  Depositary at one  of its addresses set
forth below.
 
                       The Depositary for this Offer is:
 
                              GEMISYS CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
         By Overnight/Hand Delivery:                               By Mail:
            7103 S. Revere Parkway                              P.O. Box 3897
             Englewood, CO 80112                           Englewood, CO 80155-9756
</TABLE>
 
    Any questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of this  Offer
to  Purchase and the  Letter of Transmittal  may be directed  to the Information
Agent at its telephone  number and location listed  below. You may also  contact
your  broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company for assistance concerning
this Offer.
 
                    The Information Agent for this Offer is:
 
                             D.F. KING & CO., INC.
 
                                77 Water Street
                               New York, NY 10005
                         (212) 269-5550 (Call Collect)
                                       or
                           1-800-207-2872 (Toll Free)

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
                       RELATING TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE
    LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
              PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED JULY 2, 1996
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                         DESCRIPTION OF UNITS TENDERED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF UNITHOLDER    NUMBER OF UNITS TENDERED
- --------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
 
<S>                               <C>
                                  ---------------------------------------- *
 
                                  *  Unless otherwise indicated, it will be
                                     assumed that all Units held by the
                                     Unitholder are being tendered. For
                                     restrictions regarding partial tenders, see
                                     Instruction 2.
</TABLE>
 
    THIS OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY
31,  1996, UNLESS EXTENDED. UNITS WHICH ARE  TENDERED PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER MAY
BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS OFFER.
 
    To tender  Units,  this  Letter  of Transmittal  must  be  executed  by  the
Unitholder  and  received by  Gemisys  Corporation (the  "Depositary")  prior to
expiration of this Offer at one of the following addresses:
 
               BY MAIL                    BY OVERNIGHT COURIER/HAND DELIVERY
            P.O. Box 3897                       7103 S. Revere Parkway
       Englewood, CO 80155-9756                  Englewood, CO 80112
 
    DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD
BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
 
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The undersigned hereby tenders to Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Purchaser"), for $222 net per Unit in cash (the "Offer Price")
the above-described  units  of limited  partnership  interest (the  "Units")  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners  L.P. II, a  Washington limited partnership
(the "Partnership"), in accordance with the terms and subject to the  conditions
of  the Purchaser's offer contained in the  Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996
(the "Offer to Purchase") and in this Letter of Transmittal (which together with
the  Offer  to  Purchase  constitutes  the  "Offer").  The  undersigned   hereby
acknowledges receipt of the Offer to Purchase.
 
    Subject  to, and effective upon, acceptance for tender of the Units tendered
herewith in  accordance with  the terms  and subject  to the  conditions of  the
Offer, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Purchaser, all right, title and interest in and to all of the Units that
are  being tendered hereby and that are  being accepted for purchase pursuant to
the Offer and any other non-cash distributions, Units or other securities issued
or issuable  in respect  thereof  on or  after July  2,  1996 and  appoints  the
Depositary  the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect
to such Units (and such non-cash distributions, other Units or securities), with
full power  of  substitution (such  power  of attorney  being  deemed to  be  an
irrevocable  power coupled with an interest),  to (a) transfer ownership of such
Units (and any such  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities), to  or
upon  the order of the Purchaser, (b)  present such Units (and any such non-cash
distributions, other  Units or  securities) for  transfer on  the books  of  the
Partnership  and (c) receive  all benefits and otherwise  exercise all rights of
beneficial ownership of such Units  (and any such non-cash distributions,  other
Units  or securities),  all in accordance  with the  terms of the  Offer. If the
undersigned is  the  beneficial  owner  of the  Units,  the  undersigned  hereby
instructs  the record  owner of the  Units to tender  the Units to,  or upon the
order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (i)  has
received  and  reviewed  the Offer  to  Purchase  and (ii)  has  full  power and
authority to sell, assign  and transfer the Units  tendered hereby (and any  and
all  non-cash distributions,  other Units  or securities  issued or  issuable in
respect thereof  on  or after  July  2, 1996)  or,  if the  undersigned  is  the
beneficial  owner of the Units, to instruct the  record owner to do so, and that
when the same  are accepted for  purchase by the  Purchaser, the Purchaser  will
acquire  good, marketable and unencumbered title  thereto, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and the same will not be  subject
to  any adverse claim.  The undersigned, upon request,  will execute and deliver
any additional  documents  deemed by  the  Depositary  or the  Purchaser  to  be
necessary  or desirable  to complete  the sale,  assignment and  transfer of the
Units tendered  hereby (and  any non-cash  distributions, other  Units or  other
securities  issued or  issuable in  respect of  such Units  on or  after July 2,
1996). In addition,  the undersigned shall  promptly remit and  transfer to  the
Depositary  for the account of the Purchaser any and all non-cash distributions,
other Units or other securities issued to the undersigned or the record owner on
or after  July 2,  1996 in  respect  of Units  tendered hereby,  accompanied  by
appropriate   documentation  of   transfer,  and  pending   such  remittance  or
appropriate assurance thereof, the Purchaser shall be entitled to all rights and
privileges as owner  of any such  other non-cash distributions,  Units or  other
securities  and  may  withhold  the  entire  consideration  or  deduct  from the
consideration the amount of value thereof as determined by the Purchaser, in its
sole discretion.
<PAGE>
    The undersigned understands that notwithstanding any other provisions of the
Offer and  subject  to the  applicable  rules  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission, the Purchaser will not be required to accept for purchase any Units,
may  postpone the acceptance for purchase of Units tendered and may terminate or
amend the Offer if prior to  the time of purchase of  any such Units any of  the
following  events  shall  occur  or  the Purchaser  shall  have  learned  of the
occurrence of any of such events:
 
        (a) There  shall be  threatened,  instituted or  pending any  action  or
    proceeding  before any domestic  or foreign court  or governmental agency or
    other regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) challenging  the
    acquisition  by the Purchaser of the  Units, seeking to restrain or prohibit
    the making or  consummation of  the Offer,  seeking to  obtain any  material
    damages  or otherwise  directly or  indirectly relating  to the transactions
    contemplated by  the  Offer,  (ii)  seeking  to  prohibit  or  restrict  the
    Purchaser's   ownership  or  operation  of   any  material  portion  of  the
    Purchaser's business or assets, or to compel the Purchaser to dispose of  or
    hold  separate all or  any material portion  of its business  or assets as a
    result of the Offer, (iii) seeking to make the purchase of, or payment  for,
    some  or all of the  Units illegal or invalid, (iv)  resulting in a delay in
    the ability of the Purchaser to accept for payment or pay for some or all of
    the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations on the ability of  the
    Purchaser  effectively  to acquire  or hold  or to  exercise full  rights of
    ownership of the Units, including, without limitation, the right to vote the
    Units purchased by the  Purchaser on all matters  properly presented to  the
    limited  partners  of  the  Partnership,  (vi)  which  could  materially and
    adversely affect the treatment of the Offer for federal income tax purposes,
    (vii) which otherwise  is reasonably likely  to materially adversely  affect
    the  Partnership or value of the Units  or (viii) which imposes any material
    condition unacceptable to the Purchaser;
 
        (b)  Any  statute,   rule,  regulation  or   order  shall  be   enacted,
    promulgated,  entered  or deemed  applicable to  the Offer,  any legislation
    shall be pending,  or any other  action shall have  been taken, proposed  or
    threatened,  by any domestic government or  governmental authority or by any
    court, domestic  or foreign,  which is  likely, directly  or indirectly,  to
    result in any of the consequences referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
        (c)  There  shall  have  occurred  (i)  any  general  suspension  of, or
    limitation on  prices for,  trading  in securities  on  the New  York  Stock
    Exchange  ("NYSE"),  (ii) the  declaration of  a  banking moratorium  or any
    suspension of payments in respect of  banks in the United States, (iii)  the
    commencement  of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national
    calamity materially affecting the United States, (iv) any limitation by  any
    governmental  authority or  any other  event which  is reasonably  likely to
    affect the extension of credit by banks or other leading institutions in the
    United States, (v) any  material decline in security  prices on the NYSE  or
    (vi)  in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the Offer,
    any material worsening thereof;
 
which in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with  respect
to  each and every matter referred to  above and regardless of the circumstances
(including any action  or inaction  by the Purchaser)  giving rise  to any  such
condition,  makes  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  Offer  or  with such
acceptance for purchase. The  foregoing conditions are for  the sole benefit  of
the   Purchaser  and  may  be  asserted  by  the  Purchaser  regardless  of  the
circumstances giving  rise  to any  such  conditions (including  any  action  or
inaction  by the  Purchaser) or may  be waived by  the Purchaser in  whole or in
part. The failure by the Purchaser at any time to exercise any of the  foregoing
rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each such right shall
be  deemed a continuing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to
time.
 
    The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints Charles K. Barbo and Kristin  H.
Stred designees of the Purchaser, and each of them, the attorneys and proxies of
the undersigned, each with full power of substitution, to vote in such manner as
each  such attorney and proxy or his or her substitute shall, in his or her sole
discretion, deem  proper,  and  otherwise act  (including  pursuant  to  written
consent)  with  respect to  all of  the  Units tendered  hereby which  have been
accepted for payment by the Purchaser prior  to the time of such vote or  action
(and  any and all  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities, issued or
issuable in respect thereon on or after July 2, 1996), which the undersigned  is
entitled  to vote,  at any  meeting (whether  or not  an adjourned  or postponed
meeting) of limited partners  of the Partnership, or  with respect to which  the
undersigned  is empowered to act in connection with action by written consent in
lieu of any such meeting or otherwise. This proxy is irrevocable and is  granted
in  consideration of, and is effective upon,  the acceptance for payment of such
Units by  the  Purchaser,  in accordance  with  the  terms of  the  Offer.  Such
acceptance  for payment shall revoke any  other proxy granted by the undersigned
at any time  with respect to  such Units (and  any such non-cash  distributions,
other Units or securities) and no subsequent proxies will be given (and if given
will be deemed not to be effective) with respect thereto by the undersigned.
 
    The undersigned understands that tenders of Units pursuant to any one of the
procedures described in the Offer and in the instructions hereto will constitute
a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Purchaser upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Offer and, if the undersigned is not the record
owner  of the Units, instructions to the record owner to tender the Units to, or
upon the order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    All authority herein conferred or agreed  to be conferred shall survive  the
death  or incapacity  of the undersigned  and any obligation  of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, legal  and
personal  representatives, successors and assigns  of the undersigned. Except as
stated in the Offer, this tender is irrevocable.
 
    Unless separate Special Payment/Delivery Instructions are submitted,  please
issue  the payment for the Units in the name(s) of the record owner and mail the
payment (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the record owner at  the
address shown on the Partnership's records.
<PAGE>
                            TENDER OF UNITS IN OFFER
 
    The Undersigned tenders Units in the Offer on the terms described above.
 
SIGN HERE
 
Signature(s)            --------------------------------------------------------
 
                        --------------------------------------------------------
 
Date                                                 (     )
                        ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                     TELEPHONE NUMBER
 
    (Must  be signed by Unitholder(s) as  name(s) appear(s) on the mailing label
above. Your signature MUST be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union with  membership
in  an  approved  signature guarantee  Medallion  program). If  signature  is by
trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact,   agents,
officers  of  corporations or  others acting  in  a fiduciary  or representative
capacity, please provide the following information. See Instruction 3.)
 
Name(s)                 --------------------------------------------------------
 
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                        (PLEASE PRINT)
 
Capacity (full title)   --------------------------------------------------------
 
Address                 --------------------------------------------------------
 
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    (INCLUDE ZIP
                                                                           CODE)
 
                           GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 3.)
 
Authorized Signature(s)   ------------------------------------------------------
 
Name
                          ------------------------------------------------------
 
Name of Firm
                          ------------------------------------------------------
 
Address                   ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 
Area Code and Telephone
No.
                          ------------------------------------------------------
Date
                          ------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
                              NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 9.)
 
    1.  Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  provides
that  a transferee  of a U.S.  real property  interest must withhold  tax if the
transferor is a foreign person.
 
    2.    In  order  to  inform  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Purchaser"),  that  withholding  of  tax  is  not  required  upon
disposition of a  U.S. real property  interest by the  seller referred to  below
("Seller"), the undersigned hereby certifies to the following:
 
    (If Seller is an individual)
 
    a.  I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
    b.  My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security number) is  ___.
 
    c.  My home address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    (If Seller is an entity)
 
    a.   Seller is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust
       or foreign estate  (as these terms  are defined in  the Internal  Revenue
       Code and Income Tax Regulations).
    b.  Seller's U.S. employer identification number
       is ____________________________________.
 
    c.  Seller's office address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    Seller  understands that  this affidavit  may be  disclosed to  the Internal
Revenue Service by  Purchaser and  that any  false statement  contained in  this
affidavit may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
 
    Under  penalties of perjury,  I declare that I  have examined this affidavit
and to the best  of my knowledge  and belief it is  true, correct and  complete,
and,  if Seller is  an entity, I further  declare that I  have authority to sign
this document on behalf of Seller.
 
Dated
- --------------------------------------
 
If Seller is an individual:             If Seller is an entity:
 
Signature                               Name of Seller
- --------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
 
Print Name                              By
- -------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
 
                                        Its
                                        --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
 
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
    1.    DELIVERY OF  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL.   A  properly completed  and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and any  other documents required by this  Letter
of  Transmittal must  be received  by the  Depositary at  its address  set forth
herein on or prior to July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and all other  required
documents is at the option and risk of the tendering Unitholder and the delivery
will  be deemed made only when actually  received by the Depositary. If delivery
is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested is recommended. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
 
    No alternative,  conditional or  contingent tenders  will be  accepted.  All
tendering  Unitholders, by executing this Letter of Transmittal, waive any right
to receive any notice of the acceptance of their Units for payment.
 
    2.  PARTIAL TENDERS.  If fewer than  all the Units held by a Unitholder  are
to  be tendered, (i) fill in the number of Units which are to be tendered in the
section entitled "Number of  Units Tendered" and (ii)  the Unitholder must  hold
after  the tender at least the applicable minimum number of Units required to be
subscribed for in the initial offering of Units. Generally, a Unitholder  should
not  tender  if, as  a result  of such  tender, the  Unitholder (other  than one
transferring all of his or her Units) will hold less than 10 Units. The  minimum
subscription  requirement is four Units  for tax-exempt Unitholders, eight Units
for Minnesota Unitholders  owning Units  through an IRA,  and 10  Units for  all
other  Minnesota tax-exempt Unitholders. All Units  held by a Unitholder will be
deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
    3.  SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
    (a) The signature  on the  Letter of Transmittal  must be  guaranteed by  an
eligible   guarantor  institution  with  membership  in  an  approved  signature
guarantee Medallion program. Please refer  to the Guarantee of Signature(s)  box
on the signature page.
 
    (b)  Signatures on this  Letter of Transmittal  must correspond exactly with
the name on the mailing label above.
 
    (c) If any of the Units are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all
such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
    (d) If any Units are registered in different names, it will be necessary  to
complete,  sign and submit as many separate  Letters of Transmittal as there are
different registrations.
 
    (e) If  this  Letter  of  Transmittal is  signed  by  a  trustee,  executor,
administrator,  guardian, attorney-in-fact,  officer of  a corporation  or other
person acting in a fiduciary or  representative capacity, such person should  so
indicate  when signing,  and if requested,  proper evidence  satisfactory to the
Purchaser of such person's authority so to act must be submitted.
 
    4.  STOCK TRANSFER TAXES.   Except as set forth  in this Instruction 4,  the
Purchaser  will pay or cause to be paid any stock transfer taxes with respect to
the transfer and  sale of Units  to it or  its order pursuant  to the Offer.  If
payment  of the purchase price is to be made to any person other than the record
owner, the amount  of any stock  transfer taxes (whether  imposed on the  record
owner  or such other person)  payable on account of  the transfer to such person
will be deducted  from the purchase  price unless satisfactory  evidence of  the
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is submitted.
 
    5.   SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.  If payment for the Units is
to be issued in  the name of  a person other  than the record  owner or sent  to
someone  other than the  record owner or sent  to the record  owner at a address
different than that shown on the Partnership's records, contact the  Information
Agent  (toll-free)  at  1-800-207-2872  to  obtain  a  "Special Payment/Delivery
Instructions" form.
 
    6.  REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR  ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Requests for  assistance
may  be directed  to, or  additional copies  of the  Offer to  Purchase and this
Letter of Transmittal may  be obtained from, the  Depositary or the  Information
Agent at their respective addresses set forth below.
 
    7.   IRREGULARITIES.   All questions  as to the  validity, form, eligibility
(including time  of receipt)  and acceptance  of  any tender  of Units  will  be
determined by the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, and its determination shall
be final and binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any or
all  tenders of  any particular  Units (i)  determined by  it not  to be  in the
appropriate form or (ii) the acceptance for purchase of Units which may, in  the
opinion of the Purchaser's counsel, be unlawful.
 
    8.   TAX IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER.  Federal income  tax law generally requires
that a  Unitholder  whose  Units  are accepted  for  payment  must  provide  the
Depositary  with  his or  her  correct Taxpayer  Identification  Number ("TIN"),
which, in the case of  a Unitholder who is an  individual, is his or her  social
security  number. If the Depositary  is not provided with  the correct TIN or an
adequate basis for an exemption, such Unitholder may be subject to a $50 penalty
imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, backup withholding at  the
rate  of 31% may be imposed upon the gross proceeds resulting from the Offer. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.
 
    Exempt Unitholders (including,  among others, all  corporations and  certain
foreign  individuals) are not subject to  these backup withholding and reporting
requirements. To  prevent  possible  erroneous  backup  withholding,  an  exempt
Unitholder  must enter its correct  TIN in Part 1  of Substitute Form W-9, write
"Exempt" in Part 2 of  such form, and sign and  date the form. See the  enclosed
Guidelines  for Certification  of Taxpayer  Identification Number  on Substitute
Form W-9 (the  "W-9 Guidelines")  for additional  instructions. In  order for  a
nonresident  alien  or foreign  entity to  qualify as  exempt, such  person must
submit a completed Form W-8, "Certificate of Foreign Status." Such forms may  be
obtained from the Depositary.
<PAGE>
    If  the Units are held in  more than one name or are  not in the name of the
actual owner, consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report.
 
    If you do not  have a TIN,  consult the W-9  Guidelines for instructions  on
applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign
and  date the form.  If the box  in Part 2  is checked, the  Unitholder or other
payee must also  complete the  Certificate of  Awaiting Taxpayer  Identification
Number  below. If you provide  your TIN to the Depositary  within 60 days of the
date the Depositary receives such form, any amounts withheld during such  60-day
period will be refunded to you by the Depositary. NOTE: CHECKING THE BOX IN PART
2  ON THE FORM MEANS THAT YOU HAVE ALREADY  APPLIED FOR A TIN OR THAT YOU INTEND
TO APPLY FOR ONE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
 
    9.  NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT.  Federal income tax law generally requires that in
the case of any disposition of a United States real property interest, including
the Units, by a foreign person, the purchaser is required to deduct and withhold
a tax equal to  10% of the  total amount realized on  the disposition. To  avoid
this  withholding,  each Unitholder  must  provide the  Depositary  a Nonforeign
Affidavit, signed  by  the Unitholder  under  penalty of  perjury,  stating  the
Unitholder's  TIN and  that the  Unitholder is not  a foreign  person. A foreign
person is generally defined as any person  other than (a) a citizen or  resident
of  the United States, (b) a partnership  or corporation created or organized in
the United States or under the law of the United States or of any State, or  (c)
any  estate or  trust whose  income, from sources  within or  without the United
States, is taxable in the United States.  If the Unitholder is a foreign  person
or  does not execute and complete the Nonforeign Affidavit, any amounts withheld
will be credited against the amount of income tax incurred by the Unitholder  on
the  sale of his  or her Units when  the Unitholder files his  or her income tax
return for the period including the year of the sale.
 
    Unitholders should complete and execute the attached Nonforeign Affidavit to
avoid this withholding. In the case  of Unitholders other than individuals,  the
Nonforeign  Affidavit must be completed and  signed by an authorized officer, in
the case of a corporation, by a  general partner, in the case of a  partnership,
by  a manager or  member, in the  case of a  limited liability company  and by a
trustee, executor or equivalent fiduciary  in the case of  a trust or estate.  A
foreign  corporation that has made a valid  election under Section 897(i) of the
Internal Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended, to  be  treated  as  a  domestic
corporation  for purposes of such section may provide a Nonforeign Affidavit but
must attach to  the Nonforeign  Affidavit a copy  of the  acknowledgment of  the
election provided to the foreign corporation by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    10.   NOTICE OF TRANSFER  TO PARTNERSHIP.  A  Unitholder's execution of this
Letter of  Transmittal  and  delivery  to the  Depositary  will  be  treated  as
providing  the necessary notice  of transfer to the  Partnership for purposes of
Code Section 6050K.
 
    IMPORTANT: THIS  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL, TOGETHER  WITH ALL  OTHER  REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS,  MUST BE  RECEIVED BY THE  DEPOSITARY ON  OR PRIOR TO  JULY 31, 1996,
UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
THE DEPOSITARY:                         THE INFORMATION AGENT:
GEMISYS CORPORATION                     D.F. KING & CO., INC.
7103 S. REVERE PARKWAY                  77 WATER STREET
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
1-800-955-2235                          (212) 269-5550 (CALL COLLECT)
                                        OR
                                        1-800-207-2872
 
                  TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 8.)
 
                       PAYER'S NAME:  GEMISYS CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>
                                  Part 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN                   TIN
                                  IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY       Social Security Number or
SUBSTITUTE                        SIGNING AND DATING BELOW               Employer Identification Number
                                                                       Part 2
Form W-9                                                               Awaiting TIN  / /
 
                                  CERTIFICATION -- UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT (1) the
                                  number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number
                                  (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), (2) I am not subject
                                  to backup withholding either because I have not been notified by the
                                  Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup
                                  withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
                                  dividends or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to
Department of the Treasury        backup withholding, and (3) any other information provided on this form
Internal Revenue Service          is true and correct.
 
                                                                                                SIGNATURE
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)                                                                          DATE
AND CERTIFICATION
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  You must cross out item (2) of the above Certification if you have been
                                  notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
                                  of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return and you have
                                  not been notified by the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup
                                  withholding.
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
NOTE:  FAILURE TO COMPLETE  AND RETURN  THIS FORM MAY  IN CERTAIN  CIRCUMSTANCES
       RESULT  IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT
       TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION  OF
       TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER ON  SUBSTITUTE  FORM W-9  FOR ADDITIONAL
       DETAILS.
             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
    I certify under penalties of  perjury that a taxpayer identification  number
has  not  been issued  to  me, and  either  (1) I  have  mailed or  delivered an
application to  receive  a taxpayer  identification  number to  the  appropriate
Internal  Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that
if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 31%
of such payment of the purchase price will be withheld.
 
Signature __________________________________________  Date _____________________

<PAGE>

Release Number: 96-4

CONTACTS:
Jennifer R. Wall                          DeLise Keim
David B. Frank                            Harrell Beck
D.F. King & Co., Inc.                     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
212/269-5550                              206/624-8100

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
- ---------------------

              SHURGARD SIGNS AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE THREE AFFILIATED
                 SELF STORAGE REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

PARTNERSHIPS COLLECTIVELY OWN INTERESTS IN 37 SELF STORAGE FACILITIES IN NINE
STATES

     SEATTLE, WASHINGTON, JULY 2, 1996 . . . Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. 
("Shurgard") (NYSE:SHU), IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), 
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard Income 
Growth Partners L.P. III ("IDS3") today jointly announced that they have 
signed an agreement (the "Agreement") providing for the acquisition by 
Shurgard of IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 (the "Partnerships") for an aggregate 
consideration of approximately $107 million in cash and shares of Shurgard's 
Class A Common Stock. Each acquisition will be made by means of an offer (the 
"Offer") by Shurgard to the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to 
purchase for cash the units of limited partnership interest ("Units") held by 
them, followed by a merger of each of the Partnerships into Shurgard (the 
"Mergers"). The price per unit in the Offer and the Merger for IDS1, IDS2 and 
IDS3 is $257, $222 and $308, respectively. The Offer prices and Merger prices 
are based upon the net asset values of the respective Partnerships. 
Consummation of each Merger is subject to the satisfaction of various 
conditions, including the approval of the respective Mergers by the IDS1, 
IDS2 and IDS3 limited partners. Acquisition of a Partnership is not 
conditioned upon the acquisition of any other Partnership.

     The agreement provides that Shurgard will offer to purchase for cash up 
to 43.9% of the Units in IDS1, up to 42.6% of the Units in IDS2 and up to 
43.6% of the Units in IDS3. The Offers will not be conditioned upon a minimum 
number of Units being tendered. Shurgard intends to commence the Offers 
today, but, in any event, no later than July 9, 1996, and will finance the 
purchases of Units made pursuant to the Offers through borrowings under its 
existing credit facilities.


                                     (MORE...)

<PAGE>

Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
July 2, 1996
Page 2


     Following completion of the Offers, IDS1, IDS2 AND IDS3 will hold 
meetings of limited partners to vote upon approval of the Mergers. If a 
Partnership's Merger is approved by the requisite vote of the Unitholders 
under the Partnership agreement, that Partnership will, if other conditions 
to the Merger are satisfied or waived, merge with and into Shurgard, and each 
outstanding Unit of the Partnership (other than those owned by Shurgard) will 
be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Class A Common 
Stock of Shurgard determined in the manner provided in the Agreement.

     It is currently anticipated that notice of the meetings of limited 
partners of the Partnerships to be held to consider the Mergers will be 
mailed to limited partners in August and that the meetings will be held in 
October. The timing of the notice and the meetings, however, will be subject, 
among other things, to the timing of the effectiveness of a registration 
statement to be filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission covering the 
Shurgard Class A Common Stock proposed to be issued in the Mergers. The offer 
of the Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Mergers will be made only by 
means of a prospectus that complies with the applicable provisions of law.

                                   *  *  *

     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., is a fully integrated, 
self-administered, self-managed real estate investment trust (REIT) 
headquartered in Seattle, Washington, specializing in all aspects of the self 
storage industry. Shurgard operates a network of more than 265 storage 
centers located throughout the United States and in Europe. Of these 
properties, the Company owns directly, or through joint venture interests, 
approximately two-thirds of the portfolio. The remaining properties are owned 
by affiliated and unaffiliated parties, including the 37 properties owned by 
IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3.


<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS OFFER OR IF YOU NEED HELP IN COMPLETING THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, PLEASE CALL THE INFORMATION AGENT, D.F. KING & CO., INC.,
AT (800) 207-2872
 
                                  July 2, 1996
 
    Re:  Cash Tender Offer for up to 49,000 Units of
       IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
 
Dear Unitholder:
 
    Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), is
offering  to purchase  (the "Offer") up  to 49,000 units  of limited partnership
interest (the  "Units")  in  IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners  L.P.  II,  a
Washington limited partnership (the "Partnership"), at a net cash price per Unit
of  $222 (the "Offer Price"). The Offer is not conditioned upon a minimum number
of Units being  tendered. If more  than 49,000 Units  are validly tendered,  the
Purchaser  will accept only 49,000 Units  and will purchase Units from tendering
Unitholders on a pro  rata basis. You  will not have to  pay any commissions  or
fees  associated with the sale. The Offer presents a current opportunity to sell
your Units if you desire immediate liquidity.
 
    The Partnership and the Purchaser have entered into an Acquisition Agreement
which provides  for  the merger  (the  "Merger")  of the  Partnership  into  the
Purchaser  after completion of  the Purchaser's purchase of  Units in the Offer.
The Merger is subject to the approval of holders of a majority of the Units at a
special meeting of Unitholders to  be held after the  Offer has expired. If  the
Merger  is  approved by  the  requisite vote  of  Unitholders and  certain other
conditions to the  Merger are  satisfied, the  Partnership will  merge into  the
Purchaser  and  cease  to exist  as  a  separate legal  entity.  Unitholders who
participate in the Merger will receive  shares of Common Stock of the  Purchaser
in exchange for their Units.
 
    THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP HAS APPROVED THE OFFER AND THE MERGER
AND  HAS DETERMINED  THAT THE  TERMS OF  THE OFFER  AND THE  MERGER ARE  FAIR TO
UNITHOLDERS. THE GENERAL  PARTNER RECOMMENDS THAT  THOSE UNITHOLDERS WHO  DESIRE
IMMEDIATE  LIQUIDITY  TENDER  THEIR  UNITS  IN  THE  OFFER  AND  THAT  ALL OTHER
UNITHOLDERS RETAIN  THEIR UNITS  AND, INSTEAD,  PARTICIPATE IN  THE MERGER.  THE
MERGER  WILL ONLY OCCUR IF IT IS  APPROVED BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF UNITHOLDERS.
THE GENERAL  PARTNER  IS AN  AFFILIATE  OF  THE PURCHASER  AND  HAS  SIGNIFICANT
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THE OFFER AND THE MERGER.
 
    The  Purchaser has enclosed  an Offer to Purchase  and Letter of Transmittal
which together describe  the terms of  the Offer and  the Merger. The  Purchaser
urges  you to  read both  the Offer  to Purchase  and the  Letter of Transmittal
carefully. If you wish to sell your Units  and receive a net cash price of  $222
per  Unit, please complete the  enclosed Letter of Transmittal  and return it to
the address set forth on the back cover of the Offer to Purchase. The Offer will
expire on Wednesday, July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    We thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                                 [SIGNATURE]
 
                                          Charles K. Barbo
                                          CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.

<PAGE>


             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER.
Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens, i.e. 000-00-
0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one
hyphen, i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give
the payer.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the
For this type of account:                   SOCIAL SECURITY
                                            number of:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  An individual's account                 The individual

2.  Two or more individuals                 The actual owner of the
    (joint account)                         the account or, if combined
                                            funds, any one of the individuals(1)

3.  Husband and wife (joint account)        The actual owner of the account
                                            or, if joint funds, either
                                            person(1)

4.  Custodian account of a minor            The minor(2)
    (uniform Gift to Minors Act)

5.  Adult and minor (joint account)         The adult or, if the minor
                                            is the only contributor,
                                            the minor(1)

6.  Account in the name of guardian or      The ward, minor, or
    committee for a designated ward,        incompetent person(3)
    minor, or incompetent person

7.  a.  The usual revocable savings         The grantor-trustee(1)
        trust account (grantor is
        also trustee)
    b.  So-called trust account that
        is not a legal or valid trust
        under state law.

8.  Sole proprietorship account             The owner(4)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the EMPLOYER
For this type of account                    IDENTIFICATION
                                            number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.  A valid trust, estate, or               The legal entity (Do not
    pension trust                           furnish the identifying
                                            number of the personal
                                            representative or trustee
                                            unless the legal entity
                                            itself is not designated
                                            in the account title)(5)

10. Corporate account                       The corporation

11. Religious, charitable, or               The organization
    educational organization
    account

12. Partnership account held in             The partnership
    the name of the business

13. Association, club, or other             The organization
    tax-exempt organization

14. A broker or registered nominee          The broker or nominee

15. Account with the Department of          The public entity
    Agriculture in the name of a
    public entity (such as a State
    or local government, school
    district, or prison) that receives
    agricultural program payments

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2)  Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number
(3)  Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such
     person's social security number.
(4)  Show the name of the owner.
(5)  List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension
     trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be
      considered to be that of the first name listed.

<PAGE>



             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                     PAGE 2

OBTAINING A NUMBER
If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your
number, obtain Form 55-5. Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form
55-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the
Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a
number.

PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the
following:
     -    A corporation.
     -    A financial institution.
     -    An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
          retirement plan.
     -    The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    A State the District of Columbia, a possession of the United 
          States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof
     -    A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government,
          or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality
          thereof.
     -    A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the
          U.S. or a possession of the U.S.
     -    A real estate investment trust.
     -    A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)
     -    An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described
          in section 4947(a)(1).
     -    An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of
          1940.
     -    A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup
withholding include the following:

     -    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section
          1441.
     -    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the
          U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.
     -    Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid
          in money.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding including the
following:

     -    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You
          may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $500 or more
          and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you
          have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the
          payer.
     -    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends
          under section 52).
     -    Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
     -    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Exempt payers described above must still complete the Substitute Form W-5
enclosed herewith to avoid possible erroneous. backup withholding. FILE
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 WITH THE PAYER. REMEMBERING TO CERTIFY YOUR TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON THE FORM AND WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM.

     Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends,
that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup
withholding. For details, use the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a),
6045, and 6050A.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE.--Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend,
interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers
who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification
purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are
required to file tax returns. Beginning January 1, 1993, payers must generally
withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a
payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.

PENALTIES

(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. If you fail
to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a
penalty of 550 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable
cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) FAILURE TO REPORT CERTAIN DIVIDEND AND INTEREST PAYMENTS. If you fail to
include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends, or
patronage dividends in gross income and such failure is due to negligence, a
penalty of 20% is imposed on any portion of an under-payment attributable to
that failure.

(3) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. If you make
a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of
backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(4) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. Falsifying certifications or
affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or
imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE.

<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
July 2, 1996
 
RE: Offer  to Purchase by Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. ("Purchaser") for Units
    of IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners  L.P., IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
    Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P.  III (the
    "Partnerships")
 
Dear Financial Advisor:
 
    Enclosed for your information and use  are materials relating to the  Offers
to   Purchase  of  up  to  65,000  units  of  limited  partnership  interest  in
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,  up  to  49,000  units  of  limited
partnership  interest in IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. II, and up to
52,000 units  of  limited partnership  interest  in IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. III by Shurgard Storage Centers,  Inc. The Offers to Purchase and
Letters of Transmittal are also  being mailed to your  clients, a list of  which
has been enclosed for your convenience.
 
    Please  note that following the completion of the purchase of units pursuant
to these Offers,  notification of a  special meeting to  consider and vote  upon
approval  of the merger of each of  the Partnerships with and into the Purchaser
(the "Merger") will be  sent to unitholders.  If the Merger  is approved by  the
requisite  vote of unitholders of each  Partnership and certain other conditions
are satisfied or  waived, that  Partnership will  merge into  the Purchaser  and
cease  to exist  as a  separate legal  entity. Unitholders  participating in the
Merger will receive  shares of  common stock of  the Purchaser  in exchange  for
their units.
 
    After  you  have  reviewed  and  considered  the  content  of  the  enclosed
materials, we urge that  you contact your  clients to discuss  what is in  their
best  interests. Please note  that the tender  deadline is 11:59  p.m., New York
City time, on July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    Questions and requests for additional  copies of the enclosed materials  may
be directed to our Information Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at 1-800-207-2872.
 
Sincerely,
 
       [SIGNATURE]
 
Charles K. Barbo
Chairman & CEO
of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission